Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
YEAR BOOK
OPTHB
MICHIGAN COLLEGE
OF MINES
1914-1915
HOUGHTON, MICHIGAN
ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES
FOR 1915-1916
PUBLISHED BY THE COLLEGE
JUNE 1916
Miaiatf Oasatt* Co., «rfAil» Houston. Mioh.
f^
THE NEW YORK
ASTOR. LENOX AND
^Tli-DEK FOUNDATIONS
13:8 L
Table of Contents
PACK
liable of Contents 3
Calendars 6
Michigan College of Mines, General Statement Q
Board of Control of the College 13
Officers of the College IS
Faculty of the College 18
Admission to the College 19
On Certificate lO
By Examination 19
Mature Men 20
Graduates and Undergraduates of Colleges 20
Special Students 21
Departments of Instruction 23
Mathematics 23
Physics 23
Mechanics 28
Physical Training 29
Chemistry 30
Metallurgy 36
Thesis 45
Technical Writing 4^
Michigan CotUge of Mints
PAGS
Mechanical Engineerit^ 47
Electrical Engineeriag $6
Civil Engineering 56
Mining Engineering 67
Ore Dressing 74
Mineralogy 76
Petrography 77
Geology 78
Degrees 83
Class Day 83
Employment 84
Library 86
Buildings ,87
Expenses 91
Regulations 94
Prizes and Scholarships gS
The Longyear Prizes 98
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship 99
The Norrie Scholarship lOo
The Longyear Fund lot
The Allis-Chalmers Company Scholarship 102
gan Loan Scholarship iDi
ndents 104
itudcnts 109
Contents 5
Tables :
Table I. Schedule showing number of hours given to each
subject each week in each term, 1915-1916.
Table II. Time Schedule. Fall Term, 1915.
Table III. Time Schedule. Winter Term, 1916.
Table IV. Time Schedule. First five weeks of Spring Term,
1916.
Table V. Time Schedule. Last five weeks of Spring Term,
1916.
Calendar 1915
JANUARY
FBBRUART
MARCH
APRIL
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T P 8
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
... 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28
...123456
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
12 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 ...
MAT
JUNB
JULT
AUGUST
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 2122 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
1 A U
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
8BPTBMBBR
OCTOBBR
NOTBMBBR
DBCBMBBR
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 ... ...
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
... 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ...
Calendar 1916
JAlfUART
8 M T W T P 8
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3D 31
FBBRUART
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29
MARCH
8 M T W T P 8
I 2 u 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ...
APRIL
S M T W T F 8
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28.29
30
MAT
8 M T W T P 8
...123456
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
JUlfB
JULT
AUGUST
8 M T W T P S
8 M T W T P 8
■.. I 2 w
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 ...
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
» ?1
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
SBPTBMBBR
8 M T W T F 8
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
^ 25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBBR
8 M T W T P 8
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
IfOTBMBBR
8 M T W T P 8
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
DBCBMBBR
8 M T W T F 8
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
Calendar 1915-1916.
FALL TERM, 1915.
September 24-27 Registration days.
September 24-27 Entrance examinations begin
on the afternoon of the 24th.
September 28 — Tuesday morning Regular work of fall term b«^
gins.
November 24 — Wednesday noon Thanksgiving recess begins.
November 29 — Monday morning Work resumes.
December 18 — Saturday noon Fall term ends.
WINTER TERM, 1916.
January 4 — Tuesday morning Winter term begins.
March 18 — Saturday evening Winter term ends.
SPRING TERM, 1916.
March 20 — Monday morning Spring term begins.
April 22 — Saturday noon Spring recess begins.
May I — Monday morning Work resumes.
May I Course R 3, Mine Surveying
Practice begins.
June 3 — Saturday noon Spring term ends.
SUMMER TERM, 1916.
June 6— Tuesday morning Summer term begins.
June 6— -Tuesday morning Courses G 5,0re Tests; M i,
Properties of Materials; M 2,
Shop Practice ; Q i, Survejring ;
Q 3, Hydraulics and Stream
Measurements, and R 6, Mine
Rescue, Ventilation and Sani-
tation begin.
July 17— Monday morning Courses M 6, Design of Struct-
ural Joints; Q 8, Engineering
Design and Construction, and
S 2, Mill Work begin.
8 Michigan College of Mines
August 7— Monday morning Course G 6^ Pumice Wofk
begins.
August 26— Saturday noon Summer term ends.
1916-1917
FALL TERM, 1916.
September 29-October 2 Registration days.
September 29-October 2 Entrance examinatioiis begin
on the afternoon of tiie ogtiL
October 3 — Tuesday morning Regular work of fall term be-
gins.
November 29 — ^Wednesday noon Thanksgiving recess begins.
December 4 — Monday morning Work resumes.
December 23 — Saturday noon Fall term ends.
An Alumni Register, giving occupations, is published septrately
from time to time, and may be had upon application.
Michigan College of Mines
GENERAL STATEMENT.
The Michigan College of Mines was established bj an Act of
the Legislature of 1885. The Act was entitled "An Act to establish
and regulate a Mining School in the Upper Peninsula." The Act
vests the government of the institution in a Board of Control of
six members appointed by the Governor of the State, by and with
the consent of the Senate. Two members of the Board are appointed
each alternate year to serve six years.
Sec 5 of this Act provides: "The course of instruction shall
embrace geology, mineralogy, chemistry, mining and mining engi-
neering, and such other branches of practical and theoretical
knowledge as will, in the opinion of the board, conduce to the end
of enabling the students of said institution to obtain a full knowl-
edge of the science, art and practice of mining, and the application
of machinery thereto."
The school was opened for the reception of students September
15, 1886. Its establishment and the earlier appropriations for it are
to a very large extent due to the great interest, the foresight and
the energy displayed on its behalf by the late Jay A. Hubbell, of
Houghton. He donated a portion of the site occupied by the
College, and during his life spared no effort to further its aims and
to help it toward prosperity.
Most of the students of the College have been from Michigan,
since it is a Michigan institution, but it has trained men from all
parts of the United States, and from a number of foreign countries
in both hemispheres.
The concentration of effort on training men for the field of
mining, the location of the College in a district where its students
live in a mining atmosphere, together with its special methods of
instruction, and manner of using the mining environment, have
brought to the institution a large measure of success.
10 Michigan College of Mines
The College was established for, and exists only for the purpose
of training men to take an active part in the development of the
mineral wealth of the state and nation. The concentration of effort
on a particular line of training has its advantages. Xiany of the
perplexing problems which arise where numerous lines of effort
must be simultaneously proceeding are unknown in this institution.
Here all work for a common object. Every employe has his share
in whatever of success the College attains. This condition develops
a spirit of harmonious endeavor which facititates greatly the work
of instruction.
The College has been particularly fortunate m the matter of its
location. It is plain that an engineering school must derive im-
mense advantage from a location in which its immediate surround-
ings continually illustrate and enforce the principles which it
teaches. When the line of operation for which it is training its
students is the dominant one of the region, obviously the advantage
is greatest. Then the environment, even without effort on the part
of the school must serve as an efficient aid to the instruction. If
those in control of these operations are in sjrmpathy with the
institution — are ready to place plants under their charge at its
service for instruction, and if the institution makes wise use of
opportunities thus afforded, these plants become truly a part of its
equipment, and the environment then becomes a factor which must
increase the efficiency of the instruction by an amount hardly to
be overestimated.
The location of the Michigan College of Mines presents in a
marked degree all these features. It is situated in the heart of the
great copper mining region of Lake Superior.* In the immediate
vicinity are a number of active copper mines, among them several
of the largest and most extensively equipped mines in the world.
The deepest shafts in the world and the most powerful machinery
employed in mining are here in constant operation.
Besides the plants at the mines there are the necessary docks,
railroads, mills and smelters. To all the student has access, and he
is required, under the direction and supervision of his instructors, to
visit and inspect these plants and their operation at proper times
during his study here. By being in such a district and being
*SEE MAP AT THE END OF YEAR BOOK.
General Statement ii
required to use its opportunities as he is, the student breathes from
his arrival an atmosphere in entire harmony with his present and
future work. He is continually inspired by observation of and
contact with men who have achieved success in the line for which
he is training. This location, together with the practical methods
of training employed, account for the remarkable fact that of 728
men graduated up to this time, but a small number have left engi-
neering for other pursuits.
The scheme of instruction includes the usual lecture, text-
book and recitation methods, supplemented in every department by
problems drawn as far as possible from actual practice. Because
the successful engineer must be a man whose judgment of things
is well developed, laboratory methods of instruction are given
great prominence. These include the trips and the laboratory
courses in which the student works with his own hands rather
than watches the operations of some one else. The trips of inspec-
tion are to plants which exemplify, often on a large scale, the
application of principles taught in the classroom to problems of
commercial operation. The study of such application serves to
vivify the teaching and to bring to the student a clearer compre-
hension and firmer grasp of the subject in hand. But it is obvious
that in his own attempt to apply the principle to some definite
problem of practice, the student will most speedily gain a true
comprehension of its bearing and force. He should therefore have
as far as possible his practice in the field or in properly directed
laboratories. This the College endeavors to give.
Necessarily the nearer the field or laboratory practice is made
tc conform to the requirements of actual operation, the more for
cible its teachings. Moreover, in such practice, properly directed,
lies one of the principal resources of the college in its effort to
stimulate and influence the development of judgment on the part
of the student. Under the proper sub-heads in the section of the
year-book devoted to Departments of Instruction and in the section
headed Buildings, will be found a more detailed description of the
means possessed by the College for instruction in field and labora-
tory, as well as a more particular account of the manner of using the
several parts of the equipment and the various features of the sur-
roundings for the purpose of giving engineering training.
12 Michigan College of Mines
The field of mining engineering is so broad, and the number of
subjects bearing on it so great, that no student can profitably cover
all of the ground in the time usually given to a college course.
Moreover, the average student possesses greater aptitude in some
part or parts of this broad field than in others. His interest and
chances of success are greater the more deeply he goes into those
portions for which he is best adapted. In order that he may do
this, the Michigan College of Mines has in operation a flexible sys-
tem, allowing a considerable range in the courses or subjects onn-
prising a given student's curriculum. Haphazard selection of sub-
jects is not permitted. Each student is required to gain a broad
view of the general field; he must preserve the natural sequence of
subjects, and he must follow an orderly system which may become
more specialized as he nears the end of his course. This College
was the first, and until very recently, the only institution to offer
such privileges of choice to a student of engineering. Regulations
governing the choice of courses under this system are given with
other regulations of the college on subsequent pages.
The methods here outlined have developed slowly in the earnest
effort to solve the problems presented to this institution, and to
build up an efficient system of training mining engineers. So far
they have stood the test of use very satisfactorily.
Extension Lectures.
A series of illustrated lectures is offered to Michigan High
Schools and Libraries, with the purpose of acquainting the people
of the state more fully with its mining resources and mining opera-
tions. With this end in view, lectures were delivered during the
past three years in Adrian, Alpena, Alpha, Ann Arbor, Battle Creek,
Bay City, Big Rapids, Cadillac, Detroit, Escanaba, Fenton, Flint,
Grand Rapids, Holland, Hudson, Iron Mountain, Jackson, Kalama-
zoo, Lansing, Litchfield, Ludington, Manistee, Monroe, Mt Pleasant,
Muskegon, Niles, Owosso, Painesdale, Plainwell, Pontiac, Port
Huron, Powers, Saginaw, Traverse City, Vulcan and Wyandotte.
Persons interested may address Professor E. D. Grant
BOARD OF CONTROL OF THE MICHIGAN
COLLEGE OF MINES.
Murray Mobris Duncan^ Ishpeming June 9, 1917
Lucius Lee Hubbard, Houghton June 9, 1917
John Wiu«ard Black, Houghton June g, 1919
Hon. Fred H. Begole, Marquette June 9, 1919
Hon. Wili^iam Kelly, Vulcan June 9, 1921
James MacNaughton, Calumet June 9, 1921
Chairman of the Board of Control William Kelly
Secretary of the Board of Control FkED Walter McNair
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION.
President Fred Walter McNair
Secretary and Librarian Frances Hanna Scott
Treasurer Hasry Sharp
vLuperintendent of Grounds Frederick Whxiam Spesr
Superintendent of Buildings George Luther Christensen
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION.
FRED WALTER McNAIR, B.S. (University of Wisconsin), D.Sc,
(Lafayette College), President
FREDERICK WILLIAM SPERR, E. M. (Ohio State University),
Professor of Civil and Mining Engineering.
ARTHUR EDMUND SEAMAN, B.S. (Michigan College of
Mines), Professor of Mineralogy and Geology.
JAMES FISHER, E.M. (Michigan College of Mines),
Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
GEORGE LUTHER CHRISTENSEN, B.S. (Kansas State Agri-
cultural College), Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
CHARLES MacDONALD CARSON, A.B. (Toronto University)
Ph.D. (University of Chicago).
Professor of Chemistry.
ALBERT JOSEPH HOULE, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Professor of Metallurgy and Ore Dressing.
MRS. FRANCES HANNA SCOTT, Librarian and Secretary.
ELMER DANIEL GRANT, B.A. (Colgate University). M.A.
(University of Chicago), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
and Physics.
WILLIAM ANDERSON, B.S., M.S. (Kansas State Agricultural
College), A.M. (Cornell University), Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering.
JOHN DONALD BLACK, B.A., M.A. (University of Wisconsin),
Assistant Professor of Technical Writing.
GEORGE P. SCHUBERT, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of Mines)
Assistant Professor of Civil and Mining Engineering.
THOMAS GARFIELD CHAPMAN, S.B. (Massachusetts Institute
of Technology), Assistant Professor of Metallurgy and
Ore Dressing.
WALTER EVERETT HOPPER, A.B., A.M. (Cornell University),
Assistant Professor of Geology.
CLEMENT EUGENE ROOD, PhB., PhM. (Albion College),
Instructor in Mathematics and Physics.
RALPH BROWNING JOHNSON, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College
of Mines), Instructor in Mechanical Engineering.
i6 Michigan College of Mines
THOMAS EMANUEL RICHARDS, Instructor in Shop Practice.
FRANK BROWN WILSON, B.S. (Michigan CoUege of Mines),
Instructor in Chemistry.
ADOLPH NICHOLAS WOLD, B.S., E.M, (Michigan C:ollege of
Mines), Instructor in Civil and Mining Engineering.
WYLLYS ARTHUR SEAMAN, B.S., E.M. (Michigan CoUege of
Mines), Instructor in Mineralogy and (Geology.
ALBERT SOBEY, B.S. (Michigan Agricultural College), Instmc-
tor in Mathematics and Physics.
JOHN BISSELL CUNNINGHAM, E.M. (Michigan CoUege of
Mines), Instructor in Metallurgy and Ore Dressing.
STUART ROBERT BRINKLEY, A.B. (Emory C:oUege), A.M.
(Columbia University), Instructor in Chemistry.
JOHN HENRY BELL, A.B. (Dartmouth College), Instructor in
Physical Training and Director College Club House.
GARRETT FOX JOHNSTON, Instructor in Civil and Mining
Engineering.
RUBERT LLOYD RUNDLE, Assistant in Physical Laboratory.
OTHER EMPLOYEES.
HENRY GIBBS,
Purchasing Agent and Supply Clerk.
HARRY SHARP,
President's Secretary and Accountant
DONALD J. FRAMPTON,
Assistant Librarian and Stenographer.
VINCENT UREN,
Engineer.
MAXIME MORIN,
Carpenter.
WILLIAM ARCHIBALD DURKEE,
Chief Janitor.
FACULTY.
Flt«D Wai,t«r McNair, President
Frederick Wiujam Sperr George Luther Christsnskn
Arthur Edmund Seaman Chari;gs Macdonau) Carson
James Fisher Albert Joseph Houle
FkANCES Hanna Scott, Secretary.
Admission to the College
I. Admission on CSRTmcAtE.
Only those applicants will be admitted on certificate who are
graduates of schools accredited to this College or who are grad-
uates of schools on the approved list of the North Central Asso-
ciation of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and who present a
recommendation, signed by the principal of the school, certifying
that they have satisfactorily completed all the work required for
admission. Admission on this basis of recommendation may be
granted also to the graduates of other especially approved schools
on application by the superintendent or principal The recom-
mendation must be made on a blank form furnished by the College
of Mines.
The requirements for admission are stated in terms of units —
a unit meaning the equivalent of five recitations a week for one
year in one branch of study. Fifteen units are required. These
fifteen units must include a minimum of 3 units of English* I unit
of Algebra, i unit of Geometry, covering Plane, Solid and Spher-
ical Geometry, i unit of Physics, % unit of Bookkeeping, % unit
of Physiography and 2 units of a modem language. The remain-
ing units may be selected by the applicant. Not more than one
additional unit of vocational training may be offered.
Application for certificate relation may be made by the prin-
cipal or superintendent of the school, on blanks furnished by the
College.
2. Admission by Examination.
Candidates may secure admission by offering through examina-
tion fifteen units as set forth in Section i — ^Admission on Cer-
tificate.
Entrance examinations are given at the College the first Thurs-
day, Friday and Saturday in June and the Friday, Saturday and
Monday, preceding the beginning of the regular work of the fa^^
2C Michigan College of Mines
term. Examinations taken by arrangement away from the college
must be taken the first week in Jmie.
3. Admission op Matube Men.
In many cases persons who have been engaged in practical
work for several years, desire to better their condition by taking
technical training, but they cannot afford the time for a full pre-
paratory course. Such men often prove to be excellent students,
since they realize clearly the purpose of their work and the value
of time. For their benefit the College will arrange with the
principal or superintendent of any of its accredited schools a
special course to cover a minimum of two years' work, and upon
the student's completion of this course the College will accept
him upon the recommendation of the principal or superintendent
This arrangement will be entered into for only those pros-
pective students who are over nineteen years of age, and who can
show that they have been employed for at least two years in
some position entailing responsibility. The College reserves the
right to withdraw this offer at any time that it may deem best.
For older men having in the judgment of the Faculty, sufficient
experience in the field to warrant it, admission will be granted
upon passing satisfactory examinations in the following essential
subjects:
English — The examination in this subject is intended to test
the candidate's ability to command good English. He will be
required to write briefly on some subject assigned at the time.
Arithmetic and Metric System.
Bookkeeping.
Algebra, through Quadratic Equations.
Geometry — Plane and Solid (including Spherical).
Physics.
Physical Geography or Elements of Astronomy.
4. Graduates and Undergraduates of Colleges.
A graduate of an approved college is admitted without exam-
ination upon presentation of his diploma or certificate of gradua-
tion, together with a certified copy of his record. Courses taken at
the other institution which may be the equivalent of courses offered
here, will be credited toward a degree, under the following con-
Admission to the College 21
ditions: After an informal discussion of the previous woiic, whidi
roust satisfy the instructors from whom credit is asked, as to its
scope and throughness, provisional credits are given. If the stu-
dent's subsequent work in this college is satisfactory, the provis-
ional credit is made permanent; if unsatisfactory, the student is
assigned to such courses as are necessary to make up the de-
ficiencies.
This method is considered to be fair to the student, to the col-
lege from which he came, and to this college.
An undergraduate of another college will be admitted without
examination upon presentation of a letter of honorable dismissal
and a certified copy of his record, which must show clearly that the
student was a member of the college and free from entrance con-
ditions. The right is reserved to require examination in entrance
subjects essential to the work of this college, which are not satis-
factorily covered by the applicant's records. Credits are given them
under the same conditions as outlined for graduates.
5. Speciai, Students.
Persons of sufficient maturity who are not candidates for a
degree and who wish to take special studies, are permitted to do so
upon giving satisfactory evidence that they are able to pursue with
profit the courses they wish to take. If they subsequently desire to
become candidates for a degree, they must pass the required en-
trance examinations.
Since its organization the College has had many students of
mature age who came for certain training which they considered
necessary for their subsequent work. These have proved themselves
excellent workers, and the College desires to extend to such persons
every possible aid. It has assisted in this way numerous practical
and active business men who have had years of previous experi-
ence, and it desires to continue a work from which valuable results
have been obtained in the past
In the fall of 1914, the college established certain special short
courses for practical men. While these courses may be taken by
others they are intended to meet especially the needs of those work-
men who have been denied the opportunity of getting a school train-
ing. Among the men who have taken one or more of them success-
a2 Michigan College of Mines
full}r are mine bosses, mine chemists, engineers' helpers, mien and
other practical workmen.
A descriptive circular giving further information concerning
the service die College offers to practical men may be had on
application.
Departments of Instruction
A. MATHEMATICS.
Messrs, Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobey.
As will be seen by a detailed examination of the following
pages, the subjects in this department form the necessary founda-
tion for a great part of the student's subsequent work; and they
are given as a preparation for this work, as well as for their value
ir actual engineering practice, and in affording mental discipline.
It is the intention, therefore, to give the instruction in this
department in such a manner as will make prominent those subjects
or portions of subjects which will be of actual use to the student
and, later, to the engineer. The value of the study of mathematics
in developing the power to do vigorous and logical thinking is not
underestimated, but it is thought that the effort to master the logic
of the subjects necessary to the engineer will afford the student
ample opportunity to develop this power.
Every effort is made to see that the student takes advantage of
the opportunity thus offered. At each step of his progress he is
required to think. The ability to describe a given method, or to
correctly quote a given formula, and to apply either to a given
case, is in no instance accepted as sufficient. The student is
required to logically derive the method or formula, and to demon-
strate its correctness.
The courses in mathematics are the following:
A 1. Algebra.
Messrs. Rood and Sob^y.
Three hours a week, thirty-three weeks, fall, winter and spring
terms. Two hundred fifty-nine hours.
24 Michigan College of Mines
It is expected that students entering this course will have a
thorough knowledge of elementary algebra through simple quad-
ratics.
The course includes the theory of limits, logarithms, progres-
sions, binominal theorem, undertermined co-efficients, series and
the solution of higher equations. Special attention is paid to the
slide rule, graphical solutions, and practical applications. Went-
worth's College Algebra is used as the text-book.
A 2. Plane Trigonometry.
Messrs. Rood and Sobey.
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. The fell term's
work in A I (Algebra) must precede or be taken along with this
courses. One hundred eight hours.
The ratio system is used exclusively, and prominence is given to
the solution of trigonometric equations, and the transformation of
trigonometric expressions. Wells' Plane and Spherical Trigonome-
try is used as the text-book.
A 3. Spherical Trigonotnetry.
Messrs. Rood and Sobey.
Three hours a week, ten weeks, spring term. Ninety hours.
To be preceded by A 2 (Plane Trigonometry).
Under this head is given the solution of right and oblique spher-
ical triangles with application to the problems of Spherical Astron-
omy, such as the student will need in surveying.
The text used is the same as A 2 (Plane Trigonometry), sup-
plemented with notes issued by the department.
A 4. Analytic Geometry.
Messrs. Grant, Rood and Sobey.
Pour hours a week, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring termsL
Two hundred ten hours. To be preceded by A 2 (Plane Trigonome-
try), and preceded by, or accompanied with A i (Algebra).
Departments of Instruction 25
The course covers the straight line, conic sections, a few higher
plane curves, transformation of co-ordinates, general equations of
the second degree, and an introduction to geometry of three dimen-
sions. The object is to familiarize the student with methods rather
than with any set of curves. Given partly by lectures and partly
from Tanner & Allen's Analytic Geometry.
A 5. Calculus.
Messrs. Fishkr and Grant.
Three hours a week, twenty-eight weeks, fall, winter and first
half of spring terms. Two hundred fifty-two hours. To be pre-
ceded by A 4 (Analytic Geometry), and B i (Physics), and pre-
ceded by, or accompanied with B 2 (Physics).
The Differential Calculus is developed from a rate as its funda-
mental notion. The Integral Calculus is from the beginning treated
as a method of summation. The object of the course is to give
the student a thorough working knowledge of the subject, to put
him in possession of a tool of which he can afterward make efficient
use. It is believed that this can best be accomplished by giving
him a rigorously logical basis for his methods and formulas; and
the attempt to do this is therefore made. Application of differen-
tiation to expansion in series, indeterminate forms, maxima and
minima, etc., are treated; while problems of area, volume, work,
pressure, etc., introduce the subject of integration, and their treat-
ment is carried along simultaneously with that of methods. Approx-
imate methods of integration, including the polar planimeter, receive
particular attention.
The Calculus is given by lectures, with printed notes, and Camp-
bell's Differential and Integral Calculus as a text-book.
B. PHYSICS.
The President, Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobey.
The aim in the department of Physics, as in that of Mathematics,
is to select such subjects as have, directly or indirectly, a bearing on
1
26 Michigan College of Mines
the practical work of a mining engineer, and to treat these in as
practical a manner as possible. The instruction is given t^ the
laboratory method. The student goes at once into the laboratory
and there, under the direction of instructors, experiments for
himself. The experiments are mostly quantitative.
So far as possible mere mechanical following of direction is
excluded, and intelligent thinking is made necessary to the aocom-
plishment of the work. Every effort is put forth to have the stu-
dent clearly develop and fix in his mind the principles of Physics
which he will afterward use, and also to lay the foundation for
that skill in accurate determination of quantity and care of delicate
apparatus which are needed by the practical engineer. Accuracy and
order are insisted on from the first Each student receives indi-
vidual attention, and, with the exception of a few experiments requir-
ing more than one observer, he does his work independently of all
other students.
The work of the laboratory is accompanied with illustrated lec-
tures, and with text-book and recitation work.
The department is equipped with a good assortment of modern
apparatus for lecture illustration and individual experiment
B 1. Physics.
Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobey.
Bight hours a week, three hours in classroom arid five hours in
laboratory, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring terms. Two hun-
dred ten hours. To be preceded by, or accompanied with A i
(Algebra) and A 2 (Plane Trigonometry). The text books are
Carhart's College Physics, and Laboratory Physics issued by the
department
This course includes Mechanics, Heat and Light Lecture, reci-
tation and laboratory work proceed together throughout the course.
The geometrical side of Light is developed mostly in the laboratory,
the wave theory in the lecture room with the aid of the optical
lantern.
Departments of Instruction 27
B 2. Physios.
Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobsy.
Nine hours a week, three hours in classroom and six hours iu
laboratory, twelve weeks, fall term. One hundred twenty hours.
To be preceded by B i (Physics).
Subject B 2 continues the work begun in B i, and includes Heat
and an elementary course in Magnetism and Electricity. Text-books
used are Carhart's College Physics, and Laboratory Physics issued
by the department
B 3. Eleotrical Msaturementt.
Mr. Fishcr.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks in the winter term, and first
five weeks of spring term. One hundred forty-four hours. To
be preceded by C i (Analytic Mechanics), and N i (Applied Elec-
tricity).
The increasing use of electricity in mining and related industries
has caused the Michigan College of Mines to give particular atten-
tion to this subject
This course is offered to those who are making Electrical Engi-
neering their principal subject, to those who intend taking up Elec-
trol)rtic or Electro-metallurgical work, and to any others who wish
to become familiar with those modem methods of electrical measure-
ments necessary wherever there is made any practical application of
this agent
In the course are included the measurements of current, resist-
ance, potential difference, electromotive force, quantity, capacity,
mutual and self induction, strength of field, etc
In the lecture room the theory of a given measurement is taken
up; then the construction and calibration of the instrument used in
the measurement are studied, the instrument being at hand for
inspection; and, finally, in the laboratory, the student calibrates, if
necessary, and uses the instrument in making the measurement.
38 MichigoH College of Mines
Examples of all the principal instruments used in modern elec-
trical methods are owned by the institution, and are available for
the work of this course.
The text book is Carhart and Patterson's Electrical Measure-
ments.
B 4. Physical Measurements.
Mr. Pishcr.
Twenty-four hours a week, last five weeks of the spring term.
One hundred twenty hours.
A more advanced course in measurements of precision, open to
those who have taken B i and B 2 (Physics). The work offered
will be mainly in the determination of densities, moments of inertia,
calorimetry and photometry. Each student will work independently
of all others, and to a considerable extent the choice of the line of
work he is to pursue will lie with him.
B 5. Light.
The President and Mr, Fisher.
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Seventy-two
hours. To be preceded by B i (Physics) and W i (Mineralogy I.).
A more advanced course continuing the work begun in this
subject B I (Physics). The course is designed particularly for
those students who desire to take up Petrography. It deals chiefly
with polarization. The subject is presented mainly by experimental
kctures. A very complete outfit of projection apparatus is in the
possession of the department for use in this course.
C. MECHANICS.
Messrs, Fisher, Grant and Rood,
An attempt is made in Mechanics to develop the essential prin-
ciples, and to render the student proficient in applying them to
practical rather than theoretical problems. To this end a large
Departments of Instruction 29
number of problems are solved which, so far as possible, are selected
from machines or structures with which the student is already
familiar, or the study of which he is subsequently to take up.
C 1. Analytic Meohanict.
Messrs. Fisher, Grant and Rood.
Three hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half
of spring term. One hundred forty-four hours. To be preceded
by, or accompanied with A 5 (Calculus).
Hancock's Applied Mechanics for Engineers is used as a text,
and this is supplemented with special problems having a direct bear-
ing on the student's future work in engineering.
C 2. Analytic Mechanics.
Mr. Fisher and Mr. Grant.
Subject C 2 continues the work begun in C i, and is given three
hours a week, twelve weeks, in the fall term. One hundred eight
hours. To be preceded by C i (Analytic Mechanics).
D. PHYSICAL TRAINING.
Mr. Bell.
It is now generally realized that the observation of the principles
of Hygiene and Physiology are necessary for the promotion of good
health and the College believes that through Physical Training the
best application of those principles is possible. With this in view
the work in Physical Training is divided into theory and practice.
The theory deals with those fundamental principles of Hygiene and
Physiology which every student should know, this work being given
in the form of lectures. The practice consists of carrying out, as far
as possible, those principles in regular gymnasium work.
Physical Examination. — The examination consists of the re-
cording of physical measurements, condition of heart, lungs, eyes.
30 Michigan College of Mines
ears, nose, throat, teeth and general health. Irregolarities are noted
and corrective exercises are prescribed.
Every student is entitled to a physical examination and all can-
didates for college or class teams and students taking D i are re-
quired to take the examination.
Advanced Work. — ^Advanced work in the various dq>artments of
Physical Training is offered to students who have completed D i.
SiCKNBSS — ^All sickness should be reported at once to the plQrs-
ical director not only for the sake of the individual but as a pro-
tection for the whole school (See Absences).
Lockers. — Students desiring the same locker from year to year
must present at the office, before Oct 4th of each year, the receipt
given on payment of the gymnasium fee. After this date, lodcers
not so renewed will have their combinations changed.
All goods found in lockers after Sept ist of each year are
considered forfeited, and will be destroyed.
D 1. Physical Training.
Mr. BeUo
Two hours a week, including the regular gymnasium classes,
and one hour lecture, twenty weeks, fall and winter terms. Forty-
six hours. The course must be taken for two terms. Required of
all students during their first year of residence.
In the fall term the work starts the third Monday in October.
Lectures will be given in Hygiene and Physiology, and quizzes
from time to time on the work covered. A written examination
will be given during the last week of the course; the mark for
this examination, plus the term mark, will determine the student's
rating in Physical Training.
F. CHEMISTRY.
Messrs. Carson, Wilson and Brinkley,
Equipment.
The Laboratory for General Chemistry is a room 31HX51 feet,
situated in the basement of the northeast wing of the chemistry
Departments of Instruction 31
building. The room receives light from three of its sides. Five
desks provide table and closet space for ninety students. A con-
tinuous hood runs around three walls of the room with a total
length of 102 feet, enabling forty-five students to make use of
the hood at one time. The north wall hood is six feet high
and is made fire proof. Here all experiments requiring high tem-
peratures are performed in wind furnaces, muffle furnaces and gas
furnaces. The instructor's private room opens into the main
laboratory.
The Laboratory for Qualitative Analysis occupies the west wing
of the main floor. The room is 40x33 feet Five desks give work-
ing and closet space for sixty-four students, with one sink for four
places. A continuous hood runs along three of the walls. This
hood is divided into compartments of five feet each, to be occupied
by one or two students at a time. Each compartment contains two
gas stop-cocks. Four of the compartments have two Koenig's
Hydrogen-sulfid generators, each permanently mounted. The hoods
are supplied with mains for gas and compressed air, the latter to be
chiefly for rapid evaporation on the water baths; from each com-
partment the foul gases and vapors are drawn by fan-suction, whilst
a large volume of fresh air, of the proper temperature, is constantly
blown into the room by a pressure fan. A dark room for spectro-
scopic work, and the instructor's office, open into this laboratory
The Laboratory for Quantitative Analysis occupies the east wing
of the main floor. It is 39^x33 feet Four desks accommodate
forty students, allowing each man four feet, and a sink for every
four men. A hood runs along each of the long sides, divided into
compartments are furnished the same as in the Qualitative Labora-
tory, except that two compartments only contain Koenig's Hydro-
gen-sulfid generator^ whilst two other compartments are furnished
each with a Koenig's Chlorine and Hydrogen generator, a combus-
tion furnace and a Shimer apparatus for carbon determinations.
The weighing room opens directly into the laboratory, but it has ex-
clusive northern light It is furnished with twelve anal}rtical balances
of the best make; one for four students. The laboratory for Gas
Analysis is located alongside of the weighing room. It has light
from the north only and can be kept at a uniform temperature. It
is furnished with HempeFs and Bunsen's apparatus, both for work-
32 Michigan College of Mines
ing over water and working over mercury. The instructor's oflice
and the Electrolytic room adjoin the laboratory on the south wall
The electrolytic room contains desks for electrolytic determinations
with six working spaces, each of which is furnished with a separate
resistance, a voltmeter and a millianmieter.
The Laboratory for Advanced Quantitative Analysis has work-
ing facilities for eight students. But there is a laboratory for special
work in which synthetic work and research work can be carried on
by a few students. This laboratory is located alongside the profes-
sor's office on the main floor.
The class instruction is given in a spacious lecture room, which
is located at the east end of the second floor. This room seats 132
students in nine rows, each row being three inches higher than the
preceding one. The lecture desk is furnished in the modern man-
ner, with the electric current, and switch-board arrangements, also
with water, gas and compressed air. The desk is unobstructed by
any hood. Experiments generating noxious gases are carried on
iu a hood which stands in the adjoining preparation room behind a
movable glass panel. When the latter is raised the apparatus under
the hood will be visible from all parts of the room. Provision is
made for the display of charts and diagrams in front of and above
the black-boards behind the lecture table.
The supply clerk's office and store-rooms are located in the
basement
F 1. General Chemistry.
Mr. Carson and Mr. Wilson.
Eleven hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and nine hours
a week, eleven weeks, winter term, and ten hours a week, five weeks,
first half of spring term; one recitation, three lectures, and five
hours of laboratory work each week in the fall term; one recita-
tion, three lectures and four hours of laboratory work in the winter
term, and one recitation, three lectures and five hours of laboratory
work each week in the first half of the spring term. Two hun-
dred eighty-one hours.
Departments of Instruction 53
In the first year the intention is to give a thorough under-
standing of the scientific principles of chemistry, so that the technical
aspects of the subject may be studied with profit in the succeeding
years. With this object in view, each student is required to carry
out a series of graded experiments which illustrate the laws of the
science and in the explanation of which accurate scientific reasoning
is necessary. The topics treated in the laboratory, are there dis-
cussed by the instructor with individual students, and th^ form
the basis for the more formal recitations and lectures. In the class-
room, numerous simple experiments are performed, in order to
augment the body of facts presented in the laboratory, and the in-
terpretation of these is usually supplied by the students, who are en-
couraged to ask questions and make suggestions.
The laboratory course is that given in Alexander Smith's
Elementary Outline of General Chemistry (The Century Co.,) and
the lecture course follows, pretty closely, the Elementary Chemistry
by the same author. Only those parts of the books are covered
which deal with the non-metallic elements, as the remainder is
treated in the second year. The scope of the first year's work
is thus restricted, in order to permit more detailed consideration
of the modem theories of equilibrium, of ionic reaction and of
the properties of solutions. It is believed that in this way the best
preparation is obtained for the study of many manufacturing and
metallurgical processes, which can be thoroughly understood only
by the application of the principles of physical chemistry.
F 2. Blowpipe Analysis.
Mr. Wilson.
Nine hours a week, five weeks, last half of spring term. Four
lectures during the first two and one-half weeks. One recitation
for each section, Forty-five hours. The lectures are merely a
continuous set of demonstrations by the instructor to show how the
reactions should be made. To be preceded by F i (General Chem-
istry).
This is a short course in Qualitative Analysis in which prefer-
ence is given to reaction in the igneous way, so that students may
34 Michigan College of Mines
be enabled to take the course in mineralogy with ftill benefit
Brush's tables are referred to.
F 3. Qualitative Analysis and Elementary Physioal Chemistry.
Mr. Carson.
Eleven hours a week, twenty-eight weeks, fall, winter and
first half of spring terms. Two lectures and one recitation each
week throughout the course; seven hours of laboratory work each
week in the fall, winter and first half of the spring terms. Three
hundred eight hours. To be preceded by F 2.
The laboratory book in this course is Noyes' Qualitative Chem-
ical Analysis (The MacMillan Co.) It gives, in form suited to
beginners, the very carefully designed scheme of analysis to which
the author and his collaborators have devoted a great deal of care-
ful thought. The lectures, in the second year, are devoted to the
chemistry of the metals and their important compounds. Both the
tiaining in qualitative analysis and the study of the metals offer
continual opportunities for teaching modem physical chemistry, but
do not make sufficiently clear the practical applications of this
newest branch of the science. For this reason, the latter part of
the lecture course is given to the consideration of those parts of
thermo-chemistry, electro-chemistry, and the phase rule which deal
respectively, with the reactions of gases in furnaces, with the re-
fining of metals electrol3rtically, and with the behavior of the iron-
carbon alloys.
F 4. Volumetric Analysis.
Mr. Brinkley.
Twelve hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. One hundred
forty-four hours. Two lectures, one recitation and eight hours
of laboratory work a week. To be preceded by F 3 (Qualitative
Analysis).
The course comprises: Alkalimetry, acidimetry. Volumetric
analysis of limestone and marl. Analysis of copper ores by gravi-
metric, volumetric, colorimetric and electrolytic methods in order
Departments of Instruction 35
that the student may learn their relative merits. Permanganate,
dichromate and iodometric methods.
Sutton's Volumetric Analysis for reference.
F 5. Quantitative Analysis.
Mr. Bhinklby.
Twelve hours a week, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring
terms; three lectures a week, sixteen weeks, and one recitation a
week, twenty-one weeks. Two hundred fifty-two hours. To be
preceded by F 4 (Volumetric Analysis). It is possible to conclude
the course in the first half of the spring by spending double time
on the subject for five weeks.
Course embraces: (i) Analysis of alum. (2) Analysis of
iron ores. The sample is made up to contain all the elements likely
to be of importance in iron ores. In the soluble portions are deter-
mined volumetrically iron, copper, manganese, phosphorus, sulphur.
In the insoluble portion are determined the oxides SiO* TiO* Cr*0*,
Fe*0', CaO and MgO by gravimetric methods. (3) Analysis of
pig iron and steel, including colorimetric estimation of carbon and
manganese. (4) Analysis of matte and speiss, embracing the sep-
arations of arsenic, antimony, tin, bismuth, silver, copper, cadmium,
zinc and iron.
The lecture notes serve as a guide, but the student is referred
to Lord and Demorest's Metallurgical Analysis.
F 6. Quantitative Analysis.
Mr. Brinki^ey.
Fifteen hours a week, five weeks, first half of spring term.
Two lectures, one recitation and eleven hours in laboratory. Seven-
ty-five hours. To be preceded by F 4 (Volumetric Analysis).
It is possible to secure credit in F 5 by devoting thirty-six hours
a week to quantitative analysis in the second half of spring term,
and surrendering credit in F 6.
The course comprises: Determination of sulphur, of chlorine,
proximate analysis of coal and coke, analysis of furnace slag.
36 Michigan College of Mines
F 7. Advine«d Quantitativs Analysis and
Appliad Phyaioal Chamistry.
Mr. Carson.
Twelve hours a week, sixteen wedcs, winter and first half of
spring term; forty-two hours, five weeks, first half of spring term.
One lecture, one recitation and eight laboratory hours each wedc,
winter and first half of spring terms; three lectures, two recita-
tions and thirty laboratory hours each week, last half of spring
term. Pour hundred two hours. To accompany P 5. Those who
have credit in P 5 may begin the course in the autumn, and those
who have credit in P 6 may complete the requirements for F 5
in the autumn and then proceed with P 7.
The student may elect to devote all of his time, in this course,
to quantitative analysis or may give over the winter term to ex-
perimental physical chemistry and then take quantitative analysis
in the spring term.
In quantitative analysis, will be included the estimation of vari-
ous silicates; the analysis of water; the analysis of gases, accord-
ing to Bunsen, Hempel and Winkler; methods for special steels;
electro-chemical analysis of mixtures.
In physical chemistry, the experiments will be performed partly
in the physics and partly in the chemical laboratory. They will in-
clude the determination of decomposition voltages, the conductivity
of solutions, heats of reaction and the freezing curves of alloys.
Q. METALLURGY.
Messrs. Houle, Chapman and Cunningham.
Q 1. AMaying.
Mr. Cunningham.
Bight hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Lectures and
recitations three times a week and five hours (one afternoon) of
laboratory work each week. Ninety-six hours. To be preceded by
Departments of Instruction 37
Wi (Mineralogy I.), and accompanied with F 3 (Qualitative Analy-
sis).
The assay or ores and metallurgical products for gold, silver
and lead will be taken up in this course. These will consist of
Pure and impure ores of blende, pyrite, tellurides, etc,
Mattes and slags,
High grade silver sulphides,
Silver, lead and copper bullion,
C}ranide solutions and correction assays,
Ores and products containing metallics.
The laboratory work will consist of the assaying of a definite
number of the above ores, selecting those that will aid the work in
Principles of Metallurgy (G 2) as well as in the development of the
theory of assaying.
To those who desire a better knowledge of assaying work than
that which this short course is enabled to provide, it is suggested
that it may be secured by electing the work in G 5 (Ore Tests) in
which course ample opportunity has been provided for much addi-
tional work and study along assaying lines.
Text-book, Fulton's Manual of Fire Assaying, and notes by
the department
The equipment for practice work and instruction in this course
includes two Keller assay balances, capable of weighing gold beads
to an accuracy of one five-thousandths of a milligram; six Giesen
assay balances; four double-muffle soft coal furnaces, (Denver Fire
Clay type) ; one assay furnace, fired by illuminating gas ; one assay
furnace, fired by gasoline; six assay furnaces, pot and muffle types,
fired by coke; a number of pulp and fiux balances and all the
apparatus necessary for conducting fire assay work. There is also
available, for practice work, many ores from the various mining
districts of the United States and foreign countries, these sam-
ples having been kindly furnished by the alumni and friends of the
college.
jS Michigan College of Mines
Q 2. PrinoiplM of Metallurgy.
Mr. Houle and Mr. Cunningham.
Three hours a week in the class-room; three hours per week in
preparation for class-room work and three hours per week as lab-
oratory hours but to be used in making trips to the local smelteries.
These three hours per week (for a period of twelve weeks) amount
to thirty-six hours in which time four trips, of approximately
nine hours each, will be made, twelve weeks, fall term. One hun-
dred eight hours.
To be preceded by, or accompanied with G i (Assaying).
This course is intended to cover the general principles of metal-
lurgy and the metallurgy of copper. The following subjects will be
taken up in the order named.
Ores. — Ores of the common metals which may be treated profit-
ably by smelting methods will be taken up in the order of their
economic value and discussed in relation to the distinction which
must be made between metallurgical and commercial estimates of
value and what is to be considered waste, bringing in the question
of percentage of extraction.
Determinations. — The collection of technical, chemical and
physical data such as weighing, sampling, determination of moisture,
the making of assays and analysis, etc, is given attention as to
methods, devices and other arrangements for their proper accom-
plishment.
Preliminary Treatment. — Recent developments in the matter
of bedding, storing and roasting of ores, all of which require the
mechanical handling of large quantities of material, are what make
this consideration necessary. It covers the investigation of roast-
ing and sintering devices, conveyors, industrial transportation sys-
tems, etc.
Refractory Materials. — ^The high temperatures of roasting and
smelting processes compel the use of extraordinary substances to
resist not only the heat required in the process but also to resist the
chemical action of the roasted or molten material under treatment
Chemishiy. — Roasting and smelting processes are based on
chemical actions between the elements subjected to high tempera-
tures. These actions are studied in relation to the concentration of
Departments of Instruction 39
the desirable elements of an ore into a product of commercial grade
and value. Analysis of both product and waste are calculated
theoretically and computations are made for both the value of the
intended product and the economic loss in what will constitute the
waste.
Fluxes. — ^The scarcity of smelting ores of a self-fluxing nature
requires a careful study of the qualities desired in a flux, the avail-
ability of the fluxing material and the influence which both consider-
ations may have on the selection of a metallurgical process of treat-
ment.
Slags. — The elimination of the undesirable elements in an ore
requires the formation of a slag, the characteristics of which should
be fairly well determined before smelting operations actually begin.
To this end, typical slags are studied and calculations are made
for the proper mixture of ores and fluxes to obtain the desired
qualities in a slag.
Fusion. — The smelting of ores and fluxes requires either the
addition of fuel, the application of heat or the utilization of heat
of formation. This leads to a study of the calorific value of fuels,
their heat of combustion and of thermo-chemistry in general.
Charge Calculations. — Having covered the essential elements
of a smelting process, i. e., the ores, the fluxes and the fuels, the
next consideration should be the scientific proportions of each in
the mixture to be smelted in order that the desired products may
be obtained. A complete charge calculation is made and followed by
a materials balance sheet.
Furnaces. — Having arrived at the quantity and character of ma-
terial to be charged, the next consideration should be the type of
furnace in which the smelting should be done. Both shaft and re-
verberatory types are investigated as are also such smelting devices
as converters, retorts, etc
Copper Smelting is taken up in conjunction with the principles
oi metallurgy and at this time for the reason that the location of
the school affords an opportunity to study, through visits to the
local smelteries, the electrolytic and refining plants, the application
of scientific principles in the production of a metal which holds a
place in the world's output as the standard of excellence.
Text-book, Peter's Principles of Copper Smelting.
40 Michigan College of Mines
Q 3/ Metallurgy of Lmmdt Iron and Zine.
Mr. Houle and Mr. Cunningham.
Lectures and recitations three times a wedc, eleven weeks,
winter term. Eighty-eight hours. To be preceded by G 2 (Prin-
ciples of Metallurgy).
In this course, the processes which lead to the extraction of
lead, iron and zinc from the various ores of those metals will be
considered separately under the head of each metal. The outline of
study to be followed will be approximately as laid down under the
head of Principles of Metallurgy but the investigation will branch
out wherever any peculiarity of treatment in the metallurgy of the
metal under consideration demands it
Text-book, Austin's Metallurgy of the Common Metals, supple-
mented by a number of problems involving various metallurgical
calculations.
G 4. Prineiplos of Hydro- Motallurgy.
Mr. Chapman.
Four hours a week in classroom and four hours a week prepara-
tion, five weeks, first half of spring term. Forty hours. To be pre-
ceded by G 3 (Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and Zinc), and preceded
by or accompanied with S i (Ore Dressing).
The instruction in Principles of Hydro-metallurgy will consist
of lectures and recitations. The work includes:
(i) Amalgamation, cyaniding and chlorination of gold ores.
(2) Amalgamation, cyaniding and lixiviation of silver ores.
(3) Copper leaching.
Text: Austin's Metallurgy of the Common Metals.
Q 5. Oro Toata.
Mr. Chapman and Mr. Cunningham.
Two hours a week in classroom and forty-three hours a week in
laboratory, six weeks, first half of summer term. Two hundred
Departments of Instruction 41
seventy hours. To be preceded by G 4 (Principles of Hydro-metal-
lurgy), and preceded by or accompanied with F 5 or P 6 (Quanti-
tative Analysis).
The instruction will comprise discussions and problems in class-
room and laboratory work upon the following subjects:
Amalgamation tests on gold and silver ores.
Cyaniding tests on gold and silver ores.
Lixiviation tests, including chloridizing roasting, on silver
ores.
Leaching tests for the extraction of copper followed by tests
on the precipitation of the copper. a
G 6. Furnae* Work.
Mr. Chapman and Mr. Cunningham.
Forty-five hours a week, three weeks, last half of sunmier term.
One hundred thirty-five hours. To be preceded by G 5 (Ore Tests).
Part of the work in this course will be done at the college and
part at one of the smelting plants of the district. The work done
at the college follows up the work done in G 5 (Ore Tests). The
course G 5 serves to familiarize the student with the various pro-
cesses of metallurgy and hydro-metallurgy and from which he de-
rives certain constants while working with small amounts of ore.
The G 6 course follows this up, using the constants in metallurgical
calculations arising from the manipulation of much larger quantities
of ore, the end point in a G 6 test being the actual recovery of so
much gold, silver or copper, using standard methods of extraction.
The work at the local smelting plants will consist of following
through and taking notes on the cycle of operations involved in
a complete furnace treatment of one charge. The class will be
divided into day and night shifts in order to make the observations
continuous. The notes are summarized and discussed at the collie.
Q 7. Metallurgical DMign.
Mr. Houle and Mr. Chapman.
Three hours a week in class-room and nine hours a week in
laboratory, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of spring term.
42 Michigan College of Mines
One hundred ninety-two hours. To be preceded by Q 6 (Graphical
Statics), and G 2 (Principles of Metallurgy), and preceded by or
accompanied with G 4 (Principles of Hydro-metallurgy) and M 4
(Mechanics of Materials).
The object of the course is to teach the student how to
assemble and arrange the units which are required for a metallurgical
process of treatment and to outline and draw as much of the de-
tails of construction as the time will allow. It is intended that the
student will select a metallurgical process falling under one of the
three following headings:
(i) A smelting plant
(2) A hydro-metallurgical plant
(3) An ore dressing plant.
The metallurgical units of the elected plant will be selected,
sizes and capacities calculated, spaces allowed and arrangements
made. Elevations will be decided upon, haulage and transportation
facilities provided, and then the details of the structure will be
planned; loads determined, stresses calculated, and materials pro-
vided for their resistance and proper support
In connection with visits during progress of other courses in
the department, attention will be called to methods of construction
and design in the smelteries and mills visited. Practical details
may here be profitably studied.
Text-book : A series of lectures in which reference will be made to
Kidder's Architect's Pocket Book.
Trautwine's Engineer's Pocket Book.
Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
Cambria Steel.
Ketchum's Structural Engineer's Handbook.
G 8. Metallurgical Organization and Accounts.
Mr. Houle and Mr. Cunningham.
Three hours in class-room, twelve weeks, fall term. One hun-
dred eight hours. To be preceded by G 2 (Principles of Metal-
lurgy), and preceded by or accompanied with G 3 (Metallurgy of
Lead, Iron and Zinc), and G 4 (Principles of Hydro-metallurgy).
Departments of Instruction 43
The object of the course is to give the student a clear con
ception of the structure and operating details of a metallurgical or-
ganization. The work is begun with the formation of an unorgan-
ized "pool" for the development of a metallurgical field. Options
are obtained and agreements made in quantity sufficient to organize
a company whose stock is issued and money accumulated for the
construction of a metallurgical plant
Labor is employed, materials are bought, used and stored, and
accounts are kept covering the construction period. At the end of
this period, a trial balance of assets and liabilities are made and
the management is transferred to an operating company whose
efforts are directed to the making of a profitable product with the
equipment in hand. Again labor is employed, materials are bought
and used, and accounts are kept for a period of time sufficient to
make a trial balance of the results of the operating period. The
losses are traced, assets are collected, and an examination is made
into the possibilities of either continued loss or profit from the pro-
gress of the work as outlined.
Text Notes by A. J. Houle.
44
Michigan College of Mines
The following tabulation names the courses given imder the
supervision of the Department of Metallurgy and the associated
Department of Ore Dressing and states the time and logical order
in which the subjects should be chosen. There is also indicated
the two sequences offered by the department
FALL
wurivjft
HPIUMO
SUMMEB
let Half
Snd. Half
let Half
iM.Quurter
dlk.QuBtor
G-1
Fire
▲••Ulllff
Short Conrae
Snd. Tear
G-S
Prindslea of
Me^nmr
Smelter
Snd. fear
Q-8
MetaUorgy
of Lead.
Iron and
Zino
8rd. Tear
8-1
Prinelplea of Ore Dreaafaiff
Mill Tripe
Srd. Tear
G-4
Hydro-
MetaUnrgy
8rd. Tear .
•
G-7
MetaUnrgieal Deaign
8rd.Tear
0-6
OreTeeta
iM.Tear
Adraneed
Aaaaying
0-8
MetaUnrgioal
OrffaniMkion
A Accoonta
Srd. Tear
•
8-S
Mill Work
8rd.Tear
0-6
Funaee
Work
8rd.Tear
Departments of Instruction 45
J. THESIS.
The Faculty,
J 1. ThMis.
Properly qualified students may include the preparation of a
thesis in their work for a d^ree. Two hundred seventy hours.
The subject of such thesis must be announced with the schedule
of studies for the year in which the degree is expected ; further, the
schedule must be approved by the head of the department in which
the thesis work is to be done. This approval will include the sub-
ject chosen and the student's preparation to do the work.
The schedule and subject are then considered by the Faculty,
whose approval is necessary.
The thesis must be completed by July i, and submitted to the
Faculty for examination and acceptance. For its acceptance it must
be accompanied with the written approval of the instructors under
whom the work was done.
«
K. TECHNICAL WRITING.
Mr. Black.
The courses in the Department of Technical Writing are found-
ed upon the principle of collaboration. Most of the courses in the
College cover so large a field that the instructors have no time to in-
quire into the thinking processes of the students and the manner
ii> which they express their ideas. The courses in technical writing
attempt to furnish this part of a technical student's training by re-
viewing from the standpoint of thought and expression certain por-
tions of other courses in the College. The courses with which tech-
nical writing is collaborated are those which can be made to pro-
vide suitable written exercises. The instructor in technical writing
and the instructor in the other course agree upon a set of exercises
which are equally valuable to both for purposes of instruction. These
exercises are examined and criticised in both departments.
The text-book used is Sypherd's Handbook of English for Engi-
neers. The instructing is done in small sections and personal con-
46 Michigan College of Mines
ferences. This system enables the instructor to examine intimately
and correct the habits of thought and expression of each student.
Courses K i and K 2, required for graduation, embrace train-
ing in the use of the language which is indispensable to a mining
engineer. Courses K 3 and K 4 are elective ,and are intended for
students who have special interest in the field of technical writing.
K 1. English.
Two recitations a week, thirty-three weeks, fafl, winter and
spring terms. Sixty-six hours. In collaboration with F i (Gen-
eral Chemistry), B i (Physics), R i (Principles of Mining) and
Y I (Principles of Geology). Part of the time, one of the recita-
tion hours will be used in fifteen-minute conferences.
The written work of this course is mostly paragrai^-writing.
The other matters considered are spelling, punctuation, sentence
construction, outlines, and the mechanical details of technical writing.
K 2. Technical Writing.
Two recitations a week, twenty-eight weeks, fall, winter, and
first half of the spring terms. Eighty-four hours. In collaboration
with B 2 (Physics), F 3 (Qualitative Analysis), G I (Assaying),
G 2 (Principles of Metallurgy), M 5 (Mechanical Engineering I.),
M II (Mechanical Engineering II.), R 2 (Mine Survejring and
Mining) and Y 4 (Applied and Mining Geology I.) and therefore
not to be taken except by students who are enrolled for most of
these courses. In addition to the two recitation hours, the student
is to arrange for a fifteen-minute conference with the instructor
every other week.
The principal matters considered in this course are the character-
istics of the technical style, technical description, reports, articles
for technical journals, and business letters.
K 3. Technical Journal ism.
Three hours a week, eleven weeks, winter term. Thirty-three
hours. Prerequisite, K 2 (Technical Writing).
Departments of Instruction 47
The work of this course is dirided as follows : using a library,
note taking, filing systems, articles for technical journals, prepar-
ing copy for publication, proof reading.
K 4. Butin«M Correspondence.
Thre£ hours a week, five weeks, first half of spring term, and
repeated in the second half of the spring term. Thirty hours.
Each student is required to write a series of fifteen letters be-
tween two concerns interested in mining, milling or smelting. This
series includes letters of inquiry, sales letters, follow-up letters, a
letter ordering goods, letters containing instructions, letters of com-
plaint and replies to them, and form letters. Also each student is
required to write three letters of application.
K 5. Spanish.
Mr.
Three hours a week in class-room, fall, winter and first half of
spring terms. One hundred sixty-eight hours.
Because of the increasing opportunities for mining and metal-
lurgical engineers in the Spanish-speaking countries of the world,
and the consequent demand for some instruction in the Spanish
language, it is expected the College will offer an elementary course
in this subject beginning with the fall term of 191 5.
The instruction will aim at thoroughly grounding the student
who takes it, in those things most necessary to the acquiring of a
speaking knowledge of Spanish for purposes of commercial inter-
course.
M. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Messrs. Christensen, Anderson, Johnson, Richards,
Uren and Bennett.
The successful and economical operation of any mine depends
so largely upon the judicious selection, proper design, and skillful
operation of the power plant and general machinery, that the Col-
48 Michigan College of Mines
Iqi^e offers a course in mechanical engineering specially designed to
prepare the student to take up such work.
The aim has been to so use those Mechanical Engineering sub-
jects of special prominence in mining work as to give the student
thorough training, and to indicate the methods of study and obser-
vation to be followed after graduation, should he decide to take op
any branch of Mechanical Engineering as his specialty.
Throughout the whole course the attempt is made to present
clearly the theory underlying each part of the work, and to fix and
illustrate the theory by practical exercises in the shop, laboratory,
draughting room, or by reference to neighboring mine equipments.
The workshop, mechanical laboratories, electrical engineering
laboratories, and the draughting room, are located in the Mechanical
Engineering Building.
Courses in the following subjects are offered:
M 1. Properties of Matorialt.
Mr. Chkistenssn.
Five recitations per week, five laboratory hours per week, twelve
weeks, summer term. One hundred eighty hours. To be preceded
by B 2 (Physics) and F i (General Chemistry).
The course includes a study of the strength, stiffness and resi-
lience properties of such engineering materials as cast-iron, wrought-
iron, steel, copper, brass, bronze, concrete, brick, stone and timber,
together with some discussion of the methods of their manufocture,
forms in which they appear on the market, their adaptation to the
purposes of the engineer, etc.
This course will be closely co-ordinated with the course M 2
(Shop Practice).
M 2. Shop Practioe.
Messrs. Chsistensen, Johnson, Richards, Ukbn
and Bennett.
Seven hours a day, five days a week, twelve weeks, summer term.
Four hundred twenty hours. To be preceded by M i6 (Machine
Drawing) and accompanied with M i (Prc^rties of Materials).
Departments of Instruction 49
The course is closely co-ordinated with M i (Properties of Ma-
terials) and is intended to familiarize the student first hand, with
those properties of iron, steel, and wood, hest studied in the shop.
It is also the intention in this course to give the student an oppor-
tunity to become acquainted with the various wood and metal work-
ing tools, to attain some skill and judgment in their use, and to
learn something of those processes of manufacture most closely re-
lated to machine construction and repair.
The practical instruction given is largely personal and each stu-
dent is advanced as rapidly as his proficiency will warrant Recita-
tions concerning the work are required. In the machine shop,
practice is offered in bench and vise work, and with all of the usual
machine tools. In the blacksmith shop, work in forging, tool dress-
ing and the heat-treatment of steel is taken up. In the pattern shop,
patterns are made of parts to be later completed in the machine
shop. The course includes the use of wood-working bench tools
and power machinery.
Those who desire to take shop work only, and devote all their
time to it, must satisfy the college requirements as special students,
and, in addition, must give evidence of being able to follow the
work with profit. Some knowledge of drawing, or practice in read-
ing drawings, is essential.
Under some conditions the machine shop is open to students at
other times than during the summer term.
Shop Equipment.
In addition to necessary work benches and hand tools, the shop
contains : —
One 24-inch by 16-foot New Haven Tool Co.'s lathe.
One 16-inch by 6-foot Lodge & Shipley lathe.
Two 14-inch by 5-foot Lodge & Shipley lathes.
Six 14-inch by 6-foot Reed lathes.
One 14-inch by 8-foot Reed lathe.
One 14-inch by 6-foot Lodge & Davis lathe.
One 13-inch by 5-foot Putnam lathe.
One 12-inch by 5-foot Prentis lathe.
One No. 2 Landis Grinder for hardened steel work.
One 24x24x8-foot Whitcomb planer.
Sa Michigan CoUege of Mines
One 2Qx20x4-foot Wm. Sellers & Co. planer.
One i6-mch Gould & Eberhardt shaper.
One lo^inch Traverse head shaper.
One 34rinch Blaisdell drill press.
One 20^inch Lodge & Davis drill press.
One sensitive drill.
One twist drill grinder.
One No. i^ Cincinnati tool room milling machine
Three emery tool grinders.
One buffing wheel
One power cold saw.
One 2-inch pipe and bolt machine.
One Arbor press.
One steam hammer.
The assortment of chucks, taps, drills, reamers and general tools
is extensive. For the practice in pipe fitting a separate bench has
been provided; a complete set of pipe tools, and a supply of pipe
and fittings are in stock.
The blacksmith shop occupies a room 26x43 and is completely
equipped with eight forges and the necessary hand and power tools.
The pattern shop contains ten wood lathes, a pattern maker's
lathe to swing five feet, a 33-inch Fay band saw, a 24-inch Fay
hand planer and joiner, a 24-inch pony planer, Colbum universal
saw bench, emery wheels and grindstones, gouge grinder, electric
glue heaters, an extensive assortment of hand tools and appliances,
and the necessary work benches and vises.
Each student, in each shop, has a separate work bench, set of
hand tools, and locker, for which he is held responsible. Any dam-
age to tools, or other part of the equipment, beyond wear and tear
by legitimate use, is charged to the student accountable for it
Each shop has a good tool room, in which a check system of
accounting for tools is used.
Power for the shops is furnished by motors.
M 3. Design of Structural Joints.
Mr. Christensen.
Thirty-three hours a week, last five weeks of spring term. One
Departmentsf^ of InsWwction 51
hundred sixty-five hours. To be preceded by Kf 4 (MiecliBiiics' of
Materials) and Q 6 (Graphical Statics).
This course can also be taken in the fall term, fourteen hours
per week, or as a slightly abbreviated course, known below as M 6,
during the last six weeks of the summer term, twenty-three hours
per week.
A study of the design of structural joints in wood and metal
based upon the fundamental principles of stress and strength of ma-
terials. Dimensioned sketches or drawings showing complete work
ing details will be required in the solution of each problem.
M 4. Mechanics of Materials.
Messrs. Christ^nsen and Anderson.
Three recitations a week, twenty-three weeks, fall and winter
terms. Two hundred seven hours. To be preceded by M i (Prop-
erties of Materials), M 2 (Shop Practice) and preceded by or ac-
companied with C 2 (Analytic Mechanics).
Application of the principles of statics to rigid bodies ; elasticity
and resistance of materials; cantilevers, simple, restrained and con-
tinuous beams ; forms of uniform strength, riveting, torsion of shafts,
combined stresses; resilience; apparent and true stresses; computa-
tion of proper sizes and proportions of beams, columns, shafts, flat
plates, etc. Merriman's Mechanics of Materials, and Tumeaure and
Maurer's Principles of Reinforced Concrete Construction, and Cam-
bria Steel.
M 5. Mechanical Engineering I.
Messrs. Christensen and Anderson.
Three recitations a week, twelve weeks, fall term. One hundred
eight hours.
A non-mathematical treatment of the steam engine, boiler, and
attendant details, being an introduction to the mechanical engineer-
ing of power plants. Text-book, Heat Engines by Allen and Bursley.
52 Michigan College of Mines
M 6. Design of Structural Joints.
Mr. Christensen.
Twenty-three hours a week, last six weeks of summer term.
One hundred thirty-eight hours. To be preceded by M 4 (Mechan-
ics of Materials) and Q 6 (Graphical Statics).
This is a course similar to course M 3, described above, but
slightly abbreviated.
M 10. Pumps and Air Comprassors.
Mr. Anderson.
Three recitations per week, eleven weeks, winter term. Ninety-
nine hours. To be preceded by M 12 (Mechanical Engineering III.)
and preceded by or accompanied with Q 2 (Hydraulics).
The first portion of the course is devoted to a study of the
action of air during compression, expansion, and flow through pipes,
also to a consideration of the various types of air compressing and
actuating machinery. The second portion of the course is devoted
to a study of pumps and pumping problems. The principles govern-
ing the action of pumps under various conditions are analyzed and
illustrated by suitable problems.
Text-books: Compressed Air by Harris; notes on pumps and
pumping, and Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
M 11. Machanical Enginaering II.
Messrs. Christensen, Anderson, Johnson and Richards.
Two recitations per week, seven laboratory hours, first five weeks
of the spring term. Sixty-five hours. To be preceded by M 3 (Me-
chanical Engineering I.) and M 16 (Machine Drawing).
The very extensive and varied power plant equipments in the
immediate neighborhood are used as illustrative material Trips of
inspection are taken to these plants and written reports are required
of students. The text-book used in M 5 (Mechanical Engineering
I.) is completed and some subjects are amplified by lectures.
Deportments of Instruction 53
Questions raised in these general courses (M 5 and M 11) are
especially treated at length in courses M 12, M 13, M 10, Q 3, jmd
N I.
M 12. Mechanical Engineering III
Mk. Chbistensen.
Three recitations a week, twelve weeks, fall term. One hundred
eight hours. To be preceded by M 11 (Mechanical Engineering II)
and preceded by or accompanied with M 4 (Mechanics of Materials).
A course in the thermodynamics of the steam engine. The gen-
eral theory of the action of steam in the steam engine and the an-
alysis of steam engine and boiler tests. Text-books: The Steam
Engine, by Benjamin, and Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket
Book.
M 13. Mechanical Engineering IV.
Messrs. Christens^n and Anderson.
Nine hours a day, last five weeks of the spring term. Two hun-
dred seventy hours. To be preceded by M 12 (Mechanical Engineer-
ing ni).
This course is intended to complete the courses in power plant
engineering (M 5, M 11 and M 12) by giving the student an op-
portunity to familiarize himself with such practical heat measure-
ments as are involved in the testing of boilers, steam engines and
pumps; together with the practical application of principles previ-
ously studied in the selection and design of a complete power plant
equipment. A dimensioned working drawing showing location of
units, piping and other details will be required.
Reference book, Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book, also
notes, and books from the library.
Equipment.
The power plant, situated on the lake shore, contains three Par-
ker boilers, two of which are equipped with Murphy Automatic
54 Michigan Coilege of Mines
Stokers; induced draft ssrstem; one 8x24 Reynolds CoriiM engine
direct connected to a SulHvan 14x24 air compressor; two 13x12
Chandler and Taylor automatic engines, direct connected to three-
phase generators ; and centrifugal and direct acting pumps. Of minor
apparatus there is one Tabor indicator, six Crosby indicators wilii
electrical attachments, two American Thompson indicators, one Hine
and Robertson indicator, two continuous Crosby indicators, and a
supply of thermometers, calorimeters, guages, pantographs, pyro-
meters, planimeters, etc.
M 15. Mechanical Drawing.
Messrs. Johnson and Richakds.
Thirteen laboratory hours per week, twelve weeks, fall term.
One hundred fifty-six hours.
The course includes practice in the use of drawing instruments,
graphical solution of geometrical problems, descriptive geometry
problems, projection on right and oblique planes, intersection of
lines, surfaces and solids, development of surfaces, and isometric
projection.
Text-book: Engineering Drawing by French.
It is required that the instruments used shall be capable of doing
the best grade of work and for the convenience of students a suit-
able grade is offered for sale at cost at the College. Instruments
required are:
5-inch hairspring dividers.
5% -inch hairspring compass.
3% -inch bow spacer.
3%-inch bow pencil.
3%-inch bow pen.
5-inch spring-opening ruling pen.
4% -inch swivel curve pen.
Pocket case for instruments.
5- inch dia. %- degree amber protractor.
12-inch 30x60 degree amber triangle.
lo-inch 45-degree amber triangle.
Irregular amber curve.
Departments of Instruction 55
30-inch amber lined Tee square.
12-inch special graduated scale.
Waterproof black ink.
6H drawing pendL
4H drawing pencil.
Cleaning eraser.
Pencil eraser.
Ink eraser.
Pens.
Penholder.
One dozen riveted point thumb tacks.
Pencil file and tack lifter.
College drawing paper.
M 16. Machine Drawing.
Mr. Johnson.
Twelve laboratory hours a week, eleven weeks, winter term.
One hundred thirty-two hours. To be preceded by M 15 (Mechan-
ical Drawing).
Making complete working drawings of various details of ma-
chine construction from drawings, and sketches of models. Tracing
and blue-printing. Engineering Drawing by T. E. French.
Draughting Room and Equipment.
The Draughting Room is 25x97 feet, with added instructors*
offices, blue-print room, etc. The room is on the north side of
the building, thereby insuring freedom from shadows at any part
of the day. It is provided with electric lights so arranged as to
permit night work with the minimum of discomfort. The drawing
tables provide each student with private lockers for his materials
and a rack for board and T-square. There are sun and electric
blue-printing equipments, etc. There are cut models of pumps, in-
jectors, valves, gears, drawings of machinery, etc., used as illustra-
tive material.
S6 Michigan College of Mines
N. ELECTRICAL ENQINEERINQ.
N 1. Applied Eltotricity.
Mr. Anderson.
Three recitations per week, twelve weeks, fall term. One hun-
dred eight hours. To be preceded by B 2 (Physics) and M i
(Properties of Materials).
An elementary course in the generation, transmission, and dis-
tribution of electrical energy. Topics given prominence in the
course are electrical circuits, and the selection, installation, and
care of electrical machinery.
Text-book: Principles and Practice of Electrical Engineering
by Gray.
Q. CIVIL ENiSINEERINQ.
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston,
Q 1. Surveying (Field Work).
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston.
Fifty hours a week, twelve weeks, summer term, beginning
about the ist of June each year. Six hundred hours. To be pre-
ceded by credit in A 3 (Spherical Trigonometry) and Q 4 (Topo-
graphical Drawing), except that persons of experience who wish
to attend this course only, are required to prepare themselves up-
on the subjects of Plane Trigonometry, Logarithms and Mensura-
tion; and provide themselves with the drawing instruments and
materials required for Drawing under the Civil Engineering de-
partment All persons who desire to attend are requested to send
in their names early to Professor Sperr, or to the President of
the (College, in order that proper provision may be made for them.
It is believed that the principles of surveying can be more easily
and more thoroughly learned if the study of the text-book and the
use of the instruments go hand in hand. The lessons in the text-
books are assigned ahead of the time when the work is taken up in
Deportments of Instruction 57
the field, in order that the student may first study the subject and
then work out the problems which arise from his own use of the
instruments in the field.
The aim in lajring out the field work is to make it of a com-
mercial character, to be executed in a conunerdal and practical
manner; but keeping in view the main object of the course, which it
to teach the principles of surveying.
An outline of the work is as follows:
I. Pr«linniiuiry Surveying.
1. Pacing practice.
2. Preliminary location of mining claims and filing of notice
of location.
3. Adjustment of hand level. Short line of levels with the
hand level.
4. Topographical survey of mining claim by pacing and hand
level
5. Ranging practice with pickets and chain.
II. Land SuiV«ying.
1. Adjustment of compass.
2. Subdivision of a section of land according to United States
Land Office regulations, locations of lost comers, etc
3. Farm survey with transit and chain. Computation of acre-
age.
4- City survey of portion of Houghton, location of street, al-
ley, and lot lines by transit and steel tape. Platting an
addition.
5. Surve3ring of mining claim with solar instrument, official sur-
vey for United States patent Includes adjustment of solar
attachments.
III. <aMNl«tio Survaying.
I. Measurements of base line to trianguladon system coYering
an area of about ten square miles on the opposite shores of
Portage Lake. Standardizing tapes.
1
58 Michigan ^College of Mines
2. Erection of signals and stations for triangalatton observa-
tion.
3. Reading angles with transit.
4. CompQtations for and adjustment of the triangnlation sys-
tem.
5. Adjustment of engineers' level.
6. Determination of elevation of bench marks and triangtdation
points by leveling from Portage Lake.
7. Observation on Polaris with transit for determination of
true azimuth.
IV. Topographical Surveying.
1. Adjustment of transit
2. Repetition traverse with transit and steel tape.
3. Azimuth traverse with transit and stadia.
4. Adjustment of plane table instrument.
5. Topographical survey of certain area with plane table.
6. Topographical survey of certain area with transit and stadia.
7. Tying up of topographical survey to triangnlation system.
V. Railroad Surveying.
1. Reconnoissance with clinometer and pocket compass.
2. Preliminary survey with transit, chain, and engineer's level
Topography by pacing and hand level.
3. Permanent location with transit, steel tape, and engineer's
leveL
4. Computation of simple and compound curves. Setting curve
and line stakes with transit and steel tape.
5. Profile leveling. Plotting on profile sheet and establish-
ment of grade.
6. Cross-sectioning.
7. Computations of excavations and embankments.
8. Computing and laying in turnouts, frogs, switches and Y
junction curves.
Maps are required to be made of the mining claim pacing sur-
vey, the mining claim official survey, the azimuth and repetition
Deportments tyf Instruction 59
traverse surveys, iSie fann stmrej, the stadia survey, the city turvey
and the railroad survey.
The class is divided into squads, with just a sufficient number in
the squad to do the required work. By rotation eadi member of
the class is required to do every diflFerent kind of work with every
different instrument used, make a full set of notes of the work done
by his squad and from these notes make the maps in the drawing
Toom.
The equipment for instruction comprises the following set of
instruments :
Five Buff & Berger transits.
Six C. L. Berger & Sons transits.
Three Heller & Brightly transits.
Two Fauth & Co transits.
One Brandis transit
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley transits.
One Mahn & Co. transit
Two Buff & Buff transits.
One Keuffel & Esser transit.
Fourteen W. & L. E. Gurley Engineers' levels.
Three Heller & Brightly Engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger Engineers' level
Two C. L. Berger & Sons Engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger plane table.
One C. L. Berger & Sons plane table.
Four W. & L. E. Gurley plane tables.
One Brandis plane table.
Five W. & L. E. Gurley Burt solar compasses.
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley Surveyor's compases.
Five Brunton pocket mine transits.
Ten water levels.
Seventy- six Locke hand levels.
Five K. & E. stadia slide rules.
In addition to these more expensive instruments the College
owns the necessary number of chains, steel tapes, poles, rods, etc
The furnishing of the surveying apparatus by the College is a
heavy expense to the institution, and while losses due to ordinary
and legitimate wear and tear of the instruments are borne by the
6o Michigan College of Mines
College, any injuries due to carelessness on the part of the student
must be paid for by him.
Every student is required to provide himself with a steel pocket
tape graduated to feet and tenths, and not less than 25 feet long, a
reading lens, a wood ax, a timber pencil, a field book, and drawings
instruments as in Q 4 (Topographical Drawing).
Text-books: Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson and
Smith; Field Engineering, Searle.
Q 2. Hydraulics.
Mr. Schubert.
Eight hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of
spring term. One hundred twenty-eight hours. To be preceded bjr
R I (Principles of Mining), and preceded by or accompanied with
A 5 (Calculus).
One trip will be made to some hydraulic plant.
Recitations and problems will be on the following:
1. Hydrostatics.
2. Theoretical hydraulics.
3. Flow through orifices.
4- Flow over weirs.
5. Flow through tubes.
6. Flow in pipes.
7. Flow in conduits and canals.
8. Flow in rivers.
9. Measurement of water power.
10. Dynamic pressure of flowing water.
11. Water wheels.
12. Turbines.
Text-book: Treatise on Hydraulics. Merriman. Last edition.
Q 3. Hydraulics and Stream Measurements.
Mr. Schubert.
Twenty-three hours a week, five hours in lecture room and
eighteen hours in field and laboratory, six weeks, first half of sum-
Departments of Instruction 6l
mer tenn. One hundred thirty-eight hours. To be preceded by
Q 2 (Hydraulics) and M 5 (Mechanical Engineering L).
The hydraulic laboratory is provided with two main reservoirs,
a steel supply reservoir of 18,000 gallons capacity in the tower of
the building, and a reservoir below in the form of a canal of 25,000
gallons capacity, giving a head of about 90 feet The discharge from
the supply reservoir is through a lo-inch stand pipe, which may be
drawn from at the different floors in the tower by nine lo-inch
Fairbanks gate valves. Galvanized iron conduits pass the entire
length of the tower and are so arranged as to conduct the flow into
the reservoir below or into large weighing tanks at wilL This equip-
ment is used for determining the constants of orifices and tubes,
by allowing the flow on time observation to go into the weighing
tanks. After being standardized, the orifices and tubes are used for
measuring the flow of water in the canal. Weirs are placed in the
canal, and their constants are determined by means of measured
head and flow. These weirs are then used for the stream measure-
ments.
The main part of the laboratory is sixteen feet in the clear, with
balcony around for accommodation of light appliances. Also pass-
ing around this part are mains as follows : A 6-inch water supply, a
6- inch pump discharge (into supply reservoir or weighing tanks),
a 2 H -inch steam supply, a 3-inch steam exhaust (into atmosphere or
surface condenser), and along the north balcony, a 6xi2-inch con-
duit to a pair of hanging tank scales. Steam and electricity are
furnished by the central Power Plant operated by the Mechanical
Department.
A complete electrical signal and telephone system is in operation,
consisting of fixed and portable sets so arranged that communication
may be had between any two or more points in the main laboratory
or tower.
The following apparatus is now available for experimental work .
One 5%x3%x5 Snow duplex pump.
One 8x8Hxi2 Snow duplex steam pump.
One 6x12 Dean triplex electric pump with 7 H. P. induction
motor and Reeves speed regulator.
One 12-inch Morris centrifugal pump.
One Blackmer rotary pump.
58 Michigan ^Collegt of Mines
2. Erection of signals and stations for triangnlation observa-
tion.
3. Reading angles with transit
4. Compotations for and adjustment of the triangtdation sys-
tem.
5. Adjustment of engineers* level
6. Determination of elevation of bench marks and triangtdatiott
points by leveling from Portage Lake.
7. Observation on Polaris with transit for determination of
true azimuth.
IV. Topographical Surveying.
1. Adjustment of transit
2. Repetition traverse with transit and steel tape.
3. Azimuth traverse with transit and stadia.
4. Adjustment of plane table instrument.
5. Topographical survey of certain area with plane table.
6. Topographical survey of certain area with transit and stadia.
7. Tying up of topographical survey to triangulation system.
V. Railroad Surveying.
1. Reconnoissance with clinometer and pocket compass.
2. Preliminary survey with transit, chain, and engineer's level
Topography by pacing and hand level.
3. Permanent location with transit, steel tape, and engineer's
level
4. Computation of simple and compound curves. Setting curve
and line stakes with transit and steel tape.
5. Profile leveling. Plotting on profile sheet and establish-
ment of grade.
6. Cross-sectioning.
7. Computations of excavations and embankments.
8. Computing and laying in turnouts, frogs, switches and Y
junction curves.
Maps are required to be made of the mining claim pacing sur-
vey, the mining claim official survey, the azimuth and repetition
Deportments of Instruction 59
traverse surveys, ^e farm survey, the stadia survey, the city torvey
and the railroad survey.
The class is divided into squads, with just a sufficient number in
the squad to do the required work. By rotation eadi member of
the class is required to do every different kind of work with every
different instrument used, make a full set of notes of the work done
by his squad and from these notes make the maps in the drawing
room.
The equipment for instruction comprises the following set of
instruments :
Five Buff & Berger transits.
Six C. L. Berger & Sons transits.
Three Heller & Brightly transits.
Two Fauth & Co transits.
One Brandis transit
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley transits.
One Mahn & Co. transit.
Two Buff & Buff transits.
One Keuffel & Esser transit.
Fourteen W. & L. E. Gurley Engineers* levels.
Three Heller & Brightly Engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger Engineers' level
Two C. L. Berger & Sons Engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger plane table.
One C. L. Berger & Sons plane table.
Four W. & L. E. Gurley plane tables.
One Brandis plane table.
Five W. & L. E. Gurley Burt solar compasses.
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley Surveyor's compases.
Five Brunton pocket mine transits.
Ten water levels.
Seventy-six Locke hand levels.
Five K. & E. stadia slide rules.
In addition to these more expensive instruments the College
owns the necessary number of chains, steel tapes, poles, rods, etc
The furnishing of the surveying apparatus by the College is a
heavy expense to the institution, and while losses due to ordinary
and legitimate wear and tear of the instruments are borne by the
62 Michigan CoUege of Minus
One Evans hydraulic gravel elevator, with slutces, undeicarreiit
and riffles.
One Evans hydraulic giant
One 20-inch Pelton water motor.
One 15-inch Tuthill water motor.
One Doble water motor with glass cover.
One 8-inch Leffel turbine.
One Worthington water meter.
One Price acoustic current meter.
One orifice tank for low heads.
Two Buffalo platform tank scales, each 20,000 pounds capacity.
Two Buffalo hanging tank scales, each 3,560 pounds capacity.
Two Buffalo platform scales, each 2,560 pounds cs^dty.
One Buffalo laboratory scale of 400 pounds capacity and sensitive
to I -100 of a pound.
One 10 H. P. electric induction motor for driving line shaft.
Thirteen valve orifice plates of special design, with orifices inter -
changeable from the outside and widiout loss of water.
One working model "Taylor type" Hydraulic Air Compressor,
so designed that the action of the air and water can be observed
through glass apertures at different points.
One glass covered working model Hydraulic Ram.
In the laboratory are also numerous orifices and weirs of various
shapes and sizes, steam, water, mercury, and hook gauges; speed
indicators, steam indicators, and other apparatus necessary for deter-
mining the efficiency and the co-efficients of the various hydraulic
appliances used in connection with mining operations.
Streams in the vicinity will be used for experimental work in
measurement of flow by meter and weir methods.
Text-books :
Treatise on Hydraulics, Merriman.
Notes and Library References.
Q 4. Topographical Drawing.
Mr. Wold.
Thirteen hours a week, five weeks, last five weeks of spring term.
Sixty-five hours.
DefKu^tnenis of InsiimcHon 63
This subject is designed to give inslaruetton in the oSkc and
drawing-room work necessary for Summer Surveying and is required
for the course Q i. In addition tiicre ia a sufficient amount given
to enahlje t^ student to do the ordinary mapping work in regular
practice. The course is given by lectures and individual instruction
in the Drawing Room <hl the following:
I. Traversing.
II. Plotting.
1. By Protraction.
2. By Rectangular Co-ordinates.
III. Computing.
1. Co-ordinates.
2. Areas.
3. Volumes.
IV. Topography.
1. Topographical Signs.
2. Topographical Maps.
V. Mechanical Lettering for Titles, etc.
VI. Free Hand Lettering.
Instruments Required.
One 5- inch right line pen.
One swivel curve pen.
One 5% -inch compass (pivot point) with hair-spring, pen, pen-
cil points and extension bar.
One 3% -inch bow pen.
One 3% -inch bow pencil.
One 3% -inch bow dividers.
One protractor (cardboard or metal).
One 12-inch triangular decimal scale.
One 12-inch 30x60 degree amber triangle.
One 1 0-inch 45-degree amber triangle.
One-half dozen thumb tacks.
One bottle Higgin's black water proof drawing ink.
One bottle Higgin's carmine drawing ink.
One rubber pencil eraser.
One ink eraser.
Michigan College of Mines
One sponge rubber or Eagle cleaner.
One 6H. pendL
One piece chamois skin about 12x8 inches.
One-half pan each, moist colors, as follows: Prussian blue,
burnt sienna.
Two No. I Spencerian pens, with holder.
Two mapping or crow quill pens, with holder.
Two ball-pointed pens.
All instruments must be of first class quality. Students will not
be allowed to work with inferior instruments. Articles in the above
list may be purchased by students at the College.
Text-books :
A System of Free-hand Lettering. Reinhardt
Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson.
Manuscript Notes by A. N. Wold.
Q 5. Office Engineering.
Ma. Woux
Ten hours a week, eleven weeks, fall term. One hundred twenty
hours. To be preceded by Q i (Surveying).
In this course, the objects and purposes of field and railroad
surveying are more fully developed, having special reference to the
duties of the office corps of an engineering office. Such points mre
taken up in detail as:
I. Survey Extensions.
a. Systematic checking and recording field notes.
b. Methods of computing and tabulating results.
c. Utility of accurately established survey points.
II. Mechanical means for making rapid and accurate calculations.
III. Measurement of mine-dumps, developed ore bodies, coal areas,
cuts, fills, earth dams, etc., from maps, sections and other
data.
IV. Reproduction of maps, sections, etc
1. Mechanically.
2. By hand.
V. Utility of colors as applied to mine and surface maps.
VI. Graphic methods applied to mine problems.
Departments of Instruction 6s
Text-books:
Notes and Library References.
The Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson.
Manuscript Notes by A. J. Houle.
Equipment.
One Eidograph.
One Suspended Pantograph.
One Thacher Calculator.
One Comptometer.
Three Polar Planimeters.
Two lo-inch Steel Protractors.
Eight 8-inch Steel Protractors.
Steel Straight Edges, Beam Compasses, Proportional Dividers,
Mapping Tables, etc.
Q 6. Graphical Statics.
Mr. Wold.
Twelve hours a week, one lecture, two recitations and nine
hours in drawing-room, twelve weeks, fall term. One hundred
forty-four hours. To be preceded by B i (Physics), and M 15
(Mechanical drawing).
This subject is designed to teach the theory of the graphical
analysis of stresses in structures, under the action of steady and
moving loads, and the pressure of the winds. Por example, the solu-
tion of a certain class of roof trusses is taken up in the lecture.
The student is assigned a number of problems on the di£Ferent types
of trusses in this class, to be solved in the drawing-room t^ aid of
manuscript notes and such individual instruction as may be neces-
sary. For this problem he would be required to report the nature
and value of the stress in each member of the truss under the various
loads specified, each student being given di£Ferent conditions and
data.
66 Michigan College of Mines
Q 7. Engineering Design and Construction.
Mr. Schubekt and Mr. Johnston.
Twelve hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half
of spring term. One hundred ninety-two hours. To he preceded
hy Q 6 (Graphical Statics), and preceded hy or accompanied with
M 4 (Mechanics of Materials) and R 4 (Mining Engineering).
The work in designing is applied to the head-frames, coal and
ore hins, engine and hoiler houses, bridges, trestles, etc, of the min-
ing plants considered under R 4 (Mining Engineering).
A general outline of the work is as follows:
1. The general requirement of the structure.
2. Drawing the general plans.
3. The materials best adapted to the various purposes.
4. Strength of materials.
5. Methods of construction.
6. Making detailed drawings, bills of materials, and estimate
of costs.
7. Synopsis of the law of contracts.
S. Drawing up specifications.
9. Letting contracts.
10. Superintending the construction.
11. Trip of inspection.
Text-book :
Architect & Builder's Pocket Book by Kidder, and references
to other pocket books such as Trautwine, Kent, Cambria,
Gillette, etc., and Notes by A. J. Houle.
Q 8. Engineering Design and Conttruotion.
Mr. Schubert.
Twenty-three hours a week, six weeks, last half of summer
term. One hundred thirty-eight hours. To be preceded by Q 6
(Graphical Statics), M 4 (Mechanics of Materials), and R 4 (Min-
ing Engineering).
A general outline of the work is as follows:
I. The general requirement of the structure.
Departments of Instruction 67
2. Drawing the general plans.
3. The materials best adapted to the various purposes.
4. Strength of materials.
5. Methods of construction.
6. Making detailed drawings, bills of materials, and estimate
of costs.
7. Synopsis of the law of contracts.
8. Drawing up specifications.
9. Letting contracts.
ID. Superintending the construction.
II. Trip of inspection.
Text-book :
Architect & Builder's Pocket Book by Kidder, and references
to other pocket books such as Trautwine, Kent, Cambria,
Gillette, etc., and Notes by A. J. Hpule.
R. MINING ENGINEERING.
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston.
Mining engineering, as here used, signifies carrying through a
mining enterprise. Intelligently conducted mining operations employ
the principles of mathematics, physics and mechanics; the sciences
of geology, mineralogy, chemistry and metallurgy; and the arts of
civil, mechanical and electrical engineering; and demand capacity
for organization and business management.
These principles, sciences, etc., are taught by specialists and
experts in different departments; and their special application to the
business of mining is taught under the head of Mining Engineering.
The leading sub-divisions are Mining, Surveying, Engineering and
Management.
R 1. Prinoiples of Mining.
Mr. Sperr and Mr. Wold.
Ten hours a week, four hours in class-room and excursions to
mines, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of spring term.
70 Michigan College of Mines
ences to professional papers to be found in the college library. Maps
are made of portions of mines from actual notes. Four hours
a week are required in the Drawing Room.
R 3. Mine Surveying and Mining (Field Work).
Messrs. Spbrk, Schubert and Johnston.
Fifty-four hours a week, five weeks, last half of spring term.
Two hundred seventy hours. To be preceded by R 2 (Mine Sur-
veying and Mining), except for students who enter for this subject
only, who are required to be prepared in Algebra, Trigonometry,
and in the use of the transit and level
The first two weeks are devoted to surveying and mapping a
mine or some portion thereof, in some one of the iron mining dis-
tricts of Northern Michigan. The last three weeks are devoted to
the examination of mining methods in the iron ore mines. Sketches
are made of the plans of the mines to show methods of laying out;
of cross-section to show methods of stoping; of timber structures
to show method of framing; of the timbering set up in drifts and
stopes; of the tramming, hoisting and general handling arrange-
ments; of ore-chutes, ore-pockets, etc
R 4. Mining Engineering.
Mr. Sperr and Mr. Schubert.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter and first half of spring
terms. The work of the winter term is class-room work, and the
work of the first five weeks of the spring term covers three hours
in class-room and four hours in laboratory. One hundred forty-
four hours. To be preceded by C 2 (Analytic Mechanics), Q 2
(Hydraulics), R 3 (Mine Surveying and Mining), and preceded
by or accompanied with M 4 (Mechanics of Materials).
The subject is divided as follows:
I. The examination and description of mining properties— ex-
pert reports, estimates and recommendations.
Departments of Instruction 71
2. Laying out mining operations — winning by open pit, adit,
slope, shaft and drill-hole ; and the explorations of quarries, placers,
and deposits of ore, coal and mineral fluids.
3. La3ring out and planning the surface arrangements for min-
ing operation — head frames, power plants, ore dressing works,
bouses, roads, and hydraulic engineering works.
4. Experimental work with mining machinery in the laboratory.
5. Trip to some mine in the vicinity.
Mining Engineering Laboratory.
The laboratory equipment consists of the following machines
and apparatus, together with such accessories as tripod, clamps, posts,
drill-steel and other parts.
One American lo-h. p. air compressor.
One Ingersoll- Sergeant two-stage, cross-compound air compres-
sor.
Two air receivers.
One surface condenser.
One steam indicator set.
One Sullivan diamond prospecting hand-drill.
One Sullivan Coal Digger.
One Sullivan lightweight piston-drill.
One Sullivan hammer-drill stoper.
One Ingersoll- Sergeant two-man heavy piston-drill.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly one-man drill.
One Water-Leyner drill.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly hammer-drill stoper.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 55-pound "Jackhamer."
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 75-pound "Jackhamer."
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly Water-Leyner.
One Hartscog hammer-drill.
Six mine saftey lamps.
One ventilating fan with motor drive.
One anemometer.
Pitot meters.
Plain and diflFerential water gauges.
One Shaw gas tester.
72 Michigan College of Mines
•— ■^— ^— w^^^^^—— — ^— ^— ^— — ■— ^■^r— ^^^-•^^^~~ ^^^^~"^^^^"
One direct-current generator.
One projection lamp.
Modal Room.
The Model Room is equipped with the following apparatus and
models :
Section through shaft of Baltic Mine.
Section through stope in Baltic Mine.
Drawing ore with double-deck loading sets.
Sub-stoping as applied to narrow lodes.
Sub-stoping as applied to wide lodes.
Room and Pillar Caving.
Glory Hole Mining Block Caving.
Underhand stoping.
Drawing crushed ore from timbered chutes.
Back-stoping with sorting.
Coal mine.
Illustration of lode displacement caused by faulting, first stage.
Illustration of lode displacement caused by faulting, final stage
Wire model for faulting demonstration.
Tamarack Mine Rock and Shaft House.
Solmonson's classifying ore car.
Complete well-drilling derrick with tools.
Kimberley skip and safety catch.
Steel head frame.
Square- set mine timbering at Norrie Mine.
Rock and Shaft House (Student's Design).
Ore dock.
Inclined skipway and dump.
Electrical signal recorder.
Hoisting in balance with tandem drums.
One 30-inch Terrestrial Globe.
Coggin patent turbine.
One set of twelve models for use in the demonstration of the
location of sheave wheel supports.
Deportments of Instruction 73
R 5. MirM Managemant and Aocounta.
Mr. Spskr and Mr. ScHUseRT.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half
of spring term. One hundred forty- four hours. To be preceded
by R 3 (Mine Surveying and Mining). Each student taking this
subject must have an elementary course of at least one-half year in
bookkeeping.
The subject comprises the following:
1. Employment, organization and discipline of labor.
2. Purchase and use of supplies.
3. Preparation and sale of mineral.
4. Mine accounts, trial balances, and cost and labor statements.
Given by lectures and set of notes covering the daily transactions.
The proper forms of accounts are designed, and the transactions
of one month of an extensive mining business entered thereon.
Then the books are closed and the trial balance, production, labor
and cost statements are made out.
Cost of blank book and data material, $8.00. A rebate will be
given on return of data material in good condition.
R 6. Mine Retoua, Ventilation and Sanitation.
Mr. Sperr and Mr. Beix.
Twenty-three hours a week, first six weeks of summer term.
One hundred thirty-eight hours. To be preceded by credit in the
work of the first two years of the College.
Accident Preventions — Lectures on accident prevention, safety
appliances, inspection of equipment, workings and methods of clas«
instruction.
Mine Rescue Work: — Lectures on mine rescue work; atten-
tion being given to handling the injured when underground, resuce
in case of explosion, etc. Helmet work and stretcher drill.
First Aid: — Particular attention will be given to those injuries
which are most likely to occur in mining ; including : shocks, wounds,
hemorrhages, fractures, etc. Practical work in bandaging, making
and applying splints, and artificial respiration.
74 Michigan College iff Mines
Sanitation and Ventilation: — Lectures on sanitation will
cover location, construction and maintenance of permanent camps.
Ventilation, drainage and disinfection of mines will be am-
sidered. Also recognized methods for control of epidemics.
It is expected that this course will be supplemented by a week
with the Bureau of Mines Car and trips to mines which will give
an opportunity to see these principles applied.
8. ORE DRESSING.
Messrs. Houle, Chapman and Cunningham,
S 1. Principles of Or« Dr«Ming.
Mr. Chapman.
Assisted on mill trips by Mr. Houle and Mr. Cunningham.
Twelve weeks, winter term, three hours a week for class-room,
three hours a week for preparation, three hours a week for labora-
tory and three hours a week for making up absences which are in-
curred by Ore Dressing trips. In the first half of the spring term
three hours a week are to be scheduled for class-room, three hours
a week for preparation and three hours a week for laboratory.
To be preceded by B 2 (Physics), W i (Mineralogy I) and
F 4 (Volumetric Analysis).
The instruction in Ore Dressing will consist of recitations, lec-
tures, laboratory practice and trips to mills. The class-room work
includes :
(i.) Breaking, crushing and grinding of ores by breakers,
rolls, gravity and steam stamps, tube mills and other
standard machines.
(2.) Preparation of crushed ore for concentration by screens
and classifiers.
(3.) Concentration of ores by washing, jigs, sand and slime
tables.
(4.) Special processes of concentration, including magnetic,
electrostatic, flotation and air separation.
(5.) Study of the milling methods, of the various districts.
Departments of Instruction 75
For laboratory work the class is divided into squads, which are
given different samples of ores, from various districts, of copper,
lead, zinc, etc. The work upon these ores includes crushing, sizing,
classifying, jigging, table treatment and flotation, with the necessary
sampling and assaying.
8 2. Mill Work.
Mr. Chapman.
Forty-live hours a week, three weeks, first three weeks last half
of summer term. One hundred thirty-five hours. To be preceded
by Q 2 (Hydraulics), S i (Principles of Ore Dressing), G 4
(Principles of Hydro-metallurgy).
The instruction in mill work will consist of running ton lots
of gold ore by the amalgamation process with the concentration of
the sulphides, together with class-room discussions and one or
more trips to milling plants. This work includes:
(i) Breaking, stamping and grinding of ores.
(2) Amalgamation, including preparation and care of plates.
(3) Concentration of sulphides by tables and vanner.
(4) Mill sampling.
(5) Account of stock.
The Ore Dressing Building is a wooden structure 81x30 feet
It contains a Blake breaker, a Comet breaker, a pair of rolls, a
three- stamp battery of 850- lb. stamps, two Hartz jigs, a Spitz-
kasten, a Frue vanner, a Standard concentrator and a Wilfley con-
centrating table.
The Ore Dressing laboratory equipment consists of a small
gyratory breaker, a jaw breaker, a pair of rolls, a grinder of the
coffee-mill type, a Braun pulverizer, a Vezin laboratory jig, a hand-
jig, two Richard's one- spigot classifiers, a small Wilfley table and 1
small machine for flotation work.
76 Michigan College of Mines
W. MINERALOGY.
Messrs, Seaman, Hopper and W, A, Seaman,
W 1. Mineralogy I.
Mr. W. a. Seamian.
Ten hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, three lectures and
seven laboratory hours, and six hours a week, eleven weeks, winter
term, one lecture and five laboratory hours. One hundred eighty-
six hours.
About one hundred of the most important rock-forming, ore
and gangue minerals are studied and the student required to recog-
nize them by such of their physical properties as can be determined
by means of a good hand lens and a knife, special attention being
paid to crystal and cleavage. The necessary crystallography is given
mostly during the earlier part of the course in conjunction with
actual work on the minerals, wooden and glass models being used
whenever necessary to illustrate difficult points.
Particular attention is also given to the composition, altera-
tion, occurrence and uses of the minerals.
A Text Book of Mineralogy, by J. D. Dana is used, together
with Lecture and Laboratory Notes and references.
W 2. MiiMralogy II.
Mr. W. a. Seaman.
Bight hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, three lectures and
five laboratory hours, and nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter
and first half of spring terms, two lectures and seven laboratory
hours. Two hundred forty hours.
To be preceded by F i (General Chemistry), W i (Mineralogy
I), X I (Petrology) and Y i (Principles of (^logy).
About three hundred minerals are given in this course, includ-
ing those already studied in W i (Mineralogy I). This course is
Riven in much the same manner as the preceding one, considerable
Deportments of Instruction 77
crystallog^phy, including a review of previous work, being given
during the fall term.
A Text Book of Mineralogy, by J. D. Dana is used with
constant reference to Dana's System of Mineralogy, — also other
references and Lecture and Laboratory Notes.
X. PETROGRAPHY.
Messrs. Hopper and W, A. Seaman,
X 1. Petrology.
Mr. W. a. Seaman.
Pour hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. One lecture and
three laboratory hours a week. Forty-eight hours. To be preceded
by W I (Mineralogy I), and Y i (Principles of Geology).
The object of this course is to give the student sufficient knowl-
edge of the classification, and practice in the determination of rocks
to enable him to derive the maximum benefit from his subsequent
work in geology.
X 2. Petrography.
Mr. Hopper.
Seven hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and nine hours a
week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of the spring term.
Two hundred twenty-eight hours. To be preceded by W i (Min-
eralogy I), X I (Petrology), Y i (Principles of Geology), and
preceded by or accompanied with B 5 (Light).
The work is divided into two parts: Microscopic Mineralogy,
and Lithology.
A. Microscopic Mineralogy: Under this head are treated the
optical and physical properties of minerals, as revealed by the micro-
scope. Especial attention is directed to those characters by which
the minerals may be recognized as rock constituents. The alterations
of the minerals are studied with care, owing to the importance of
these in the subject of Economic Geology.
78 Michigan College of Mines
B. Lithology: The instruction in this branch of Petrography
comprises both the macroscopic and microscopic study of rocks.
For this work large and complete collections of rock specimens
with thin sections are arranged for the use of the student Special
attention is called to the variations in rocks and to their local modi-
fications due to their special mode of occurrence in the field.
Y. GEOLOGY.
Messrs. Seaman, Hopper and W, A. Seaman,
Y 1. Principles of Geology.
Mr. Seaman.
Two hours a week, twenty-three weeks, fall and winter terms.
One hundred fifteen hours. To be accompanied with W I (Min-
eralogy I).
An elementary text-book will be used in this course.
Y 2. Historical Geology.
Mr. Seaman.
Nine hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and live hours a
week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of the spring term.
Two hundred thirty- six hours. To be preceded by W i (Min-
eralogy I), X I (Petrology) and Y i Principles of Geology).
The instruction in this study will consist of recitations and
laboratory work. The main object of the course is to familiar-
ize the student with the life history of the earth. They will also
study the lithological character, order of super-position, periods of
deformation, and the areal distribution of the formations which
compose the earth's crust.
The laboratory periods are devoted to a study of the fossils
found in the various geological periods. In this work the students
will be taught the characteristics by which fossils are recognized
and classified.
Departments of Instruction 79
The text-books used are Chamberlain and Salisbury's Geology,
Vols. II & III, and Text Book of Palaeontology, Zittel, Vol. I.
Y S. Physical and Chemical Geology.
Mr. Seaman.
Three hours a week, twelve hours, fall term. Ninety-six hours.
To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology) and
Y I (Principles of Geology).
The instruction in Physical Geology is intended to be especially
adapted to the need of the explorer, the teacher, the engineer, the
petrographer, the geologist, the miner, the quarryman, and all others
who desire to understand the structural relations that rock masses
have to one another and to the valuable deposits which they may
contain. It treats of the origin and alterations of rocks, of general
earthquake and volcanic action, metamorphism, jointing, faulting,
cleavage, mountain building, eruptive rocks and crystalline, schists;
the action of air, surface and underground waters and life; the in-
terior conditions of the earth, etc., especially in their relations to
the problems that the economic geologist, miner, and quarryman
have to meet The student has brought before him constantly the
various problems that arise in practical work and the methods of
their solution.
This course enlarges and completes much that is briefly touched
upon in the Principles of Geology and in Petrography.
The text-book used is Chamberlain and Salisbury's Geology.
Vol. I.
Y 4. Applied and Mining Geology, I.
Mr. Hopper.
Four hours a week, three hours of lecture and recitation and
one hour of laboratory work, sixteen weeks, winter term and first
half of spring term. One hundred forty-four hours. To be pre-
ceded by W I (Mineralogy T), X i (Petrology) and Y i (Prin-
ciples of Ckology).
8o Michigan College of Mines
This is the first part of a general course in economic geology
and should' be followed by Y 5 (Applied and Mining Geology II).
The course includes lectures and recitations upon the origin,
nature and distribution of the important non-metallic products, such
as coal, petroleum, natural gas, clay products, cements, building
stones, salt, phosphates, etc., and also the ores of iron.
The laboratory work in the non-metallics consists of studying
specimens, samples, their important properties and uses.
The laboratory work in iron consists of a detailed study of the
specimens, stratigraphy, structure, metamorphism and origin of the
Lake Superior districts, as well as the other important iron ore de-
posits of the United States.
Y 5. Applied and Mining Geology, II.
Mr. Hoppol
Bight hours a week, four hours of lecture and recitations and
four hours of laboratory work, twelve weeks, fall term. One hun-
dred forty- four hours. To be preceded by Y 4 (Applied and Min-
ing Geology, I).
This is the second part of a general course in economic geology,
and should be preceded by Y 4 (Applied and Mining Geology, I).
The course includes lectures and recitations upon the origin, na-
ture and distribution of the copper, lead-zinc, silver-lead, gold-silver
ores, and some of the less important metals, with special reference
to those of the United States.
The laboratory work consists of studying specimens from the
important mining districts, and the geological problems involved in
the examination of a mining property.
Y 6. Field Geology.
Messrs. Seaman, W. A. Seaman and Hopper.
Fifty-four hours a week, five weeks, last half of the spring
term. Two hundred seventy hours. To be preceded by W i (Min-
eralogy I), X I (Petrology) and Y i (Principles of (kology).
Departments of Instruction 8x
A few days of the course are spent at compass work, in which
the student is trained in the use of the dial and dip compasses and
aneroid barometer. This work consists of running section lines,
meandering roads and streams, and platting out-crops; in fact mak-
ing a complete map of the traverse. Specimens are collected and
located with reference to some monument established by the United
States linear survey. The student plats all of his work in the fieldi
keeping his latitude and departure by means of his compass course
and pacing.
Considerable time is spent in the study of the older granites,
gneisses and hornblende schists, etc, with their varied accompani-
ment of tuffs and basic and acid intrusives which comprise the
basement complex. Here the various add and basic dike rocks are
studied in their relation to one another and to the older schists.
Vein phenomena are also studied at the various openings along the
gold range north of Ishpeming.
Most of the time is spent in studying the Huronian elastics that
rest unconformably upon the older basement complex. These rocks
in the Marquette iron-bearing district are found to be capable of
division into a lower, a middle and an upper series. These are
termed respectively, the lower Marquette, middle Marquette and
upper Marquette series. These series are separated from each other
by unconformities. Large bodies of iron ore are associated with
the middle and upper series. The ore bodies are studied with refer-
ence to their origin, and maps and sections are made showing their
mode of occurrence, and their relations to the associated rocks.
Several days are also spent in making a cross-section of the Ke-
weenawan series.
DEGREES.
Each course is credited in teims of the total number of hours
estimated to be necessary for performing the work of the course.
No partially completed course may be accepted for credit either in
whole or in part. The College is in session for four terms each
year. It is therefore possible for a properly prepared student to
cover the ordinary twelve term or four years' engineering course
in three calendar years.
The degree of Engineer of Mines is offered under the follow-
ing conditions: The candidate must have been a resident student
of this institution for at least one full year of forty-five weeks.
He must have obtained a minimum credit of seventy-four hundred
hours. The list of credits on which application for a degree is based,
must be approved by the Faculty. To obtain the approval of the
Faculty, the list of credits must in general, include the elementary
or fundamental subj ects given in each department of the college, and,
in addition must show advanced courses or strong sequences in two
departments. A diploma fee of twenty-five dollars must be paid
prior to the close of the last Saturday of the summer term of the
year in which the candidate expects the degree.
Candidates who are accepted for the degree of Engineer of
Mines may, upon application, receive the degree of Bachelor of
Science. A diploma fee of fifteen dollars must be paid prior to
the close of the last Saturday of the sunmier term of the year
in which the candidate expects the degree.
All students who graduated from this institution prior to i8g6
with the degree of Bachelor of Science, may receive the degree of
Engineer of Mines, on the presentation of evidence showing five
years' successful practical work, submitting a satisfactory thesis
and pa3ring the required fee.
CLASS DAY.
Degrees are conferred at the annual meeting of the Board of
Control, which occurs as soon as may be after the 31st of August
There is no Commencement ftmction. In its stead there is what
is termed Class Day, coming in the middle of the spring term.
Its chief features are the address to the class and the class dinner.
The class address of 1904 was made by Dr. James Douglas, Presi-
dent of the Copper Queen Mining Company; that of 1905 by Mr.
Wm. G. Mather, President of the Cleveland Cliffs Iron Mining
Company; that of 1906 by Mr. James Gayley, First Vice-President
of the U. S. Steel Corporation; that of 1907 by Dr. Ira Remsen,
President of Johns Hopkins University; that of 1908 by Dr. Chas.
R. Van Hise, President of the University of Wisconsin; that of
1909 by Mr. Isham Randolph, Chief Engineer, Chicago Sanitary
District; that of 1910 by Dr. A. A. Hamerschlag, Director Carnegie
Technical Schools, Pittsburgh; that of 191 1 by Mr. William L.
Saunders, President of the IngersoU-Rand Co. ; that of 1912 by Mr.
Walter Renton Ingalls, Editor of the Engineering and Mining
Journal, New York; that of 1913 by Dr. J. A. Holmes, Director
of the United States Bureau of Mines; that of 1914 by Hon. J.
M. Longyear, Pre^dent of the Arctic Coal Co. The address of
191 5 was given by Dr. James Furman Kemp, Professor of Geology,
Columbia University.
EMPLOYMENT.
To one comtemplating entering upon training for any particular
profession, the question, Will it pay? is one of deep and often of
disproportionate interest In reference to Mining Engineering
training, this question generally res'olves itself into the more
specific inquiry : What are the chances of obtaining a position upon
graduation? Regarding this question it may be said that, with
the increasing interest in mines and mining, in this and other
countres, the demand for competent mining men is on the increase,
and at the present time it seems that Mining Engineering offers
opportunities at least as wide as are offered by any other line of
engineering.
While it should be clearly understood that the Michigan College
of Mines can make no promise to secure positions for its graduates,
it may be said that the College authorities are frcmi time to time
asked to recommend its graduates for positions in the field, and
these positions it gladly places before those who are available for
them. This interest in its alumni is not confined to those who are
new, and the College desires to know of the whereabouts and work
of every alumnus. When the College is asked to recommend a
man for a position requiring experience it is thus often able to assist
one who is free in obtaining such a place. In selecting a man, his
experience, character and general ability as shown both in his work
as a student and in his subsequent career are considered, and no one
is recommended unless he is deemed fit for the position.
Prospective students and those responsible for them should
understand that the College cannot impart traits of character. The
best it can do is to help the student develop properly those charac-
teristics which he already possesses. His advancement in his pro-
fession will depend quite as much upon his character and ability
as upon his technical training, whether gained in college or out of
it Upon completion of his college course, he will, if his work
has been properly done, be ready to begin his career in mining.
The location of this institution and its methods of instruction
fit its graduates to be useful to their employers in. some capacity
Employment 85
at the start, and so far, they have upon graduation experienced no
difficulty in obtaining positions which give them a chance to show
forth the material of which they are made. Subsequent advance-
ment depends upon the character and the ability of the individual
His industry and the faithfulness with which he devotes himself
to the interest of his employer are two most important factors.
Physical fitness and personal habits are hardly less important.
Ko person handicapped by physical defects or ill health or injurious
methods of living should enter this field, the requirements of which
are often strenuous. Any prospective student who is at all doubt-
ful on this point should seek the advice of a physician. Every
student, on registering, is required to report to the physical in-
structor for complete examination.
In conclusion, it may be said that only those who are willing
to do hard and continuous work, both during their course at college
and in the years following, should undertake to train for a career
in mining. For those who are thus willing, and who have an
aptitude for engineering pursuits, the outlook is promising. The
record of the graduates of the College is sufficient evidence of
what may be accomplished by such men.
LIBRARY.
The Library is designed to supplement the class work in the
various departments of the college. Care has been taken to supply
it with the best reference books as well as with the latest publica-
tions on the subjects taught, since it is of prime importance that
instructors and students shall have access to the results of the
most recent research in scientific and technical lines. The
Library is especially rich in files of periodicals relating to the
various branches of mining engineering and has on its shelves
complete sets of many of the important journals on mining and
allied subjects.
There are now in the shelves 26,679 bound volumes, classified
according to the Dewey decimal system, slightly modified to meet
the needs of a technical library. A card catalogue of authors and
subjects is filed in the reading room. The Library receives as gifts
a number of United States documents and reports of various State
geological surveys and mining bureaus.
Besides the bound volumes on the shelves, the Library contains
about 25,000 pamphlets, classified and accessible for reference, and
about 1,560 maps.
There are on file 250 technical and scientific periodicals, which
are issued upon application for use in the reading room.
The Library is open daily throughout the year, Sundays and
legal holidays, excepted. While it is intended primarily as an aid
to college work, the college authorities are pleased to extend its
privileges to such part of the general public as may wish to use it
Mining engineers and those interested in scientific or technical
pursuits will find it a valuable aid in research work.
Ik
BUILDINGS.
The laboratories and the library of the college, together with
its lecture and recitation rooms, at present occupy nine buildings.
Hubbell Hall is constructed of Portage Entry sandstone and
has extreme dimensions of 109 by 53 feet, with a wing 37 by 25
feet. It contains the laboratories and lecture rooms of the depart-
ments of Mineralogy and Geology, and of Mathematics and Physics.
The physical laboratories are located on the grotmd floor. They
are fitted with modem conveniences for laboratory instruction.
There is a massive pier for instruments requiring extreme stability,
while slate shelves firmly attached to the thick basement walls
afford very stable support for galvanometers and other like instru-
ments. These rooms contain many features especially designed by
the instructors in charge to meet the peculiar needs of this depart-
ment. They are well lighted and well adapted to their purpose.
On this floor in the tower is a constant temperature and dark
room surrounded by thick stone walls. It is used partly for work
in light and partly for electrical and other measurements where
a steady temperature is desired.
Th.e Physical lecture room is located on the second floor of this
building and contains a convenient lecture table fitted with elec-
trical, gas and water supply.
The laboratories of the department of Geology and Mineralogy
together with the necessary offices occupy the entire first floor
and a part of the second floor, while the lecture and recitation rooms
for Mathematics occupy the entire third floor.
Koenig Hall is 115 by 45 feet, with wings 36 by 17 feet and
53 by 36 feet in size. It is a brick and stone structure of three
stories in height.
This building has a forced draft ventilation system.
It contains the laboratories for General Chemistry, Qualitative
Analysis, Quantitative Analysis, and for special work, together
with chemical lecture room and the necessary recitation and supply
rooms.
88 Michigan College of Mines
The M«ohanioal Engineering Building, of brick and stone, is
of the extreme dimensions loi by 64 feet It contains the rooms
used by the department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.
The Mechanical Drawing room, on the second floor of this building,
is an exceptionally well-lighted room and well adapted to its pur-
pose. In addition, the building contains the wood-working shop,
the machine shop, electrical laboratory, testing laboratory, together
with lecture and recitation rooms.
A wing, 43 by 26 feet in size, has been constructed to accom-
modate a blacksmith shop.
The Ore Dressing Building is a wooden structure with main
part 30 by 30 feet, two stories in height and an extension 51 by 30
feet. It occupies a slope on the eastern side of the college grounds
which gives the requisite fall for gravity processes.
There is also a reverberatory roasting furnace in a wooden
building 28 by 28 feet. This furnace is operated in connection with
the Ore Dressing Mill.
The Mining Engineering Building is 134 feet by 53 feet, three
stories in height, and is built of brick and stone. In the center
of the building there is a tower which carries a large steel tank
at the top, thus providing a water supply for the Hydraulic Labora-
tory, which is located in this building. There are eight floors in
the tower which are used for experimental work in hydraulics, for
further description of which see course Q 3 (Hydraulics).
There are also in this building a mining engineering labora-
tory, a very large mapping and instrument room, a model room
and mining lecture room.
The Metallurgy Building is a three-story building of stone and
brick, extreme dimensions 82 by 134% feet. It is equipped with
furnaces and apparatus for laboratory work in assaying, in metal-
lurgy and in ore-dressing. There is also a collection of ores,
metallurgical products, refractories and fuels used in demonstrating
the lectures and for study.
College Club Houee and Qymnaeium. — Generous friends of the
College of Mines, including the members of the Board of Control,
have joined with the staff and students in providing the College with
a handsome building to be used as a College Club House and
Buddings 89
Gymnasium. It is commodious and admirably adapted to serve its
dual purpose.
The gymnasiimi is 45 by 90 feet in the clear and 24 feet from
floor to ceiling. A rtmning gallery is suspended 11 feet from the
floor, 22 laps to the mile. The lighting, both for day and night
use, is exceptionally good. There are also the necessary locker
and bath rooms, with modem appliances provided. The gym-
nasium may be transformed into an auditorium, a full complement
of opera seats being provided for such needs.
The gymnasium is provided with a carefully selected equip-
ment of modem apparatus of standard makes.
Two rooms, fully equipped, are set apart for boxing, wrestling,
fencing and special weight work.
There are ample club rooms, finished in attractive style, and
space is provided for the installation of bowling alleys. The build-
ing has been designed to serve also as a suitable place for such
social functions as are given by the students of the institution.
Altogether it is the center of the college life outsidt of classroom
and laboratory, and contributes very materially to the social life
of the students. Those who have so generously donated to the
fund for providing this recreation hall are deserving of the highest
praise for their substantial appreciation of the needs of the college.
The building was placed in commission during the winter term
of 1906, and rapidly justified the faith of those friends who labored
so disinterestedly to provide it.
The instructor in physical training is the director of this
building, and all of its activities are in his immediate charge.
Tha Power Plants located close to the lake shore, is housed
\n a stone building 86 by 53 feet, which contains engine, boiler and
coal storage rooms. From this building concrete service tunnels
connect with all buildings and distribute light, heat and power. The
electric equipment consists of two 70 K. W. direct connected units
with high speed engines, and one 15 K. W. belted generator with
Corliss engine. Water tube boilers with stokers are used for heat
and power.
The Library and Museum Building is a fire-proof structure,
granted by the Legislature of 1907, which now houses the library
and the geological and mineralogical museum collection. ''''
go Michigan College of Mines
tains also the business and executive offices of the college. It has a
brick exterior, with tile and concrete interior construction. The
main part is 130 by 49 feet and consists of basement and two
stories. This contains, on the first floor, a beautiful and well
lighted reading room, with convenient offices for librarian and as-
sistant, and the business and executive offices. A wing 59 by 43 feet,
contains the book stacks in three stories, the second of which com-
municates through the delivery space with the reading room. The
entire second floor is occupied by the geological and mineralogical
museum. Modem equipment has been installed throughout the
building.
TUITION, DEPOSIT AND OTHER EXPENSES.
The Michigan Legislature of 1897, required the Board of
Control to charge matriculation, tuition and laboratory fees. Since
the people of Michigan had, by taxation, paid for the college
buildings and equipment, it was thought by the Legislature that
those persons whose homes were outside the State ought justly to
pay higher matriculation and tuition fees than the residents of
the State.
The law provides that the matriculation fee "Shall be not
less than ten dollars for all persons who have been bonafide resi-
dents of this State for not less than one year immediately pre-
ceding their matriculation as students in said institution, and not
less than twenty-five dollars for all others; and that tuition shall
be twenty-five dollars per year to resident students as above de-
fined." Tuition for all others is one hundred and fifty dollars
per year.
All expenses for breakage or damage to apparatus will be
paid for by the student, as the laboratory fees do not cover these
items
The matriculation fee must be paid on entrance tP the college.
The full tuition fee for Michigan students must be paid on
entrance, and applies to the unexpired portion of the school year
in which it is paid. Other students are required to pay the pro-
portionate part of the tuition fee at the commencement of each
term, for that term, as follows: Fall, winter and summer terms,
$40.00 each term. Spring term, $30.00.
An incidental fee of $2.50 per term, on account of the College
Club and Gymnasium, is required of all students, and is paid at
the beginning of the term to which it applies.
Laboratory fees are due when the course involving the labora-
tory work begins. They must be paid before the student can be
admitted to the laboratory.
No partial fee can be accepted, and any fee once paid cannot
be refunded except in the case of protracted illness.
A student suspended, dismissed or expelled from, or volun-
tarily withdrawing from a class, laboratory, or the college, for-
feits the fees already paid.
The scale of fees is as follows:
92
Michigan College of Mines
TITLE
«
u
u
it
it
u
tt
(t
Matriculation Pee
Tuition Fee, annually
fall term
winter term
spring term
summer term
Diploma Fee, Engineer of Mines .
" " Bachelor of Science
Gymnasium (each term)
B I — Physics
B 2 — Physics
B 3 — Electrical Measurements . . .
B 4 — Physical Measurements . . . .
F I — General Chemistry
F 2 — Blowpipe Analysis
F 3 — Qualitative Analysis
F 4 — Volumetric Analysis
F 5 — Quantitative Analysis
F 6 — Quantitative Analysis
F 7 — Quantitative Analysis
G I — Assaying
G 5— Ore Tests
G 7— Mill Work
M 2 — Shop Practice
M 3 — Design of Structural Joints
M 13 — Mechanical Engineering IV.
M 15 — Mechanical Drawing
M 16 — Machine Drawing
Q I — Surveying
83 — Hydraulics
4 — Topographical Drawing ...
Q 5 — Office Engineering
R 3 — Mine Surve3ring Practice . .
S I — Principles of Ore Dressing
S 2— Mill Work
W I — Mineralogy I
W 2 — Mineralogy II
X I — Petroloprv
X 2 — Petrography
Y 2 — Historical Geology
Y 4— Applied Geology I
Y 5 — Applied Geology II
Y 6— Field Geology
$10 00
25 00
25 00
IS 00
2 50
3 00
2 00
3 00
2 00
10 00
1 00
10 00
3 00
7 00
2 00
10 GO
10 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
50
3 00
I 00
1 00
10 00
2 00
1 00
2 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
4 00
5 00
1 00
2 00
2 00
I 00
I SO
S 00
|$2S 00
40 00
40 00
30 00
40 00
2S 00
15 00
2 so
3 00
2 00
3 00
2 00
10 00
1 00
10 00
3 00
7 00
2 00
10 00
10 00
10 00
S 00
10 00
so
3 00
I 00
1 00
10 00
2 00
1 00
2 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
4 00
5 00
1 00
2 00
2 00
I 00
I so
5 00
^ees and Expenses 93
In order partially to insure the State against damage and loss
to its college property, every student is required to deposit with
the treasurer before entering the college the sum of twenty-five
dollars ($25). This sum cannot be withdrawn by the student until
he closes his connection with the institution, and if any portion is
required as a refund for damages, the part withdrawn must be at
once replaced by the student
Charges for apparatus, chemicals, and other supplies from the
store rooms, as well as for repairs for damages to college property,
are deducted from coupons procurable from the secretary, but
no portion of the deposit of twenty-five dollars may be used for
the purchase of these coupons. The coupons can be used only
for the purposes mentioned, and not for the pa3rment of aixy
fees. The permanent deposit of twenty-five dollars, together with
any balance equivalent to the unused portion of a coupon, is
returned to the student when he closes his connection with the
institution.
There are no dormitories connected with the College. Arrange-
ments can be made to obtain board and room in private families
and in boarding houses, at prices varying from twenty-five dollars
per calendar month upward, averaging probably $30.00 per month.
The living expenses vary so much with the taste and habits of
the student, that estimates by the college are of little value, ex-
cept in a very general way. It is believed that the really nec-
essary college and living expenses to a Michigan student may be
met by $550.00 per year. The average student spends more. The
Director of the College Club and Gjrmnasium keeps a list of avail-
able rooms and is ready at all times to assist new students in
locating. Incoming students should apply directly to him.
REGULATIONS.
Choio« of Subjoots — Upon entering the College the student will
present his choice of subjects for the year.
In selecting the subjects for any year, the student must ob-
serve the schedule for both terms and hours as given in the tables
at the end of the catalogue. He must also pay attention to the
proper sequence of subjects and avoid choosing courses for which
he has not covered the required preceding work. In exceptional
cases a student may be allowed to take a subject out of its order,
but when the work is so taken, no credit will be given for it
until the work required to precede it has been made up.
After the subjects have been chosen for the year, a student
can change, drop or take up any study only in the following man-
ner: He is to hand to the secretary a written request, stating
the change desired and the reasons therefor. This petition, before
it is given to the secretary, is to bear the written approval of the
heads of the departments whose work is affected by the proposed
change. If it is then approved by the president, the change may
be made, and the secretary will give the student a notice which
he is to show to the instructors interested before any change in
the attendance upon classes is made. The work already done in
the subject from which the change is made will not be counted,
and the student must complete the required work in the course
to which he is transferred, as if the latter subject had been originally
chosen.
If at any time a student is found to have work insufficient to
properly occupy his time, he may be required to take additional
subjects. If a student has taken up more work than he can prop-
erly perform, he may be required to drop some of the subjects.
The head of each department is the sole judge of the fitness
of every student applying for admission to his classes. He may
refuse to admit any student found deficient in preparation, or
dismiss him from his courses at any time that his conduct or work
becomes unsatisfactory. Dismissal from a given course carries
with it failure in that course. A student dismissed from two sub-
jects stands dismissed from the college.
The student who intends to complete his work at the college in
three years (see under Degrees) should take the following schedule
in his first year. On page 96 will be found a schedule which may
be taken in the second year.
Regulations
95
M
8
8
1
mox
Xio^vjoqvq
00 0>00 0>CQ CO
ooio fr-o a^
u
tx
M.
flBVlO
CO CO^CO CQCQ CO
mox
00 0>QQ Q CQ
a
s
^o^vjoqvq
O OOIO lO o
flsvio
CO CO^CO ^ CQ
&
tmox
00 QQCQO> CQ
Q<OIO
Xio^vjoQvq
OIOO^ o
^lOO
88VI0
CO
^COCQ^ CQ
^r-tCQ
vnoj.
00 o>
cgjj cg«
OIO
Xio)«Joq«i
oo
OIO OQ
t-O
8B«tO
coco
CQ^ CQCO
COCQ
s
ss
)S
8
8^
SI
BjnoH
8§«§i^g'»«S§«§SS
o
n
CO
jdqnniN
I
I I ! I !
51 1
IP
!
t :
• •
: :
! i
i i
: i
i
d
M i
© -
.a
^ ft
nil
•^•aa^grSft^ft
1
96
Michigan College of Mines
:;SB8SSSSS5BSS3SSt
NambOT
8
i
P
B
o
O
o
I
OD
O
B
o
s
I
OD
&
I
o
OD
&
o
Mi;
I'
Si
Oi
ri
ggSoDJ "
seel ^§i
a*
&
OD
OQM
M
I i i I
i
! !
I
OD O
i :
i i
i
QD
d
H
O
ts;
gg
Hoars
e
3
CO
bacococo coco
CO
OCOC71-«9 0>0
Class
Laboratory
>►
P
(O
CO(O00M 0(0
Total
8
CO
coco
63 COCO CO
Class
»
'<0
-<ao o
Laboratory
as
H
n
g?
(O
00
^
CO
L(0 (O
Total
CD
CO
CO 63
bJ COCO CO
Class
u>
s
«
8
M -Ifc -^
-^O O
Laboratory
(O
00
&>
CO
L(0 (O
Total
Class
«
Laboratory
Total
»&;
Regulations 97
The preceding schedules represent the maximum amount of
work a strong student can carry.
A student with less than fifty-two hundred hours to his credit
will be allowed to schedule not to exceed sixty-five hours per wedc
One who has more than fifty-two hundred hours to his credit will
be permitted to schedule not more than seventy hours per week.
In the third year there is possible a connderable latitude of
choice, according to the student's purpose, but the dioice must be
made so as to conform to the requirements for degrees. (See under
Degrees).
Ab««nce« — ^All absences bring a daily mark of zero, until the
work missed is made up. The hours scheduled by a student in
class and laboratory are so many specific engagements with his
instructor. If a student finds he cannot keep any one of them
he should report the fact in advance to the instructor concerned
whenever possible, and where this cannot be done, he should
account for his absence at the earliest possible opportunity, just
as he would in any other business relation of his life.
In any term, a student absenting himself without excuse for
more than ten per cent, of the scheduled class hours, or more than
five per cent, of the scheduled laboratory hours of the term's work,
in any course, thereby dismisses himself from the College.
In the department of Technical Writing, an absence from a
conference is equivalent to an absence from a recitation.
Each tardiness counts a half absence.
Passing Grade— A student must obtain a grade of 75 on the
scale of 100 to obtain credit for any course. In case of failure
to pass or complete a subject, the work can be made up only
when this subject is being regularly given.
Failure— A student who fails or is conditioned in three of
the subjects in any year's work is thereby dismissed from the
College.
Laboratories — ^The laboratories close the evening of the closing
day of each term, and re-open the first morning after the recesses.
PRIZES AND SCHOLARSHIPS.
Th« Longyear Prizes.
Through the liberality of Hon. J. M. Longyear, of Marquette,
the following prizes have been offered, as stated in his letter,
which is here appended:
Marquette, Mich., November g, 1887.
Charles B. Wright, Esq,, Marquette.
Dear Sir: — I wish to offer three first prizes of seventy-five
dollars ($75) each, and three second prizes of fifty dollars ($50)
each, to be competed for by the members of the senior class of the
Michigan College of Mines. The competition to be by means of
papers on three subjects, written by members of the class, and
submitted to the Board of Control for examination in such a man-
ner and at such a time as the Board may determine. I desire
subjects selected with a view to producing papers which will be
of practical use in developing the mineral resources of the State
of Michigan. I should like something which would be of service
to the average woodsman or explorer, and suggest the subjects
of Practical Field Geology and the use of the Dial and Dip Com-
pass in explorations; leaving the selection of the third subject to
the judgment of the Board. If this offer is accepted and there
are two or more papers on each subject submitted, I will pay
seventy-five dollars to each of the writers of the three papers which
may be awarded the first prizes, and fifty dollars to each of the
writers of the three papers which may be awarded the second
prizes.
I would suggest, however, that in case only two papers are sub-
mitted, the Board reserve the right of awarding only one prize,
in case such action should seem advisable. In case only one paper
should be submitted, I should like the Board to exercise its judgment
in awarding a prize. It is my desire to publish the papers under
the writer's name, in pamphlet form, for distribution among miners,
explorers, land owners, and others.
Yours very truly,
J. M. Longyear.
Prises and Scholarships 99
In conformity with the forgoing letter, the Board of Control
have decided upon the following subjects and conditions:
Subjects.
1. Field Geology; its methods and their application.
2. The Dial and the Dip Compass and their uses.
3. The Diamond Drill and its uses.
The conditions under which the prizes are awarded are as
follows :
The papers are to be presented by August isth, for eadi year.
A student may present a paper upon each of the three subjects,
which will entitle him to three prizes, if his papers are found worthy.
The dissertations must be prepared in the same nmnner as the
thesis, the regulations for which can be procured on application
to the secretary of the college.
The title-page is to have upon it an assumed name, and each
paper is to be accompanied with a sealed envelope bearing the same
name. This envelope must contain the writer's true, as well as
assumed name, and his address. It will not be opened until the
awards have been made.
No prizes will be awarded unless the papers are judged, by the
committee to whom they are referred, to be of a sufficiently high
standing to be entitled to a prize; hence, there may be awarded all,
part, or none of the prizes, as the case may be.
These prizes can now be competed for by any student of the
college, whether special, graduate or regular, without restriction to
the graduating class, as was originally specified.
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship.
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship was founded by Mrs. Carrie
A Wright, of Ann Arbor, in accordance with the conditions ex-
pressed in the letter which follows:
To the Honorable Board of Control
of the Michigan College of Mines,
Gentlemen: — In memory of my husband, the late Charles E.
Wright, and as a token of the deep interest he had in the Michigan
College of Mines, I desire to give to said College the sum of one
thousand dollars.
7579 r
100 Michigan CoUegi of Mines
If said gift shall be accepted, it is to be held under the follow-
ing conditions:
To- wit : It is to be invested as a permanent fund by the Board
of Control to form the nucleus of a scholarship to be known as the
Charles E. Wright Scholarship. The income is to be used for the
purpose of aiding indigent students by loans under the following
regulations : Loans from this income may be granted by the Board
of Control upon the recommendation of the Faculty to students who
have completed at least one year of study at the Michigan Collie
of Mines, who have for the entire time of their residence a good
record as to character and scholarship ; who, further, intend to devote
themselves to the profession of mining engineering or geology, and
who are deemed deserving and needy.
Upon receiving a loan from this Scholarship, the student shall
give his note for amount of the same. This note shall bear interest
at the rate of five per cent, per annum from the date of his grad-
uation or of leaving college until paid, and shall be due on or be-
fore five years from such date.
Amounts paid on such notes shall go to increase the money to
the credit of the Charles E. Wright Scholarship Fund.
(Signed) Carsis A. Wright.
Th« Norrie Scholarship.
This scholarship was founded, and will be awarded in accord-
ance with the conditions and requirements stated below:
Know all men by these presents, That I, A. Lanfear Norrie, of
the City of New York, hereby grant, assign, and set over unto
the Michigan College of Mines, of Houghton, Michigan, and to
Peter White, D. H. Ball and J. M. Longyear of Marquette, Mich-
igan, as trustees, the sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000), law-
ful money of the United States.
The conditions of this gift, and upon which this fund is to be
taken, are that the said trustees, shall invest the same upon bond
and mortgage in the Village of Marquette, or in the City of De-
troit in the State of Michigan, or in the City of Milwaukee in the
State of Wisconsin, or in the City of Chicago in the State of Illi-
nois, upon unincumbered improved real estate.
FriMtt amd Sckol&rtk^i lOt
Thst ooe^nli of the income of sud sum of $io/no dall be
paid yfOii'.y b^ said trustees nnto the Board of Control for tbe
support of some stodent wboae fxtber tns worked in or in some
way been connected with mining operations in the Upper Pen-
inaola. of Mitjiigan. who shall be designated by the Faculty of said
college; and the remainder of said income shall be acnnnnlated
and inrested as sa.id principal shall be invested, and that this fund
with its accmnnbtiwis shall be the basis of a larger fnnd, to be
obtained from other contributic«is, amoonting to at least one hun-
dred thousand dollars (|icxi,ooo), to be used for the erection of a
Dormitory Buildii^ for the use of sticb students as shall be desig-
nated by said Faculty ; which building, when erected, shall be under
the exclusive control of the corporation or Board of Control of the
said Michigan CoU^x of Mines.
This gift is to the said trustees and their successors, forever,
for the benefit of said college. In case of the death of either of
said trustees, the survivors or survivor shall appoint a successor
or soccesson.
When the erection of said building shall be commenced, after
the said fund of one hundred thousand dollars is obtained, the
(um herdky given, with all its accumulations, shall be paid over
to the said college for the purpose aforesaid.
Witness my hand, the 30th day of January, 189a
A. LUIKAK NCKlIt
Witness, T. E. O. M. Stetsoit.
We, Peter White, D. H. Ball and J. M. Longyear, the per-
sons named in the above instrument, accept the trust herein granted
in all respects, and agree to comply with the conditions thereof.
Witness our hands the ist day of February, 189a
PiTBB WRm,
D. H. Ball,
J. M. LOKCYEAK.
The Lengyaar Fund.
This is a fund of $8,500, given by the Honorable J. M. Loni-
year, of Marquette, to be the proper^ of the College of M''"
to be used in aiding studen
IQ2 Michigan College of Mines
the said students are unable to maintain their connection with the
college without such aid.
The conditions governing loans from this Fund are as follows:
Loans may be granted by the Board of Control upon the recommend-
ation of the Faculty of the College to students who have com-
pleted at least one term of study at the College of Mines, who have
for the entire time of their residence a good record as to character
and scholarship, who are deemed worthy and needy, and who shall
be recommended by two responsible persons not connected with the
college.
Upon receipt of a loan from this fund, the student shall give
his note for the amount of same. This note shall bear interest at
the rate of five per cent per annum for the first three years from
the date of his graduation or his leaving the college, and for the
following two years at the rate of seven per cent per annum. It
will then be due.
This method of loaning is believed by the donor and the col-
lege to be of more benefit to the student than a gift outright
since it gives him the opportunity to pay for his own education,
while offering him assistance when he most needs it It is thought
that it would be better if all funds given to the college for the
aid of students were accompanied with a proviso that the pro-
ceeds should go as a loan to the student, rather than as a gift
Certainly the manly student hesitates to receive aid which savors
of charity. It is a kindness if he can be aided in a way that
will save his self-respect
The Allis-Chalmers Company Scholarship.
The Allis-Chalmers Company, of Milwaukee and Chicago, the
great manufacturers of heavy mining machinery, offer to one or
two members of each graduating class a scholarship which includes
empIo3rment by them for a time under conditions which offer un-
usual opportunity for practice with mining machinery, and for
becoming familiar with the requirements of mines in this particular,
together with a reasonable compensation for the time employed.
This scholarship is open to graduates who have shown suffi-
cient proficiency in mechanical lines to warrant their receiving it.
Prises and Scholarthips
>nd wfao have applied to the Faculty for recommendadcm thereto
as early as July isth o£ the year in which their degrees are
granted.
Michigan Loan Soholarshlp.
By virtue of the power conferred by Act No. 81, Public ActJ
of 1897, the Board of Control have established twelve scholar-
ships under the above title. These are open to Michigan studenti
under the following regulations.
The scholarships may be granted by the Faculty of the Collie
to students who are bona-iidc residents of the State of Michigan
who have completed at least three terms of study at the College of
Mines, who have during this entire time a good record as to
character and work as students and who are deemed deserving and
Each scholarship is to be granted for the collie year or the
unexpired portion thereof, but the same student may at the option
of the Faculty receive the grant more than once.
Each scholarship shall remit to the recipient the tuition and
laboratory fees for the time for which be holds it, provided, how-
ever, the amount so remitted shall not exceed $75 in any one col-
lege year.
If at any time the work or conduct of the holder of one of
these scholarships becomes unsatisfactory to the Faculty, he shall
be deemed to have forfeited the scholarship.
Upon receiving the grant of a scholarship, the recipient shall
give his note for the amount of same. This note shall b«r interest
at the rate of six per cent, per annum from the date of his leav-
ing the college until paid, and shall be due on or before five (5)
years from such date.
Amounts paid on such notes constitute a fund to be
as the Loan Scholarship Fund, which fund shall be devote
sisting needy and worthy students by cash loans.
STUDENTS ENROLLED fN 1913-1914
Whose Naues Do Not Appear im the Registbs op Studekxs
PUBUSHED FOB That Yub,
Calrt, Kecler Lewis Iron Mountain.
GJave, Carl Bay City.
Zimmerniaii, Stanley Hughson Milan.
REGISTER OP STUDENTS
1914-191S.
Abeel, John Howard,
Adams, Gale Leslie,
Aldricfa, Harry Stark^,
Allen, Arthur Potter,
Anttila, Towen Henry,
Apell, Gideon,
Ball, CUnton William,
Ballenberg, Adolf Gerhard,
Bamecut, William John,
Baudin, Albert Norman, Jr.,
Bayless, George Edward Silver,
Berrien, Ignatius Loyola,
Bradt, Maurice Lincoln,
Breton, Ernest,
Brown, Landon Noble,
Carlson, Arthur Eugene,
Chartier, Edgar A.,
Clarke, John Carlisle,
Coman, Laurence James,
Cramer, Charles Faben,
Darling, Lee,
David, Joseph,
Dobson, Delos Irving,
Douglass, William J.,
Drake, Morris Clare,
Driscoll, Roy Emmett,
Duggan, Leo Francis,
Dunn, Daniel Earle,
Eade, Ernest A.,
Emerson, Joseph George,
Engstrom, Orville V.
Erickson, Carl,
Ironwood.
Jackson.
Detroit.
Flint
Houghton.
Chicago, III.
Detroit.
Chicago, III.
Painesdale.
Houghton.
Baltimore, Md.
Bl Paso, Tex.
Saginaw.
Point Mills.
Springport.
Ashland, fVis.
Norway.
Barlville, N. Y.
Menominee.
Toledo, O.
Trufant.
Muskegon.
Detroit.
Russellville, Ala,
Marquette.
Hubbell.
Hancock.
New York, N. Y.
Ironwood.
Flint.
Calumet.
Norway.
io6
Michigcm ColUgg of Mines
Field, Edgar RoyUnce,
Field, Irving Theodore*
Foard, Merlin Wiley,
Foard, Wallace Blake,
Foley, Francis Joseph,
Frampton, Donald John,
Fraser, Donald Dickson,
Froney, Merrill Wallace,
Gray, Palmer Sewell,
Grekila, John Henry,
Griffin, Roy J.,
Hamemik, Frank Joseph,
Harrington, John,
Heine, Bernhardt Edward,
Hicks, Frank Vyvyan,
Hild, John Henry, Jr.,
Hodgson, John F.,
Holland, Martin Aloysius,
Hollister, Ho3rt Bailey,
Holmes, George F.,
Holmes, John Frederick,
Holmes, Laurence Augustus,
Horst, Edward,
Janson, Hennings Frans,
Johnson, Edwin Eric,
Johnston, Garrett Fox,
King, Rowland Bradbury,
Kitto, Harold George,
Kivari, Arthur Matthew,
Klumph, Edwin Williams,
Kroll, Harold John,
Lau, Kaan,
Leisk, Ross Dudley,
Leopold, Foreman Nathan,
Li, Hui Kwang,
Long, John H.,
Loo, Pang Chieh,
Lorain, Sinclair Holt,
Rudyard.
Negaunee,
Sault Ste, Marie.
Sault Ste, Marie.
Dollar Bay.
Houghton.
Johnstown, N. Y.
Houghton.
Houghton.
Hancock.
Flint.
Menominee.
Baltic.
Mt. Clemens.
Bdzvardsburg.
Baraga.
Houghton.
Big Rapids.
Detroit.
Menominee.
Calumet.
Menominee.
Hubbell.
Norway.
Dollar Bay.
Hancock.
Spokane, Wash.
Dollar Bay.
Hancock.
Chicago, III.
Houghton.
Canton, China.
Houghton.
Chicago, III.
Shanghai, China,
Hubbell.
Shanghai, China.
Philipsburg. Pa.
Register of Students
lot
McCormick, Charles,
McCray, H. Edgar,
McReavy, Irving Sias,
Matson, Amel,
Matson, John August,
Meyers, Martin George,
Miller, Tom Applegate,
Mills, Carl Edward,
Moir, Willard James,
Moore, John C
Nicolson, Clyde Wallace, (B.A^ Uni-
versity of Michigan),
Nordale, Carleton Edwin,
North, George Maurice, Jr.,
North, Mortimer Seth,
Ord, James,
Ovens, James Mason,
Poss, John RiplQT,
Prather, Harold Palmer,
Rivett, Joseph Andrew,
St Pierre, Egean,
Schemmel, Julius Peter,
Schmidt, Harold M.,
Schwaderer, Eugene Blain,
Schwarzenberg, Franz Conrad,
Shields, Chester Parker,
Shields, John Michael,
Siller, Guy Cundy,
Smith, William Nelson,
Sperr, Raymond,
Stegeman, Manley,
Steinbach, Charles Frederick,
Stene, James C,
Sterk, Henry Joseph,
Stevens, William David,
Stoyle, Thomas Winsor,
Suverkrop, Lewis Arthur,
Sweet, Andrew Thomas,
Houghton,
Mentor, O.
Mangum,
Hubbell.
Dollar Bay.
Houghton,
Detroit.
Houghton.
Houghton.
Hammondsville, O.
Detroit.
Minneapolis, Minn.
Jackson.
Calumet.
Chevy Chase, Md.
Bisbee, Ariz.
Detroit.
Cleveland, O.
Houghton.
Dollar Bay.
Bscanaba.
Saginaw.
Cass City.
Muskegon.
Hubbell.
Grand Rapids.
Houghton.
Elk Rapids.
Houghton.
Holland.
UAnse.
Minneapolis, Minn.
I'Anse.
Houghton.
Houghton.
Sea CM, N. Y.
Marquette.
io8
Michigan ColUgt of Mines
Thistlethwaite, Colin,
Tttrcotte, Hafvcj«
Veale, William Clemoit,
Vollmer, Carl Predericky
Walter, Alphons R.,
White, Eynon Samuel,
Wiedenhocfer, Theodore Carl,
Wolhaupter, George Hughes,
Wong, Sam C,
Wong, Warren Achuck,
Woo, Wai Kyi,
Yauch, Otto Leopold,
Young, Udell Charles,
Zimmerman, Stanley Hughson,
Vankkik HiU, Ont, Canada.
Houghton.
Osceola,
Hancock,
Buffalo, N, Y,
PlainHeld, N, J.
HubbelL
New RochelU, N, Y.
Honolulu, H, T,
Honolulu, H, T.
Shanghai, China,
Houghton,
St, Louis, Mo,
Milan,
-J
SUMMARY OF STUDENTS.
BY STATES AND COUNTRIES.
Alabama i
Arizona i
Canada i
China 4
Hawaii a
Illinois 4
Maryland 3
Upper 6i
Michigan
\ UPPerei I gg
( Lower 27 J
Minnesota 2
Missouri i
New Jersey i
New York 6
Ohio 4
Pennsylvania i
Texas i
Washington I
Wisconsin i
Total . . . : 121
Average age of students, 1914-15 22 years.
SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT DURING EXISTENCE
OF THE COLLEGE.
The number of new students who entered, the total enroUment;
and the number of graduates sent out for each year of the existence
of the college, are as follows:
YEAR
01
G
CO
u
o c
9
e
o
i886-
1887-
1888-
1889-
1890-
1891-
1892-
1893-
1894-
1895-
1896-
1897-
1898-
1899-
1900-
1901-
1902-
1903-
1904-
1905-
1906-
1907-
1908-
1909-
1910-
1911-
1912-
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
211
23
IS
16
IS
46
40
45
17
49
43
82
33
42
S4
71
9S
92
lOI
99
lOI
91
112
119
9S
70
69
42
-421
23
40
35
61
78
lOI
82
94
94
140
122
116
121
146
197
221
238
223
234
239
266
292
266
222
186
141
7
6
S
8
17
18
5
18
24
19
2S
24
42
41
43
50
47
51
46
49
65
32
35
Index
Absences, 97.
Admission, Requirements for
19.
Admission on Certificate, 19.
Admission by Examination, 19.
Admission of College Gradu-
ates, 20.
Admission of Special Students,
21.
Admission of Undergraduates,
20.
Algebra, 23.
AUis-Chalmers Company
Scholarship, 102.
Analytic Geometry, 24.
Analytic Mechanics, 29.
Applied Electricity, 56.
Applied Geology, 79.
Applied Physical Chemistry,
34, 36.
Assaying, 36.
Astronomy, 20.
Average Age of Students, 109
Bachelor of Science Degree,
82.
Blacksmith Shop, 50, 88.
Blowpipe Analysis, 33.
Board and Room, 93.
Board of Control, 13.
Buildings, 87.
Business Correspondence, 47.
Calculus, 25.
Calendars, 6.
Chemistry, 3a
Chemistry Laboratories, 30.
Choice of Subjects, 94.
Civil Engineering, 56.
Class Day, 83.
Club House and Gymnasium,
8a
Courses of Instruction, 23
Degrees, 82.
Departments of Instruction, 23
Deposit, 93.
Design of Structural Joints,
50, 52.
Draughting Room, Mechanical,
55.
Draughting Room, Equipment,
55.
Drawing, 54.
Drawing Instruments, 54, 63.
Electrical Engineering, 56.
Electrical Measurements, 27.
EmpIo3rment, 84
112
Michigan College of Mines
Engineering Design and Con-
struction, 6S.
Engineer of Mines Degree %2
English, 46.
Entrance Requirements, i^
Expenses, 91.
Extension Lectures, 12.
Pactilty, 18.
Failure, 97
Field Geology, 80.
Furnace Work, 41.
Geology, 78.
Geology, Applied and Mining,
79-
Geology, Historical, 78.
Geology, Physical and Chem-
ical, 79.
Geology, Principles of, 78.
Graduate Students, Admission
of, 20.
Graphical Statics, 65.
Gymnasium, 88.
Historical Geology, 78.
Hubbell HaU, 87.
Hydraulics, 60.
Hydraulic Laboratory, 62.
Koenig Hall. 87.
Library, 86, 89.
Light, 28.
Lithology, 78.
Loan Funds, 98
Longyear Fund xoi.
Longyear Prizes. 98.
Machine Drawing, 55.
Maps and Tables, 115.
Mathematics, 23.
Mechanical Drawing, 54.
Mechanical Engineering, ±7,
sh 53.
Mechanical Engineering Build-
ing, 88.
Mechanics, 28 29.
Mechanics of Materials, 51.
Metallurgy. 36.
Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and
Zinc, 4a
Metallurgy Building, 88
Metallurgical Design, 41.
Metallurgical Organization, 42.
Michigan Loan Scholarships,
103.
Mill Work, 75.
Mineralogical Museum, 89.
Mineralogy, 76
Mine Accounts, 73.
Mine Management, 73.
Mine Rescue, 73
Mine Sanitation 73.
Mine Survesring and MiniLg,
69, 70.
Mine Ventilation, 73.
Mining Engineering, 6^^ 7a
Mining Engineering Building,
88.
Mining Engineering Labora-
tory, 71.
1
Index
"3
Mining Geology 79.
Mining, Mine Surveying anu
69.
Mining, Principles of, 68.
Model Room, 72
Nome SchDiarship, 100.
Office Engineering, 64.
Ore Dressing, 74.
Ore Dressing Building, 75, 88.
Ore Tests, 40.
Passing Grade, 97.
Petrology, yy.
Petrography, yy.
Physical and Chemical Geol-
ogy, 79.
Physical Chemistry, 34, 36.
Physical Laboratory, 87.
Physical Measurements, 28.
Physical Training, 29, 30.
Physics, 25 27.
Plane Trigonometry, 24.
Power Phnt, 89
Principles of Geology, 78.
Principles of Hydro-metal-
lurgy, 40
Principles of Metallurgy 38.
Principles of Mining, 6y,
Principles of Ore Dressing, 74.
Prizes and Scholarships, 98.
Properties of Materials, 48.
Provisional Credits, 20.
Pumps and Air Compressors,
52.
Qualitative Analvsis. 34.
Quantitative Analysis, 35.
Quantitative Analysis, Ad-
vanced, 36.
Regulations, 94.
Raster of Students, 104.
Requirements for Admission,
19.
Scholarships, 98.
Shop Equipment, 49.
Shop Practice, 48
Spanish, 47.
Special Students. 21.
Spherical Trigonometry, 24.
Stream Measurements, 60.
Students, Average Age of, 109
Students, Register of, 104.
Students, Summary of, 109.
Summary of Enrollment, no
Surveying, 56.
Surveying, Mine, 69.
Tables ano Maps 115.
Tardiness, 97.
Technical Jcumalism, 46
Technical Writincf 45.
Thesis, 45.
Topographical Drawing, 62.
Trigonometry, 24.
Tuition, 91.
Undergraduates, Admission of.
20.
Volumetric Analysis, 34.
Wright Scholarship, 99.
EXPLANATION OF TABLES AND MAPS.
TABLES.
Table I. shows the term or terms in which each subject is
taught and its credit in hours. The column headed Class shows
the number of times each week that the student must appear in
class-room for recitation or lecture. In the column headed Lab-
oratory is shown the hours which must be spent each week in the
laboratory. In courses where excursions are required this number
is as nearly as may be an average, which includes the time spent
on Saturday excursions, though these may not come every week.
The total number of hours each week an average student is ex-
pected to put upon the subject is shown in the column headed
Total. This total includes both laboratory and study time with
the class-room time.
Tables 11. III. IV. and V. show the particular hours in each
week at which the student taking a given subject meets the in-
structor in the class-room for recitation or lecture, and also labora-
tory periods for the first and second year schedules as printed on
pages 95 and 96. For other courses than those included in the above
mentioned schedules, laboratory hours are not shown and must be
arranged with the department having charge of the work.
No hour table is given for the courses of the summer term, the
practice courses to which the student devotes his entire time, nor
for the excursions to mines, mills and power plants in connection
with other courses, which are arranged while the courses are in
progress.
MAPS.
To make clear the fact of the location of the College of Mines,
in the midst of active mining operations, two maps are shown.
The first gives a detailed exhibit of the Portage Lake Mining
District, which forms the immediate vicinity of the college. Most
Michigan College of Mines
9 within the territory covered by this map
: mineral districts of the
iron and copper ranges
Jo attempt has ben inad<:
jf the Cotp-;r Range, nor
I
SCHEDULE SHOWIN^EEK IN BACH TERM
ncTerm
LMt Five
Weeks
}
I
I
Summer Term
TweWe Weeks
Last
Half
!
s
•i
o ^
8.5
I
• hf'e poiJia Q}»99 ikOLJL* QAC poi
«.o/o81
• • • — . « t
l*JIDg KDBjDG€I.|De • • •
l^'U En&iDeeLiDS
'ifiGp«D|cjrj EDRiDeetfDR- -
f
W 15
W f J
?l JO
nq
iL
(1 OMi 2.
• • •
.??.
t • • •
t ^ t t
• • • •
> • • •
• « • ^
• « • «
*
• • • *
« t 4 ^
* \ m •
f8
• • • •
Z%
t • • ♦
• • « •
^^
• 1 * •
e « « •
• ♦ ^ *
« • • •
58
s&
s
10
IS
t t • »
• » t •
• 1 1 •
• • f •
• 4^ '* •
»a
ea
tf^^%
SO-
• • A •
i 1
..V.
• t « •
• • t »
• • • ♦
• • # •
8f
t f t •
f • t t
• • • •
* J * *
.?t
« » ^ •
• t • •
• • » •
• *^^ t
• * •
U.*^
•^ • \ t
• • 1 •
• • > •
. . , .
ii6 Michigan College of Mines
of the active copper mines within the territory covered by this map
are indicated on it
The second is a general map of the mineral districts of the
Upper Peninsula. It shows the various iron and copper ranges
which are accessible from the college. No attempt has ben made
to indicate the different mining districts of the Copper Range, nor
the sub-division of the Iron Ranges.
-■ . .'1
r
XHEDULE SHOWIN^EEK IN EACH TERM
L
I
ng Term
} Weeks
1
fl
LMt FlTe
ill
Weeks
t
s
J
1
1
Summer Term
TwelTe Weeks
Last
Half
II
$
• fc.rA6 ponia Q\9wa Moip* qa© po/1 ;
-4: .
Kbfuo?.i.«bpl
Vimnt Ii08lDC«LfDg
CIAJI En&fD6fiLIDC
llI6CftIC»I BD8fD9«tID«t
Vl«cpHDfcjri EDBroeetfDR*
[8 Ofkl 4.
> 1. Phyri«ti"liii5iir-si?;
.^
(1 and 2.
8«
t • • •
* * •. •
• « • •
• • • •
• • ■ •
• • • ♦
• • •
. »*•
• • • •
• • • •
• • • f
* t ' *
'
,
« • • •
• • • •
• t * t
« < ♦ 1
^ 1 t •
f8
• • t *.
• • • •
. . ^.
53
f • • •
•. • • 4
^H
• i * •
» • ♦ •
• 1 • *
♦ • • •
. *Cr.
•ii'
• ft*
53
5&
• • f •
10
It
1 1 • ♦
53
• ' t •
• J t •
• f • •
• • • •
• 4.'* •
»a
ea
K6-
. . C .
. • V .
2f
• ft*
f • • t
« • t •
( f • «
• t • •
• • » #
• • » t
f • » V
• • f •
S3
H^*>
•^ • ^ 1
. . , .
• ' \ •
• • 1 •
L
V
^
Id
•f
«
f
i
Q
5
fi
\
I
M
t
4
-■"■
U
t)
U
• •
»
L
ii6 Michigan College of Mines
of the active copper mines within the territory covered by this map
are indicated on it
The second is a general map of the mineral districts of the
Upper Peninsula. It shows the various iron and copper ranges
which are accessible from the college. No attempt has ben made
to indicate the different mining districts of the Copper Range, nor
the sub-division of the Iron Ranges.
HiMi
.
■lift I 1 . ''I •' r^
'S?
YEAR BOOK
OPTHC
MICHIGAN COLLEGE
OF MINES
1915-1916
HOUGHTON, MICHIGAN
ANNOUNCBMBNT OP COURSES
FOR 1916-1917
PUBLISHED BY THB COLLEGE
JUNE 1916
THC MININO^^B^OAIKTTK CO.
Table of Contents
PAGE
Table of Contents 3
Calendars 6
Michigan College of Mines, General Statement 9
Board of Control of the College 13
Officers of the College 15
Faculty of the College 18
Admission to the College 19
On Certificate 19
By Examination 19
Mature Men 20
Graduates and Undergraduates of Colleges 20
Special Students 21
Departments of Instruction 23
Mathematics 23
Physics 25
Mechanics . . . , 28
Physical Training 29
Chemistry 30
Metallurgy 36
Thesis 45
Technical Writing 45
4 Michigan College of Mines
Mechanical Engineering 47
Electrical Engineering 56
Civil Engineering 56
Mining Engineering 67
Ore Dressing 74
Mineralogy 76
Petrography 77
Geology 78.
Degrees 82
Class Day 83
Emplo3rment 84
Library 86
Buildings 87
Expenses 91
Regulations 94
Prizes and Scholarships 98
The Longyear Prizes 98
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship 99
The Norrie Scholarship 100
The Longyear Fund loi
The AUis-Chalmers Company Scholarship 102
The Michigan Loan Scholarship 103
Register of Students 104
Summary of Students 109
Calendar 1916
JANUART
FBBRUART
MARCH
APRIL
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
■ M T W T F 8
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 28 27 28 29
30 31
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 2122 23 24 25 26
27 28 29
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3D
MAT
JUIVB
Jf7I.T
AUGUST
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 32
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30^
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
SBPTRMBBB
OCTOBBR
IVOVBMBBR
DBCBMBBR
• M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T F 8
• M T W T F 8
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
Calendar 1917
JANUART
VBBRDART
MARCH
APRII.
9 M T W T P S
8 M T W T P 8
■ M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2122 23 24 25 26 27
28293031
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
MAT
JUNB
JULT
AUGUST
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
• M T W T P 8
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 2122 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
SBPTBMBBR
OCTOBBR
NOVBMBBR
DBCBMBBR
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T P 8
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T P 8
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2122 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
3031
An Alumni Register, giving occupation, is published separately
from time to time, and may be had upon application.
'
Calendar 1916-1917.
FALL TERM, 1916.
September 29— October a Registration days.
September 29— October 2 Entrance examinations begin
on the afternoon of the 29th.
October 3 — Tuesday morning Regular work of fall term be-
gins.
November 29— Wednesday noon. . . . Thanksgiving recess begins.
December 4 — Monday morning Work resumes.
December 23 — Saturday noon Fall term ends.
WINTER TERM, 1917.
January 9 — ^Tuesday morning Winter term begins.
March 24 — Saturday evening Winter term ends.
SPRING TERM, 1917.
March 26— Monday morning Spring term begins.
April 28 — Saturday noon Spring recess begins.
May 7 — Monday morning Work resumes.
May 7 Course R 3, Mine Survejring
Practice begins.
June 9 — Saturday noon Spring term ends.
SUMMER TERM, 1917.
June 12 — Tuesday morning Summer term begins.
June 12 — Tuesday morning Courses G 5, Ore Tests; M i,
Properties of Materials; M 2,
Shop Practice; Q i, Survey-
ing; Q 3, Hydraulics and
Stream Measurements, and R 6,
Mine Rescue, Ventilation and
Sanitation begin.
July 23 — Monday morning Courses M 6, Design of Struct-
ural Joints, Q 8, Engrineering
Design and Construction, and
S 2, Mill Work begin.
8 Michigan College of Mines
August 13 — Monday morning Course G 6, Furnace Work
begins.
September i — Saturday noon Summer term ends.
1917-1918
FALL TERM, 1917.
September 28 — October i Registration days.
September 28 — October i Entrance examinations begin
on the afternoon of the 28th.
October 2 — Tuesday morning Regular work of fall term be-
gins.
November 28 — ^Wednesday noon. . . . Thanksgiving recess begins.
December 3 — Monday morning Work resumes.
December 23 — Saturday noon Fall term ends.
Michigan College of Mines
GENERAL STATEMENT.
The Michigan College of Mines was established by an Act of
the Legislature in 1885. '^^ Act was entitled ''An Act to establish
and r^^ulate a Mining Sdiool in the Upper Peninsula." The Act
vests the government of the institution in a Board of Control of
six members appointed by the Governor of the State, by and with
the consent of the Senate. Two members of the Board are appointed
each alternate year to serve six years.
Sec 5 of this Act provides: "The course of instruction shall
embrace geology, mineralogy, chemistry, mining and mining engi-
neering, and such other branches of practical and theoretical
knowledge as will, in the opinion of the board, conduce to the end
of enabling the students of said institution to obtain a full knowl-
edge of the science, art and practice of mining, and the application
of machinery thereto."
The school was opened for the reception of students September
IS, 1886. Its establishment and the earlier appropriations for it are
to a very large extent due to the great interest, the foresight and
the energy displayed on its behalf by the late Jay A. Hubbell, of
Houghton. He donated a portion of the site occupied by the
College, and during his life spared no effort to further its aim and
to help it toward prosperity.
Most of the students of the College have come from Michigan,
since it is a Michigan institution, but it has trained men from all
parts of the United States, and from a number of foreign countries
in both hemispheres.
The concentration of effort on training men for the field of
mining, the location of the College in a district where its students
live in a mining atmosphere, together with its special methods of
instruction, and manner of using the mining environment, have
brought to the institution a large measure of success.
The College was established for, and exists only for the purpose
of training men to take an active part in the development of the
mineral wealth of the state and nation. The concentration of effort
10 Michigan College of Mines
on a particular line of training has its advantages. Many of the
perplexing problems which arise where numerous lines of effort
must be simultaneously proceeding are unknown in this institution.
Here all work for a common object Every employe has his share
in whatever of success the College attains. This condition develops
a spirit of harmonious endeavor which facilitates greatly the work
of instruction.
The College has been particularly fortunate in the matter of its
location. It is plain that an engineering school must derive im-
mense advantage from a location in which its immediate surround-
ings continually illustrate and enforce the principles which it
teaches. When the line of operation for which it is training its
students is the dominant one of the region, obviously the advantage
is greatest. Then the environment, even without effort on the part
of the school must serve as an efficient aid to the instruction. If
those in control of these operations are in sympathy with the
institution — are ready to place plants under their charge at its
service for instruction, and if the institution makes wise use of
opportunities thus afforded, these plants become truly a part of its
equipment, and the environment then becomes a factor which must
increase the efficiency of the instruction by an amount hardly to
be overestimated.
The location of the Michigan College of Mines presents in a
marked degree all these features. It is situated in the heart of the
great copper producing region of Lake Superior.* In the immediate
vicinity are a number of active copper mines, among them several
of the largest and most extensively equipped mines in the world.
The deepest shafts in the world and the most powerful machinery
employed in mining are here in constant operation.
In addition to the equipment at the mines there are in the dis-
trict the great mills which receive and concentrate the mine product,
and the smelters which extract the metal from the concentrate
produced at the mills, and refine it. There are* also the necessary
docks, railroads and power plants, steam and electrical. To all the
student has access, and he is required, under the direction and super-
vision of his instructors, to visit and inspect these plants and
their operation at proper times during his study here. By being in
*SEE MAP AT THE END OF YEAR BOOK.
General Statement ii
such a district and being required to use its opportunities as he is,
the student breathes from his arrival an atmosphere in entire har-
mony with his present and future work. He is continually inspired
by observation of and contact with men who have achieved success
in the line for which he is training. This location, together with
the practical methods of training employed, account for the remark-
able fact that of 755 men graduated up to this time, but a small
number have left engineering for other pursuits.
The scheme of instruction includes the usual lecture, text-
book and recitation methods, supplemented in every department by
problems drawn as far as possible from actual practice. Because
the successful engineer must be a man whose judgment of things
is well developed, laboratory methods of instruction are given
great prominence. These include the trips and the laboratory
courses in which the student works with his own hands rather
than watches the operations of some one else. The trips of inspec-
tion are to plants which exemplify, often on a large scale^ the
application of principles taught in the classroom to problems of
commercial operation. The study of such application serves toi
vivify the teaching and to bring to the student a clearer compre-
hension and firmer grasp of the subject in hand. But it is obvious
that in his own attempt to apply the principle to some definite
problem of practice, the student will most speedily gain a true
comprehension of its bearing and force. He should therefore have
as far as possible his practice in the field or in properly directed
laboratories. This the College endeavors to give.
«
Necessarily the nearer the field or laboratory practice is made
to conform to the requirements of actual operation, the more for-
cible its teachings. Moreover, in such practice, properly directed,
lies one of the principal resources of the college in its effort to
stimulate and influence the development of judgment on the part
of the student. Under the proper sub-heads in the section of the
year-book devoted to Departments of Instruction and in the section
headed Buildings, will be found a more detailed description of the
means possessed by the College for instruction in field and labora-
tory, as well as a more particular account of the manner of using the
several parts of the equipment and the various features of the sur-
roundings.
12 Michigan College of Mines
The field of mining and metallurgical engineering is so broad,
and the number of subjects bearing on it so great, that no student
can profitably cover all of the ground in the time usually given to
a college course. Moreover, the average student possesses greater
aptitude in some part or parts of this broad field than in others.
His interest and chances of success are greater the more deeply he
goes into those portions for which he is best adapted. In order
that he may do this, the Michigan College of Mines has in operation
a flexible system, allowing a considerable range in the courses or
subjects comprising a given student's curriculum. Haphazard selec-
tion of subjects is not permitted. Each student is required to gain
a broad view of the general field; he must preserve the natural
sequence of subjects, and he must follow an orderly system which
may become more specialized as he nears the end of his course.
This College was the first, and until very recently, the only insti-
tution to offer such privileges of choice to a student of engineering.
Regulations governing the choice of courses under this system are
given with other regulations of the college on subsequent pages.
The methods here outlined have developed slowly in the earnest
effort to solve the problems presented to this institution, and to
build up an efficient system of training mining engineers. So far
they have stood the test of use very satisfactorily.
Extension Lectures.
A series of illustrated lectures is offered to Michigan High
Schools and Libraries, for the purpose of acquainting the people
of the state more fully with its mining resources and mining opera-
tions. With this end in view, lectures were delivered during the
past three years in Adrian, Alpena, Alpha, Ann Arbor, Battle Creek,
Bay City, Bessemer, Big Rapids, Cadillac, Crystal Falls, Detroit,
Escanaba, Fenton, Flint, Grand Rapids, Highland Park, Holland,
Hudson, Iron Mountain, Iron River, Ironwood, Ishpeming, Jackson,
Kalamazoo, Lansing, Litchfield, Ludington, Manistee, Marquette,
Menominee, Monroe, Mt. Pleasant, Muskegon, Negaunee, Niles, Nor-
way, Owosso, Paihesdale, Plainwell, Pontiac, Port Huron, Powers,
Saginaw, Traverse City, Vulcan and Wyandotte.
Persons interested may address Professor E. D. Grant
BOARD OF CONTROL OF THE MICHIGAN
COLLEGE OF MINES.
Murray Morris Duncan, Ishpeming June 9, 1917
Lucius Lee Hubbard, Houghton June 9, 1917
John Willard Black, Houghton June 9, 1919
Hon. Fred H. BticoLe;, Marquette June 9, 1919
Hon. WnxiAM Keixy, Vulcan June 9, 1921
James MacNaughton, Calumet June 9, 1921
Chairman of the Board of Control WnjjAM Keu#y
Secretary of the Board of Control Fred Walter McNair
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION.
President Fred Walter McNair
Secretary and Librarian Frances Hanna Scott
Treasurer Harry Sharp
Superintendent of Grounds Frederick William Sperr
Superintendent of Buildings George Luther Christensen
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION.
FRED WALTER McNAIR, B.S. (University of Wisconsin), D.Sc.,
(Lafayette College), President
FREDERICK WILLIAM SPERR, E.M. (Ohio State University),
Professor of Civil and Mining Engineering.
ARTHUR EDMUND SEAMAN, B.S. (Michigan College of
Mines), Professor of Mineralogy and Geology.
JAMES FISHER, E.M. (Michigan College of Mines),
Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
GEORGE LUTHER CHRISTENSEN, B.S. (Kansas State Agri-
cultural College), Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
CHARLES MacDONALD CARSON, A.B. (Toronto University)
Ph.D. (University of Chicago).
Professor of Chemistry.
ALBERT JOSEPH HOULE, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Professor of Metallurgy and Ore Dressing.
MRS. FRANCES HANNA SCOTT, Librarian and Secretary.
ELMER DANIEL GRANT, B.A. (Colgate University). M.A.
(University of Chicago), Associate Professor of Mathematics
and Physics.
WILLIAM ANDERSON, B.S., M.S. (Kansas State Agricultural
College), A.M. (Cornell University), Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering.
GEORGE P. SCHUBERT, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines) Assistant Professor of Civil and Mining Engineering.
i6 Michigan Cottege of Mines
THOMAS GARFIELD CHAPMAN, S.B. (Massachusetts Institute
of Technology), Assistant Professor of Metallurgy and
Ore Dressing.
WALTER EVERETT HOPPER, A.B., A.M. (Cornell Universi^),
Assistant Professor of (Geology.
CLEMENT EUGENE ROOD, PhB., PhM. (Albicm College),
Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
THOMAS EMANUEL RICHARDS, Instructor in Shop Practice
and Drawing.
FRANK BROWN WILSON, B.S. (Michigan Ck)llege of Mines),
Instructor in Chemistry.
ADOLPH NICHOLAS WOLD, B.S., E.M. (Michigan CoUege of
Mines), Instructor in Civil and Mining Engineering.
WYLLYS ARTHUR SEAMAN, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Instructor in Mineralogy and (Geology.
ALBERT SOBEY, B.S. (Michigan Agricultural College), Instruc-
tor in Mathematics and Physics.
JOHN BISSELL CUNNINGHAM, E.M. (Michigan C:ollegc of
Mines), Instructor in Metallurgy and Ore Dressing.
STUART ROBERT BRINKLEY, A.B. (Emory College), A.M.
(Columbia University), Instructor in Chemistry.
JOHN HOWARD BELL, AB. (Darthmouth Ck)llege), Instructor
in Physical Training and Director College Club House.
GARRETT FOX JOHNSTON, B. S., E. M. (Michigan CoUege
of Mines) Instructor in Civil and Mining Engineering.
staff of Instruetum 17
ARTHUR D. DeFOE, A.B. (University of Iifichigan), Instructor
in Technical Writing.
RUBERT LLOYD RUNDLE, Assistant in Physical Laboratory.
OTHER EMPLOYEES.
HENRY GIBBS,
Purchasing Agent and Supply Clerk.
HARRY SHARP,
President's Secretary and Accountant
DONALD J. FRAMPTON,
Assistant Librarian and Stenographer.
VINCENT UREN,
Engineer.
MAXIME MORIN,
Carpenter.
WILLIAM ARCHIBALD DURKEE,
Chief Janitor.
FACULTY.
Fred Walter McNair, President
James Fisher George Luther Chhistensen
Arthur Edmund Seaman Charles MacDonald Carson
Frederick William Sperr Albert Joseph Houle
Frances Hanna Scott, Secretary.
r
Admission to the College
I. Admission on Ccrtipicate.
Only those applicants will be admitted on certificate who are
graduates of schools accredited to this College or who are grad-
uates of schools on the approved list of the North Central Asso-
ciation of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and who present a
recommendation, signed by the principal of the school, certifying
that they have satisfactorily completed all the woric required for
admission. Admission on this basis of recommendation may be
granted also to the graduates of other especially approved schools
on amplication by the superintendent or principal. The recom-
mendation must be made on a blank form furnished by the College
of Mines.
The requirements for admission are stated in terms of units —
a unit meaning the equivalent of five recitations a week for one
year in one branch of study. Fifteen units are required. These
fifteen units must include a minimum of 3 units of English, i unit
of Algd)ra, i unit of Geometry, covering Plane, Solid and Spher-
ical Geometry, i unit of Physics, and 2 units of a foreign language.
The remaining units may be selected by the applicant Not more
than two units of vocational training may be offered.
Aj^lication for certificate relation may be made by the prin-
cipal or superintendent of the school, on blanks furnished by the
College.
2. Admission by Examination.
Candidates may secure admission by offering through examina-
tion fifteen units as set forth in Section i — ^Admission on Cer-
tificate.
Entrance examinations are given at the College the first Thurs-
day, Friday and Saturday in June and the Friday, Saturday and
Monday, preceding the beginning of the regular work of the faAl
2u Michigan College of Mines
term. Examinations taken by arrangement away from the college
must be taken the first week in June.
3. Admission op Matuss Msn.
In many cases persons who have been engaged in practical
work for several years, desire to better their condition by taking
technical training, but they cannot afford the time for a full pre-
paratory course. Such men often prove to be excellent students,
since they realize clearly the purpose of their work and the value
of time. For their benefit the College will arrange with the
principal or superintendent of any of its accredited schools a
special course to cover a minimum of two years' work, and upon
the student's completion of this course the College will acc^t
him upon the recommendation of the principal or superintendent
This arrangement will be entered into for only those pros-
pective students who are over nineteen years of age, and who can
show that they have been employed for at least two years in
some position entailing responsibility. The College reserves the
right to withdraw this offer at any time that it may deem best
For older men having in the judgment of the Faculty, sufficient
experience in the field to warrant it, admission will be granted
upon passing satisfactory examinations in the following essential
subjects:
English — The examination in this subject is intended to test
the candidate's ability to command good English. He will be
required to write briefly on some subject assigned at the time.
Arithmetic and Metric System.
Algebra, through Quadratic Equations.
Geometry — Plane and Solid (including Spherical).
Physics.
4. Graduates and Undergraduates op Colleges.
A graduate of an approved college is admitted without exam-
ination upon presentation of his diploma or certificate of gradua-
tion, together with a certified copy of his record. Courses taken at
the other institution which may be the equivalent of courses offered
here, will be credited toward a degree, under the following con-
Departwteuis of Inslructum 21
ditions: After an informal discassicxi of the previoas woiic, which
must satisfy the instructors from whom credit is asked, as to its
scope and thoroofi^mess, provisional credits are given. If the stu-
dent's subsequent work in this college is satisfactory, the provis-
ional credit is made permanent; if unsatisfactory, the student is
assigned to such courses as are necessary to make up the de-
ficiencies.
This m^hod is considered to be ^r to the student, to the col-
lege from which he came, and to this college.
An undergraduate of another college will be admitted without
examination upon presentation of a letter of honorable dismissal
and a certified oqyy of his record, which must show clearly that the
student was a member of the college and free from entrance con-
ditions. The right is reserved to require examinations in entrance
subjects essential to the work of this college, which are not satis-
factorily covered by the ai^licant's records. Credits are given them
under the same conditions as outlined for graduates.
5. Speoai, Stuwsnts.
Persons of sufficient maturity who are not candidates for a
deg^ree and who wish to take special studies, are permitted to do so
upon giving satisfactory evidence that they are able to pursue with
profit the courses they wish to take. If they subsequently desire to
become candidates for a degree, they must pass the required en-
trance examinations.
Since its organization the College has had many students of
mature age who came for certain training which they considered
necessary for their subsequent work. These have proved themselves
excellent workers, and the College desires to extend to such persons
every possible aid. It has assisted in this way numerous practical
and active business men who have had years of previous experi-
ence, and it desires to continue a work from which valuable results
have been obtained in the past
In the fall of 1914, the college established certain special short
courses for practical men. While these courses may be taken by
others they are intended to meet especially the needs of those work-
men who have been denied the opportunity of getting a school train-
ing. Among the men who have taken one or more of them success-
22 Michigan College of Mines
fully are mine bosses, mine chemists, engineers' helpers, oilers and
other practical workmen.
A descriptive circular giving further information concerning
the service the College offers to practical men may be had on
application.
r
Departments of Instruction
A. MATHEMATICS.
Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobey,
As will be seen by a detailed examination of the following
pages, the subjects in this department form the necessary founda-
tion for a great part of the student's subsequent work; and they
are given as a preparation for this work, as well as for their value
in actual engineering practice, and in affording mental discipline.
It is the intention, therefore, to give the instruction in this
department in such a manner as will make prominent those subjects
or portions of subjects which will be of actual use to the student
and, later, to the engineer. The value of the study of mathematics
in developing the power to do vigorous and logical thinking is not
underestimated, but it is thought that the effort to master the logic
of the subjects necessary to the engineer will afford the student
ample opportunity to develop this power.
Every effort is made to see that the student takes advantage of
the opportunity thus offered. At each step of his progress he is
required to think. The ability to describe a given method, or to
correctly quote a given formula, and to apply either to a given
case, is in no instance accepted as sufficient. The student is
required to logically derive the method or formula, and to demon-
strate its correctness.
The courses in mathematics are the following:
A 1. Algebra ...... 259 hours
Messrs. Rood and Sobey.
Three hours a week, thirty-three weeks, fall, winter and spring
terms.
1
24 Michigan College of Mines
It is expected that students entering this course will have a
thorough knowledge of elementary algebra through simple quad-
ratics.
The course includes the theory of limits, logarithms, progres-
sions, binomial theorem, undetermined co-efficients, series and
the solution of higher equations. Special attention is paid to the
slide rule, graphical solutions, and practical applications. Hawke's
Higher Algebra is used as the text-book.
•
A 2. Plane Trigonometry .... 10B hours
Messrs. Rood and Sobey.
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. The fall term's
work in A I (Algebra) must precede or be taken along with this
course.
The ratio system is used exclusively, and prominence is g^ven to
the solution of trigonometric equations, and the transformation of
trigonometric expressions. Well's Plane and Spherical Trigonome-
try is used as the text-book.
A 3. Spherioal Trigonometry - • - - 90 hours
Messrs. Roch) and Sobey.
Three hours a week, ten weeks, spring term. To be preceded
by A 2 (Plane Trigonometry).
Under this head is given the solution of right and oblique spher-
ical triangles with application to the problems of Spherical Astron-
omy, such as the student will need in surveying.
The text used is the same as A 2 (Plane Trigonometry), sup-
plemented with notes issued by the department
A 4. Analytio Geometry .... 210 hours
Messrs. Grant^ Rood and Sobey.
Four hours a week, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring terms.
To be preceded by A 2 (Plane Trigonometry), and preceded by,
or accompanied with A i (Algebra).
Departments of Instruction 25
The course covers the straight line, conic sections, a few higher
plane curves, transformation of co-ordinates, general equations ot
the second degree, and an introduction to geometry of three dimen-
sions. The object is to familiarize the student with methods rather
than with any set of curves. Given partly by lectures and partly
from Tanner & Allen's Anal)rtic Geometry.
A 5. Calculus ...... 252 hours
Messrs. Fisher and Grant.
Three hours a week, twenty-eight weeks, fall, winter anct first
half of spring terms. To be preceded by A 4 (Analytic Geometry),
and B i (Physics), and preceded by, or accompanied with B 2
(Physics).
The Differential Calculus is developed from a rate as its funda-
mental notion. The Integral Calculus is from the beginning treated
as a method of summation. The object of the course is to give
the student a thorough working knowledge of the subject, to put
him in possession of a tool of which he can afterward make efficient
use. It is believed that this can best be accomplished by giving
him a rigorously logical basis for his methods and formulas; and
the attempt to do this is therefore made. Application of differen-
tiation to expansion in series, indeterminate forms, maxima and
minima, etc, are treated; while problems of area, volume, work,
pressure, etc., introduce the subject of integration, and their treat-
ment is carried along simultaneously with that of methods. Approx-
imate methods of integration, including the polar planimeter, receive
particular attention.
The Calculus is given by lectures, with printed notes, and Camp-
bell's Differential and Integral Calculus as a text-book.
B. PHYSICS.
The President, Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobey,
The aim in the department of Pysics, as in that of Mathematics,
is to select such subjects as have, directly or indirectly, a bearing on
26 Michigan College of Mines
the practical work of a mining engineer, and to treat these in as
practical a manner as possible. The instruction is given by the
laboratory method. The student goes at once into the laboratory
and there, under the direction of instructors, experiments for
himself. The experiments are mostly quantitative.
So far as possible mere mechanical following of direction is
excluded, and intelligent thinking is made necessary to the accom-
plishment of the work. Every effort is put forth to have the stu-
dent clearly develop and fix in his mind the principles of Physics
which he will afterward use, and also to lay the foundation for
that skill in accurate determination of quantity and care ol delicate
apparatus which are needed by the practical engineer. Accuracy and
order are insisted on from the first. Each student receives indi-
vidual attention, and, with the exception of a few experiments re-
quiring more than one observer, he does his work independently of
all other students.
The work of the laboratory is accompanied with illustrated lec-
tures, and with text-book and recitation work.
The department is equipped with a good assortment of modem
apparatus for lecture illustration and individual experiment.
B 1. Physics ------ 210 hours
Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobey.
Bight hours a week, three hours in classroom and five hours in
laboratory, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring terms. To be
preceded by, or accompanied with A i (Algebra) and A 2 (Plane
Trigonometry). The text books are C^rhart's College Physics, and
Laboratory Physics issued by the department.
This course includes Mechanics, Heat and Light Lecture, reci-
tation and laboratory work proceed together throughout the course.
The geometrical side of Light is developed mostly in the laboratory,
the wave theory in the lecture room with the aid of the optical
lantern. '
Departments of Instruction 27
B 2. Physics - - - - - - 120 hours
Messrs. Fisher^ Grant^ Rood and Sobey.
Nine hours a week, three hours in classroom and six hours in
laboratory, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded by B i
(, Physics).
Subject B 2 continues the work begun in B i, and includes Heat
and an elementary course in Magnetism and Electricity. Text-books
used are Carhart's College Physics, and Laboratory Physics issued
by the department
B 3. Electrical Measurements ... 144 hours
Messrs. Fisher and Sobey.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks in the winter term, and first
five weeks of spring term. To be preceded by C i (Anal3rtic
Mechanics), and N i (Applied Electricity).
The increasing use of electricity in mining and related industries
has caused the Michigan College of Mines to give particular atten-
tion to this subject
This course is offered to those who are making Electrical Engi-
neering their principal subject, to those who intend taking up Elec-
trol3rtic or Electro-metallurgical work, and to any others who wish
to become familiar with those modem methods of electrical measure-
ments necessary wherever there is made any practical application of
this agent
In the course are included the measurements of current, resist-
ance, potential difference, electromotive force, quantity, capacity,
mutual and self induction, strength of field, etc.
In the lecture room the theory of a given measurement is taken
up; then the construction and calibration of the instrument used in
the measurement are studied, the instrument being at hand for
inspection; and, finally, in the laboratory, the student calibrates, if
necessary, and uses the instrument in making the measurement.
Examples of all the principal instruments used in modem elec-
trical methods are owned by the institution, and are available for
the work of this course.
38 Michigan College of Mines
The text book is Carhart and Patterson's Electrical Measure-
ments.
B 4. Physical Maasur^ments - - • 120 hours
Mr. Fisher.
Twenty-four hours a week, last five weeks of the spring term.
A more advanced course in measurements of precision, open to
those who have taken B i and B 2 (Physics). The work offered
will be mainly in the determination of densities, moments of inertia,
calorimetry and photometry. Each student will work independently
of all others, and to a considerable extent the choice of the line of
work he is to pursue will lie with him.
B 5. Light .......72 hours
The President and Mr. Rood.
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded
by B I (Physics) and W i (Mineralogy I).
A more advanced course continuing the work begun in this
subject in B I (Physics). The course is designed particularly for
those students who desire to take up Petrography. It deals chiefly
with polarization. The subject is presented mainTy by experimental
lectures. A very complete outfit of projection apparatus is in the
possession of the department for use in this course.
C. MECHANICS.
Messrs. Fisher and Grant.
An attempt is made in Mechanics to develop the essential prin-
ciples, and to render the student proficient in applying them to
practical rather than theoretical problems. To this end a large
number of problems are solved which, so far as possible, are selected
from machines or structures with which the student is already
familiar, or the study of which he is subsequently to take up.
IT J
C-f ^ - — i^H^k^^^* . . . « tM
, mu i rai ■ " " *'- ■ ■■*** * — ■ " "»' — **» ^'^"^
of spriag tcr=L T^ Ve jceoeoed ^. or fc i vi iif aLX i d vx^ A $
(Cakchis).
Hanmrir''5 Afi^jxd ^cdtsszxs icr Es^s^eers ss ssed «s m text,
and dns is s r j t pik ' m um5 mzA spocski pr± jeeas har=^ a .direct beir-
hag oo die stDdest's lum c vcck r=
C 2. Analytic MThiBir« . . . . 1«
Mr. FtSHis AXD Ml (^lakt.
Subject C 2 cxmtmocs die rnork begun in C i, mnd is given three
hours a weA, twelve wecks» in die &I1 term. To be preceded by
C I (Analytic Medianics).
D. PHYSICAL TRAININa
Mr, Bell
It is now generally recc^nized that the observation of the prin-
ciples of Physiology and Hygiene is necessary for the promotion of
good health and the College believes that through Physical Training
the best application of those principles is possible. With this in
view the work in Physical Training is divided into theory and
practice. The theory deals with those fundamental principles of
Physiology and Hygiene which every student should know, thii
work being given in the form of lectures. The practice consists of
carrying out, as far as possible, those principles in regular gymna-
sium work.
Physicai, Examination. — The examination consists of the re-
cording of physical measurements, condition of heart, lungs, eyes,
ears, nose, throat, teeth and general health. Irregularities are noted
and corrective exercises are prescribed.
30 Michigan College of Mines
Every student is entitled to a physical examination and all can-
didates for college or class teams and students taking D i are re-
quired to take the examination.
Advanced Work — ^Advanced work in the various departments of
Physical Training is offered to students who have completed D i.
Sickness — All sickness should be reported at once to the phys-
ical director not only for the sake of the individual but as a pro-
tection for the whole school. (See Absences).
Lockers — Students desiring the same locker from year to year
must present at the office, before Oct 4th of each year, the receipt
given on pa)rment of the gymnasium fee. After this date, lockers
not so renewed will have their combinations changed.
All goods found in lockers after Sept ist of each year are
considered forfeited, and will be destroyed.
D 1. Physical Training - - - - 46 hours
Mr. Bell.
Two hours a week, including the regular gynmasium classes,
and lectures, twenty weeks, fall and winter terms. The course must
be taken for two terms. Required of all students during their first
year of residence.
In the fall term the work starts the third Monday in October.
Lectures will be given in Physiology and Hygiene, and quizzes
from time to time on the work covered. A written examination
will be given during the last week of the course; the mark for
this examination, plus the term mark, will determine the student's
rating in Physical Training.
F. CHEMISTRY.
Messrs. Carson, Wilson and Brinkley.
Equipment.
The Laboratory for General Chemistry is a room 31HX51 feet,
situated in the basement of the northeast wing of the chemistry
building. The room receives light from three of its sides. Five
r
Departments of Instruction 31
desks provide table and closet space for ninety students. A con-
tinuous hood runs around three walls of the room with a total
length of 102 feet, enabling forty-five students to make use of
the hood at one time. The north wall hood is six feet high and
is made fire proof. Here all experiments requiring high tem-
peratures are performed in wind furnaces, muffle furnaces and gas
furnaces. The instructor's private room opens into the main
laboratory.
The Laboratory for Qualitative Analysis occupies the west wing
of the main floor. The room is 40x33 feet Five desks give work-
ing and closet space for sixty-four students, with one sink for four
places. A continuous hood runs along three of the walls. This
hood is divided into compartments of five feet each, to be occupied
bj' one or two students at a time. Each compartment contains two
gas stop-cocks. Four of the compartments have two Koenig's
Hydrogen-sulfid generators, each permanently mounted. The hoods
are supplied with mains for gas and compressed air, the latter to be
chiefly for rapid evaporation on the water baths; from each com-
partment the foul gases and vapors are drawn by fan-suction, whilst
a large volume of fresh air, of the proper temperature, is constantly
blown into the room by a pressure fan. A dark room for spectro-
scopic work, and the instructor's office, open into this laboratory.
The Laboratory for Quantitative Analysis occupies the east wing
of the main floor. It is 39^x33 feet. Four desks accomodate
forty students, allowing each man four feet, and a sink for every
four men. A hood runs along each of the long sides, divided into
compartments and furnished the same as in the Qualitative Labora-
tory, except that two compartments only contain Koenig's Hydro-
gen-sulfid generators, whilst two other compartments are furnished
each with a Koenig's Chlorine and Hydrogen generator, a combus-
tion furnace and a Shimer apparatus for carbon determinations.
The weighing room opens directly into the laboratory, but it has ex-
clusive northern light. It is furnished with twelve analytical balances
of the best make; one for four students. The laboratory for Gas
Analysis is located alongside of the weighing room. It has light
from the north only and can be kept at a uniform temperature. It
is furnished with HempeFs and Bunsen's apparatus, both for work-
ing over water and working over mercury. The instructor's office
32 Michigan College of Mines
and the Blectrolytic room adjoin the laboratory on the south walL
The electrolytic room contains desks for electrolytic determinations
with six working spaces, each of which is furnished with a separate
resistance, a voltmeter and a milliammeter.
The Laboratory for Advanced Quantitative Analysis has work-
ing facilities for eight students. But there is a laboratory for special
work in which synthetic work and research work can be carried on
by a few students. This laboratory is located alongside the profes-
sor's office on the main floor.
The class instruction is given in a spacious lecture room, which
is located at the east end of the second floor. This room seats 132
students in nine rows, each row being three inches higher than the
preceding one. The lecture desk is furnished in the modem man-
ner, with the electric current, and switch-board arrangements, also
with water, gas and compressed air. The desk is unobstructed by
any hood. Experiments generating noxious gases are carried on
in a hood which stands in the adjoining preparation room behind a
movable glass panel. When the latter is raised the apparatus under
the hood will be visible from all parts of the room. Provision is
made for the display of charts and diagrams in front of and above
the black-boards behind the lecture table.
The supply clerk's office and store-rooms are located in the
basement.
F 1. General Chemistry .... 284 hours
Mr. Carson and Mr. Wilson.
Nine hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and eleven hours
a week, sixteen weeks, winter term, and first half of spring term;
one recitation, three lectures, and four hours of laboratory work
each week in the fall term; one recitation, three lectures and live
hours of laboratory work in the winter term, and one recitation,
three lectures and five hours of laboratory work each week in the
first half of the spring term.
In the first year the intention is to give a thorough under-
standing of the scientific principles of chemistry, so that the
technical aspects of the subject may be studied with profit in the
Departments of Instruction 33
succeeding years. With this object in view, each student is required
to carry out a series of graded experiments which illustrate the laws
of the science and in the explanation of which accurate scientific
reasoning is necessary. The topics treated in the laboratory, are
there discussed by the instructor with individual students, and they
form the basis for the more formal recitations and lectures. In the
classroom, numerous simple experiments are performed, in order to
augment the body of facts presented in the laboratory, and the in-
terpretation of these is usually supplied by the students, who are en-
couraged to ask questions and make suggestions.
The laboratory course is that given in Alexander Smith's
Elementary Outline of General Chemistry (The Century Co.,) and
the lecture course follows, pretty closely, the Elementary Chemistry
by the same author. Only those parts of the books are covered
which deal with the non-metallic elements, as the remainder is
treated in the second year. The scope of the first year's work
is thus restricted, in order to permit more detailed consideration
of the modem theories of equilibrium, of ionic reaction and of
the properties of solutions. It is believed that in this way the best
preparation is obtained for the study of many manufacturing and
metallurgical processes, which can be thoroughly understood only
by the application of the principles of physical chemistry.
F 2. Blowpipe Analysis - - - - 46 hours
Mr. Wilson.
Nine hours a week, five weeks, last half of spring term. Four
lectures during the first two and one-half weeks. One recitation
for each section. The lectures are merely a continuous set of
demonstrations by the instructor to show how the reactions should
be made. To be preceded by F i (General Chemistry).
This is a short course in Qualitative Analysis in which prefer-
ence is given to reaction in the igneous way, so that students may
be enabled to take the course in mineralogy with full benefit
Brush's tables are referred to.
34 Michigan College of Mines
F 3. Qualitative Analysis and
Elementary Physical Chemistry - 308 hours
Mr. Carson.
Eleven hours a week, twenty-eight weeks, fall, winter and
first half of spring terms. Two lectures and one recitation each
week throughout the course; seven hours of laboratory work each
week in the fall, winter and first half of the spring terms. To be
preceded by F 2.
The laboratory book in this course is Noyes' Qualitative Chem-
ical Analysis (The MacMillan Co.) It gives, in form suited to
beginners, the very carefully designed scheme of analysis to which
the author and his collaborators have devoted a great deal of care-
ful thought The lectures, in the second year, are devoted to the
chemistry of the metals and their important compounds. Both the
training in qualitative analysis and the study of the metals offer
continual opportunities for teaching modem physical .chemistry, but
do not make sufficiently clear the practical applications of this
newest branch of the science. For this reason, the latter part of
the lecture course is given to the consideration of those parts of
thermo-chemistry, electro-chemistry, and the phase rule which deal
respectively, with the reactions of gases in furnaces, with the re-
fining of metals electrolytically, and with the behavior of the iron-
carbon alloys.
F 4. Volumetric Analysis .... 144 hours
Mr. Brinkley.
Twelve hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Two lectures,
one recitation and eight hours of laboratory work a week. To be
preceded by F 3 (Qualitative Analysis).
The course comprises: Alkalimetry, acidimetry. Volumetric
analysis of limestone and marl. Analysis of copper ores by gravi-
metric, volumetric, colorimetric and electrolytic methods in order
that the student may learn their relative merits. Permanganate,
dichromate and iodometric methods.
Sutton's Volumetric Analysis for reference.
Departments of Instruction 35
F 5w Quantitative Analysis .... 252 hours
Ms. Brinkley.
Twelve hours a week, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring
terms; three lectures a week, sixteen weeks, ana one recitation a
week, twenty-one weeks. To be preceded by F 4 (Volumetric Analy-
sis). It is possible to conclude the course in the first half of the
spring by spending double time on the subject for five weeks.
Course embraces: (i) Analysis of alum. (2) Analysis of
iron ores. The sample is made up to contain all the elements likely
to be of importance in iron ores. In the soluble portions are deter-
mined volumetrically iron, copper, manganese, phosphorus, sulphur.
In the insoluble portion are determined the oxides SiO* TiO* Cr*0*,
Fe*0*, CaO and MgO by gravimetric methods. (3) Analysis of
pig iron and steel, including colorimetric estimation of carbon and
manganese. (4) Analysis of matte and speiss, embracing the sep-
arations of arsenic, antimony, tin, bismuth, silver, copper, cadmium,
zinc and iron.
The lecture notes serve as a guide, but the student is referred
to Lord and Demorest's Metallurgical Analysis.
F 6. Quantitative Analysis - - - - 75 hours
Mr. BrinklEy.
Fifteen hours a week, five weeks, first half of spring term.
Two lectures, one recitation and eleven hours in laboratory. To be
preceded by F 4 (Volumetric Analysis). It is possible to secure
credit in F 5 by devoting thirty-six hours a week to quantitative
analysis in the second half of spring term, and surrendering credit
in F6.
The course comprises: Determination of sulphur, of chlorine,
proximate analysis of coal and coke, analysis of furnace slag.
36 Michigan College of Mines
F 7. Advanced Quantitativ* Analysis and
Applied Physioal Chemistry - - 402 hours
Mr. Carson.
Twelve hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter and first half of
spring term ; forty-two hours, five weeks, first half of spring term.
One lecture, one recitation and eight laboratory hours each week,
winter and first half of spring terms; three lectures, two recita-
tions and thirty laboratory hours each week, last half of spring
term. To accompany F 5. Those who have credit in F 5 may
begin the course in the autumn, and those who have credit in F 6
may complete the requirements for F 5 in the autumn and then
proceed with F 7.
The student may elect to devote all of his time, in this course,
to quantitative analysis or may give over the winter term to ex-
perimental physical chemistry and then take quantitative analysis
in the spring term.
In quantitative analysis, will be included the estimation of vari-
ous silicates; the analysis of water; the analysis of gases, accord-
ing to Bunsen, Hempel and Winkler; methods for special steels;
electro-chemical analysis of mixtures.
In physical chemistry, the experiments will be performed partly
in the physics and partly in the chemical laboratory. They will in-
clude the determination of decomposition voltages, the conductivity
of solutions, heats of reaction and the freezing curves of alloys.
G. METALLURGY.
Messrs. Houle, Chapman and Cunningham,
Q 1. Assaying ...... 95 hours
Mr. Cunningham.
Bight hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Lectures and
recitations three times a week and five hours (one afternoon) of
laboratory work each week. To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy
I.), and accompanied with F 3 (Qualitative Analysis).
r
Departments of Instruction 37
The assay of ores and metallurgical products for gold, silver
and lead will be taken up in this course. These will consist of
Pure and impure ores of blende, pyrite, tellurfdes, etc.
Mattes and slags.
High grade silver sulphides.
Silver, lead and copper bullion.
Cyanide solutions and correction assays,
Ores and products containing metallics.
The laboratory work will consist of the assaying of a definite
number of the above ores, selecting those that will aid the work in
Principles of Metallurgy (G 2) as well as in the development of the
theory of assaying.
To those who desire a better knowledge of assaying work than
that which this short course is enabled to provide, it is suggested
that it may be secured by electing the work in G 5 (Ore Tests) in
which course ample opportunity has been provided for much addi-
tional work and study along assaying lines.
Text-book, Fulton's Manual of Fire Assaying, and notes by
the department
The equipment for practice work and instruction in this course
includes two Keller assay balances, capable of weighing gold beads
to an accuracy of one five-thousandths of a milligram; six Giesen
assay balances; four double-muffle soft coal furnaces, (Denver Fire
Clay type) ; one assay furnace, fired by illuminating gas ; one assay
furnace, fired by gasoline ; six assay furnaces, pot and muffle t3rpes,
fired by coke; a number of pulp and flux balances and all the
apparatus necessary for conducting fire assay work. There is also
available, for practice work, many ores from the various mining
districts of the United States and foreign countries, these sam-
ples having been kindly furnished by the alumni and friends of the
college.
G 2. PrinoiplM of Metallurgy - - - 108 hours
Mk. HouLE AND Mk. Cunningham.
Three hours a week in the class-room ; three hours per week in
preparation for class-room work and three hours per week as lab-
38 Michigan College of Mines
oratory hours but to be used in making trips to the local smelteries.
These three hours per week (for a period of twelve weeks) amount
to thirty-six hours in which time four trips, of approximately
nine hours each, will be made, twelve weeks, fall term.
To be preceded by, or accompanied with G i (Assaying).
This course is intended to cover the general principles of metal-
lurgy and the metallurgy of copper. The following subjects will be
taken up in the order named.
Ores. — Ores of the common metals which may be treated profit-
ably by smelting methods will be taken up in the order of their
economic value and discussed in relation to the distinction which
must be made between metallurgical and commercial estimates of
value and what is to be considered waste, bringing in the question
of percentage of extraction.
Determinations. — ^The collection of technical, chemical and
physical data such as weighing, sampling, determination of moisture,
the making of assays and analysis, etc, is given attention as to
methods, devices and other arrangements for their proper accom-
plishment
Preliminary Treatment. — Recent developments in the matter
of bedding, storing and roasting of ores, all of which require the
mechanical handling of large quantities of material, are what make
this consideration necessary. It covers the investigation of roast-
ing and sintering devices, conveyors, industrial transportation sys-
tems, etc.
Refractory Materials. — The high temperature of roasting and
smelting processes compels the use of extraordinary substances to
resist not only the heat required in the process but also to resist the
chemical action of the roasted or molten material under treatment
Chemistry. — Roasting and smelting processes are based on
chemical actions between the elements subjected to high tempera-
tures. These actions are studied in relation to the concentration of
the desirable elements of an ore into a product of commeraal grade
and value. Analysis of both product and waste are calculated
theoretically and computations are made for both the value of the
intended product and the economic loss in what will constitute the
waste.
r
Deparhmemis of InstrmcHon 39
Fluxes. — ^The scarc i ty of smddng ores of a self>£laxiiig nature
requires a careful study of the qualities desired in a flux, the avail-
ability of the fluxing material and the influence which both consider-
ations may have on the selection of a metallurgica? process of treat-
ment.
Si^GS. — ^The elimination of the undesirable elements in an ore
requires the formation of a slag, the characteristics of which should
be ^irly well determined before smelting operations actually begin.
To this end, typical slags are studied and calculations are made
for the proper mixture of ores and fluxes to obtain the desired
qualities in a slag.
Fusion. — ^The smelting of ores and fluxes requires either the
addition of fuel, the application of heat or the utilization of heat
of formation. This leads to a study of the calorific value of fuels,
their heat of combustion and of thermo-chemistry in general.
Chaege Cam:ui^tions. — Having covered the essential elements
of a smelting process, i. e., the ores, the fluxes and the fuels, the
next consideration should be the scientific proportions of each in
the mixture to be smelted in order that the desired products may
be obtained. A complete charge calculation is made and followed by
a materials balance sheet
Furnaces. — Having arrived at the quantity and character of
material to be charged, the next consideration should be the type of
furnace in which the smelting should be done. Both shaft and re-
verberatory types are investigated as are also such smelting devices
as converters, retorts, etc
Copper Smelting is taken up in conjunction with the principles
of metallurgy at this time for the reason that the location^ of
the school affords an opportunity to study, through visits to the
local smelteries, the electrolytic and refining plants, the application
of scientific principles in the production of a metal which holds a
place in the world's output as the standard of excellence.
Text-book, Peter's Principles of Copper Smelting.
40 Michigan College of Mines
Q a. Metallurgy of LMid, Iron and Zino - - 88 hours
Mr. Houi^e.
Lectures and recitations three times a week, eleven weeks,
winter term. To be preceded by G 2 (Principles of Metallurgy).
In this course, the processes which lead to the extraction of
lead, iron and zinc from the various ores of those metals will be
considered separately under the head of each metal The outline of
study to be followed will be approximately as laid down under the
head of Principles of Metallurgy, but the investigation will branch
out wherever any peculiarity of treatment in the metallurgy of the
metal under consideration demands it
Text-book, Austin's Metallurgy of the Common Metals, supple-
mented by a number of problems involving various metallurgical
calculations.
G 4. Prinoiploa of Hydro-Motallurgy - - 40 hours
Ms. Chapman.
Pour hours a week in class-room and four hours a week pre-
paration, five weeks, first half of spring term. To be preceded by
3 (Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and Zinc), and preceded by or
accompanied with S i (Ore Dressing).
The instruction in Principles of Hydro-metallurgy will consist
of lectures and recitations. The work includes:
(i) Amalgamation, cyaniding and chlorination of fi^old ores.
(2) Amalgamation, C3raniding and lixiviation of silver ores.
(3) Copper leaching.
Text: Austin's Metallurgy of the Common Metals.
Q 5. Oro Teats ...... 270 hours
Mr. Chapman, and Ms. Cunningham.
Two hours a week in class-room and forty-three hours a week
in laboratory, six weeks, first half of summer term. To be preceded
Departments of Instruction 41
by G 4 (Principles of Hydro-mctallargy), and preceded by or
accompanied with F 5 or F 6 (Quantitative Analysis).
The instruction will comprise discussions and problems in class-
room and laboratory work upon the following subjects:
Amalgamation tests on gold and silver ores.
Cyaniding tests on gold and silver ores.
Lixiviati(Hi tests, including chloridizing roasting, on silver
ores.
Leaching tests for the extraction of copper followed by tests
on the precipitation of the c(^>per.
G 6. Fumaoe Work ..... 136 hours
Ms. Chapman and Mr. Cunningham.
Forty-five hours a week, three weeks, last half of summer term.
To be preceded by G 5 (Ore Tests).
Part of the work in this course will be done at the college and
part at one of the smelting plants of the district The work done
at the college follows up the work done in G 5 (Ore Tests). The
course G 5 serves to familiarize the student with the various pro-
cesses of metallurgy and hydro-metallurgy and from which he de-
rives certain constants while working with small amounts of ore.
The G 6 course follows this up, using the constants in metallurgical
calculations arising from the manipulation of much larger quantities
of ore, the end point in a G 6 test being the actual recovery of so
much gold, silver or copper, using standard methods of extraction.
The work at the local smelting plants will consist of following
through and taking notes on the cycle of operations involved in
a complete furnace treatment of one charge. The class will be
divided into day and night shifts in order to make the observations
continuous. The notes are summarized and discussed at the college.
Q 7. Metallurgioal Doaign .... 192 hours
Mr. Houlc and Mr. Chapman.
Three hours a week in class-room and nine hours a week in
laboratory, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of spring term.
42 Michigan College of Mines
To be preceded by Q 6 (Graphical Statics), and G 2 (Principles of
Metallurgy), and preceded by or accompanied with G 4 (Principles
of Hydro-metallurgy) and M 4 (Mechanics of Materials).
The object of the course is to teach the student how to
assemble and arrange the units which are required for a metallurgical
process of treatment and to outline and draw as much of the de-
tails of construction as the time will allow. It is intended that the
student will select a metallurgical process falling under one of the
three following headings:
(i) A smelting plant
(2) A hydro-metallurgical plant.
(3) An ore dressing plant
The metallurgical units of the elected plant will be selected,
sizes and capacities calculated, spaces allowed and arrangements
made. Elevations will be decided upon, haulage and transportation
facilities provided, and then the details of the structure will be
planned; loads determined, stresses calculated, and materials pro-
vided for their resistance and proper support
In connection with visits during progress of other courses in
the department, attention will be called to methods of construction
and design in the smelteries and mills visited. Practical details
may here be profitably studied.
Text-book : A series of lectures in which reference will be made to
Kidder's Architect's Pocket Book.
Trautwine's Engineer's Pocket Book.
Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
Cambria Steel.
Ketchum's Structural Engineer's Handbook.
G 8. Metallurgical Organization and Accounts 108 hours
Mr. Houle and Mr. Cunningham.
Three hours in class-room, twelve weeks, fall term. To be
preceded by G 2 (Principles of Metallurgy), and preceded by or
accompanied with G 3 (Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and Zinc), and
G 4, (Principles of Hydro-metallurgy).
Departments of Instruction 43
The object of the course is to give the student a clear con-
ception of the structure and operating details of a metallurgical or-
ganization. The work is begun with the formation of an unorgan-
ized 'poor for the development of a metallurgical field. Options
are obtained and agreements made in quantity sufficient to organize
a company whose stock is issued and money accumulated for the
construction of a metallurgical plant
Labor is employed, materials are bought, used and stored, and
accounts are kept covering the construction period. At the end of
this period, a trial balance of assets and liabilities are made and
the management is transferred to an operating company whose
efforts are directed to the making of a profitable product with the
equipment in hand. Again labor is employed, materials are bought
and used, and accounts are kept for a period of time sufficient to
make a trial balance of the results of the operating period. The
losses are traced, assets are collected, and an examination is made
into the possibilities of either continued loss or profit from the pro-
gress of the work as outlined.
Text Notes by A. J. Houle.
44
Michigan College of Mines
The following tabulation names the courses given under the
supervision of the Department of Metallurgy and the associated
Department of Ore Dressing and states the time and logical order
in which the subjects should be chosen. There is also indicated
the two sequences offered by the department
FALL
8PBING
SUMMER
WLNTBJt
1st Half
9&d.HaU
IstHalf
8rd.Qaarter
ittuQaartez:
G-1
Fire
Short Conrte
Snd. Tear
G-S
Prindples of
MetaUorgy
Smelter
Trips
Snd. Tear
G-8
MetaUorgy
of Lead,
Iron and
Zinc
8rd. Tear
S-1
Prindplet of Ore Dretting
MiU Trips
8rd. Tear
Q-4
Hydro-
Metallorgy
8rd.Tear
G-7
MetaUorgical Design
8rd. Tear
G-6
Ore Tests
8rd. Tear
Advanced
Assaying
G-S
MetaUnrgical
Orffanization
A Aceoonts
8rd. Tear
S-2
MiU Work
8rd. Tear
G4
Fnmaoe
Work
8rd.Tear
Departments of Instruction 45
J. THESIS.
The Faculty.
J 1. Thetis --.--- 270 hours
Properly qualified students may include the preparation of a
thesis in their work for a degree.
The subject of such thesis must be announced with the schedule
of studies for the year in which the degjree is expected ; further, the
schedule must be approved by the head of the department in which
the thesis work is to be done. This approval will include the sub-
ject chosen and the student's preparation to do the work.
The schedule and subject are then considered by the Faculty,
whose approval is necessary.
The thesis must be completed by July i, and submitted to the
Faculty for examination and acceptance. For its acceptance it must
•be accompanied with the written approval of the instructors under
whom the work was done.
K. TECHNICAL WRITING.
Mr. DeFoe.
The aim in this department is to teach students to use the plain
but clear and emphatic language characteristic of all good mining
engineers; the kind of language by which they are able to make
themselves readily and accurately understood in such cases as:
Making reports, oral or written, to superiors; giving instructions
and directions to workmen ; writing business letters ; consulting ; etc
Effort is made from the beginning, therefore, to give the student
principles and methods of- expression which he can apply to advan-
tage in his other college courses in making recitations, writing note-
books, writing examination papers, reports etc
Courses K i and K 2 are required for graduation, while courses
K 3 and K 4 are elective.
46 Michigan College of Mines
K 1. English .-..-- 60 hours
Five hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Two hours a week
in class-room, and three in outside preparation.
Class-room work will consist of lectures, quizzes and discus-
sion of student papers. Outside preparation will consist chiefly of
writing papers for class.
K 2. Composition ..... 91 hours
Six hours a week, eleven weeks, winter term, and five hours a
week, five weeks, first half of spring term.
Class-room work will be conducted much as in K i. A supple-
mentary text-book will be used, which will occupy a part of the
time devoted to outside preparation. Students in this course will
usually be in their second year, and will be expected to write very
largely on technical subjects.
K 3. Technical Journalism .... 33 hours
Three hours a week, eleven weeks, winter term. To be preceded
by K2.
Lectures on the principles of technical journalism; library
assignments in the analysis of technical magazines; assignments in
Rickard's "A Guide to Technical Writing," and Harwood Frost's
"Good Engineering Literature;" writing of a few papers.
Arrangements may be made in this course, at the option of
instructor, to use only one of the regular scheduled class hours and
devote the other to preparation.
K 4. Commercial Correspondence - - - 80 houra
Three hours a week, five weeks, both halves of spring term.
fifteen hours either half.
The course will cover the same general subject-matter during
each of the two halves of the spring term. During the first half,
however, it will be open only to second and third year men, and
Departments of Instruction 47
tc special students who have obtained permission of the instructor.
During the second half it will be open to all students.
A brief text-book will be used, principally for reference as to
conventional letter forms. Situations will be presented to the class
which demand the writing of letters, and the students will be directed
to write letters fitting the circumstances. The letters written will
be publicly discussed and criticised both by members of the class
and the instructor. Situations will be presented which demand
letters of application, acceptance, refusal, inquiry, censure, etc
K 5. SPANISH.
Mr. DeFoe,
K 5. Elementary Spanish .... 168 hours
Three hours a week in class-room, fall, winter and first half of
spring terms.
Because of the large and continually expanding field for mining
and metallurgical enginers in Mexico and South America, and the
consequent demand for a knowledge of Spanish by the men who go
into positions there, this course was started last year.
The aim is to give the student a thorough grounding in the lan-
guage. When he finishes he should be able to read Spanish with
occasional reference to a dictionary for an unfamiliar word, and
to express readily the commonplace wants of everyday life.
M. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Messrs. Christensen, Anderson, Richards, Uren
and Bennett.
The successful and economical operation of any mine depends
so largely upon the judicious selection, proper design, and skillful
operation of the power plant and general machinery, that the Col-
lege offers a course in mechanical engineering specially designed to
prepare the student to take up such work.
1)8 Mithigan ColUge of Mines
The aim has been to so use thoae Mechanical Engineering sub-
jects of special prominence in mining work as to give the student
thorough training, and to indicate the methods of study and obser-
vation to be followed after graduation, should he decide to take up
any branch of Mechanical Engineering as his specialty.
Throughout the whole course the attempt is made to present
clearly the theory underlying each part of the work, and to fix and
illustrate the theory by practical exercises in the shop, laboratory,
draughting room, or by reference to neighboring mine equipments.
The workshop, mechanical laboratories, electrical engineering
laboratories, and the draughting room, are located in the Mechanical
Engineering Building.
Courses in the following subjects are offered:
M 1. PropertiM of MaUrial* - - - 180 hour*
Mr, Chbistensen.
Five recitations per week, five laboratory hours per week,
twelve weeks, summer term. To be preceded by B 2 (Physics) and
F I (General Chemistiy),
The course includes a study of the strength, stiffness and resi-
lience properties of such engineering materials as cast-iron, wrought-
iron, steel, copper, brass, bronze, concrete, brick, stone and timber,
tc^ether with some discussion of the methods of their manufacture,
forms in which they appear on the market, their adaptatim to the
purposes of the engineer, etc Text-book: Materials of Construction
by Mills.
This course will be closely co-ordinated with the course M 2
(Shop Practice).
M 2. Shop PrBctica 420 houra
^HRISTENSEN, RiCHAIIDS, UR£N AND BENWeTT.
• a day, five days a week, twelve weeks,
eceded by M i6 (Machine Drawing) and
[ (Properties of Materials).
Departments of Instruction 49
The course is closely co-ordinated with M i (Properties of Ma-
terials) and is intended to familiarize the student first hand, with
those properties of iron, steel and wood, best studied in the shop.
It is also the intention in this course to give the student an oppor-
tunity to become acquainted with the various wood and metal work-
ing tools, to attain some skill and judgment in their use, and to
leam something of those processes of manufacture most closely re-
lated to machine construction and repair.
The practical instruction given is largely personal and each stu-
dent is advanced as rapidly as his proficiency will warrant. Recita-
tions concerning the work are required. In the machine shop,
practice is offered in bench and vise work, and with all of the usual
machine tools. In the blacksmith shop, work in forging, tool dress-
ing and the heat-treatment of steel is taken up. In the pattern shop,
patterns are made of parts to be later completed in the machine
shop. The course includes the use of wood-working bench tools
and power machinery.
Those who desire to take shop work only, and devote all their
time to it, must satisfy the college requirements as special students,
and, in addition, must give evidence of being able to follow the
work with profit Some knowledge of drawing, or practice in read-
ing drawings, is essential.
Under some conditions the machine shop is open to students at
other times than during the summer term.
Shop Equipment.
In addition to necessary work benches and hand tools, the shop
contains : —
One 24-inch by 16- foot New Haven Tool Co.*s lathe.
One 16-inch by 6-foot Lodge & Shipley lathe.
Two 14-inch by 5- foot Lodge & Shipley lathes.
Six 14-inch by 6-foot Reed lathes.
One 14-inch by 8- foot Reed lathe.
One 14-inch by 6-foot Lodge & Davis lathe.
One 13-inch by 5-foot Putnam lathe.
One 12-inch by 5-foot Prentis lathe.
One No. 2 Landis Grinder for hardened steel work.
52 Michigan College of Mines
A non-mathematical treatment of the steam engine, boiler, and
attendant details, being an introduction to the mechanical engineer-
ing of power plants. Text-book, Heat Engines by Allen and Bursley.
M 6. Design of Structural Joints . . - 138 hours
Mr. Christcnsen.
Twenty-three hours a week, last six weeks of summer term.
To be preceded by M 4 (Mechanics of Materials), and Q 6 (Gra-
phical Statics).
This is a course similar to course M 3, described above, but
slightly abbreviated.
M 10. Pumps and Air Compressors - - 99 hours
Mr. Anderson.
Three recitations per week, eleven weeks, winter tenn. To be
preceded by M 12 (Mechanical Engineering III.) and preceded by
or accompanied with Q 2 (Hydraulics).
The first portion of the course is devoted to a study of the
action of air during compression, expansion, and flow through pipes,
also to a consideration of the various tjrpes of air compressing and
actuating machinery. The second portion of the course is devoted
to a study of pumps and pumping problems. The principles govern-
ing the action of pumps under various conditions are analyzed and
illustrated by suitable problems.
Text-books: Compressed Air by Harris; notes on pumps and
pumping, and Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
M 11. Mechanical Engineering II * 65 hours
MESSRS. Christensbn, Anderson and Richards.
Two recitations per week, seven laboratory hours, first five
weeks of the spring term. To be preceded by M 5 (Mechanical
Engineering I.) and M 16 (Machine Drawing).
Departments of Instruction 53
The very extensive and varied power plant equipments in the
immediate neighborhood are used as illustrative material. Trips of
inspection are taken to these plants and written reports are required
of students. The text-book used in M 5 (Mechanical Engineering
L) is completed and some subjects are amplified by lectures.
Questions raised in these general courses (M 5 and M 11) arc
especially treated at length in courses M 12, M 13, M 10, Q 2, and
N I.
M 12. Mechanioal Enginoering III 106 hours
Mr. Chsistcnsen.
Three recitations a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be pre-
ceded by M II (Mechanical Engineering II) and preceded by or
accompanied with M 4 (Mechanics of Materials).
A course in the thermodynamics of the steam engine. The gen-
eral theory of the action of steam in the steam engine and the an-
alysis of steam engine and boiler tests. Text-books: Heat Engines
by Allen and Bursley and Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket
Book.
M 13. Mechanical Engineering IV - - - 270 houra
Messrs. Christenscn and Anderson.
Nine hours a day, last five weeks of the spring term. To be
preceded by M 12 (Mechanical Engineering III).
This course is intended to complete the courses in power plant
engineering (M 5, M 11 and M 12) by giving the student an op-
portunity to familiarize himself with such practical heat measure-
ments as are involved in the testing of boilers, steam engines and
pumps; together with the practical application of principles previ-
ously studied in the selection and design of a complete power plant
equipment. A dimensioned working drawing showing location of
units, piping and other details will be required.
Reference book, Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book,
also notes, and books from the library.
56 Michigan College of Mines
N. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
N 1. Applied Eleotriolty .... 106 hours
Ms. Anderson.
Three recitations per week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be
preceded by B 2 (Physics) and M i (Properties of Materials).
An elementary course in the generation, transmission, and dis-
tribution of electrical energy. Topics given prominence in the
course are electrical circuits, and the selection, installation, and
care of electrical machinery.
Text-book: Principles and Practice of Electrical Bngineering
by Gray.
Q. CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston.
Q 1. Surveying (Field Work) 600 hours
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston.
Fifty hours a week, twelve weeks, summer term, banning
about the ist of June each year. To be preceded by credit in A 3
(Spherical Trigonometry) and Q 4 (Topographical Drawing),
except that persons of experience who wish to attend this course
only, are required to prepare themselves upon the subjects of Plane
Trigonometry, Logarithms and Mensuration; and provide them-
selves with the drawing instruments and materials required for
Drawing under the Civil Engineering department All persons
who desire to attend are requested to send in their names early to
Professor Sperr, or to the President of the (College, in order that
proper provision may be made for them.
It is believed that the principles of surveying can be more easily
and more thoroughly learned if the study of the text-book and the
use of the instruments go hand in hand. The lessons in the text-
books are assigned ahead of the time when the work is taken up in
the field, in order that the student may first study the subject and
Departments of Instruction 57
then work out the problems which arise from his own use of the
instruments in the field.
The aim in laying out the field work is to make it of a com-
mercial character, to be executed in a commercial and practical
manner; but keeping in view the main object of the course, which is
to teach the principles of surveying.
An outline of the work is as follows:
1. Preliminary Surveying.
1. Pacing practice.
2. Preliminary location of mining claims and filing of notice
of location.
3. Adjustment of hand level. Short line of levels with the
hand level
4. Topographical survey of mining claim by pacing and hand
level.
5. Ranging practice with pickets and chain.
II. Lend Surveying.
1. Adjustment of compass.
2. Subdivision of a section of land according to United States
Land Office regulations, locations of lost comers, etc
3. Farm survey with transit and chain. Computation of acre-
age.
4. City survey of portion of Houghton, location of street, al-
ley, and lot lines by transit and steel tape. Platting an
addition.
5. Surveying of mining claim with solar instrument, official
survey for United States patent. Includes adjustment of
solar attachments.
III. Qoedetio Surveying.
I. Measurements of base line for triangulation system covering
an area of about ten square miles on the opposite shores of
Portage Lake. Standardizing tapes.
58 Michigan College of Mines
2. Erection of signals and stations for triangulation observa-
tion.
3. Reading angles with transit
4. Computations for and adjustment of the triangulation sys-
tem.
5. Adjustment of engineers' level
6. Determination of elevation of bench marks and triangulation
points by leveling from Portage Lake.
7. Observation on Polaris with transit for determination of
true azimuth.
IV. Topographical Surveying.
1. Adjustment of transit
2. Repetition traverse with transit and steel tape.
3. Azimuth traverse with transit and stadia.
4. Adjustment of plane table instrument
5. Topographical survey of certain area with plane table.
6. Topographical survey of certain area with transit and stadia.
7. Tying up of topographical survey to triangulation system.
V. Railroad Surveying.
1. Reconnoissance with clinometer and pocket compass.
2. Preliminary survey with transit, chain, and engineer's leveL
Topography by pacing and hand level
3. Permanent location with transit, steel tape, and engineer's
level
4. Computation of simple and compound curves. Setting curve
and line stakes with transit and steel tape.
5. Profile leveling. Plotting on profile sheet and establish-
ment of grade.
6. Cross-sectioning.
7. Computations of excavations and embankments.
8. Computing and laying in turnouts, frogs, switches and Y
junction curves.
Maps are required to be made of the mining claim pacing sur-
vey, the mining claim official survey, the azimuth and repetition
Departments of Instruction 59
traverse surveys, the farm survey, the stadia survey, the dty survey
and the raikoad survQr.
The class is divided into squads, with just a sufficient number
in the squad to do the required work. By rotation each member of
the class is required to do every different kind of work with every
different instrument used, make a full set of notes of the work done
by his squad and from these notes make the maps in the drawing
room.
The equipment for instruction comprises the following set of
instruments :
Five Buff & Berger transits.
Six C. L. Berger & Sons transits.
Three Heller & Brightly transits.
Two Pauth & Co. transits.
One Brandis transit
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley transits.
One Mahn & Co. transit
Two Buff & Buff transits.
One Keuffel & Esser transit
Fourteen W. & L. E. Gurley Engineers' levels.
Three Heller & Brightly Engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger Engineers' level.
Two C. L. Berger & Sons Engineers* levels.
One Buff & Berger plane table.
One C. L. Berger & Sons plane table.
Four W. & L. E. Gurley plane tables.
One Brandis plane table.
Five W. & L. E. Gurley Burt solar compasses.
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley surveyor's compasses.
Five Brunton pocket mine transits.
Ten water levels.
Seventy-six Locke hand levels.
Five K & E. stadia slide rules.
In addition to these more expensive instruments the College
owns the necessary number of chains, steel tapes, poles, rods, etc
The furnishing of the surveying apparatus by the College is a
heavy expense to the institution, and while losses due to ordinary
and legitimate wear and tear of the instruments are borne by the
6o Michigan College of Mines
College, any injuries due to carelessness on the part of the student
must be paid for by him.
Every student is required to provide himself with a steel pocket
tape graduated to feet and tenths, and not less than 25 feet long, a
reading lens, a wood ax, a timber pencil, a field book, and drawing
instruments as in Q 4 (Topographical Drawing).
Text-books: Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson and
Smith; Field Engineering, Searle.
Q 2. Hydraulics 128 hours
Mr. Schubbrt.
Bight hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of
spring term. To be preceded by R i (Principles of Mining), and
preceded by or accompanied with A 5 (Calculus).
One trip will be made to some hydraulic plant.
Recitations and problems will be on the following:
1. Hydrostatics.
2. Theoretical hydraulics.
3. Flow through orifices.
4. Flow over weirs.
5. Flow through tubes.
6. Flow in pipes.
7. Flow in conduits and canals.
8. Flow in rivers.
9. Measurement of water power.
10. Dynamic pressure of flowing water.
11. Water wheels.
12. Turbines.
Text-book: Treatise on Hydraulics. Merriman. Last edition.
Q 3. Hydraulics and Stream Measurements T38 hours
Mr. Schubert.
Twenty-three hours a week, five hours in lecture room and
•ighteen hours in field and laboratory, six weeks, first half of sum-
r
Departments of Instruction 59
traverse surveys, the farm survey, the stadia survey, the city survey
and the railroad survey.
The class is divided into squads, with just a sufficient number
in the squad to do the required work. By rotation each member of
the class is required to do every different kind of work with every
different instrument used, make a full set of notes of the work done
by his squad and from these notes make the maps in the drawing
room.
The equipment for instruction comprises the following set of
instruments :
Five Buff & Berger transits.
Six C. Iv. Berger & Sons transits.
Three Heller & Brightly transits.
Two Pauth & Co. transits.
One Brandis transit
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley transits.
One Mahn & Co. transit
Two Buff & Buff transits.
One Keuffel & Esser transit
Fourteen W. & L. E. Gurley Engineers* levels.
Three Heller & Brightly Engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger Engineers' level.
Two C. L. Berger & Sons Engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger plane table.
One C. L. Berger & Sons plane table.
Four W. & L. E. Gurley plane tables.
One Brandis plane table.
Five W. & L. E. Gurley Burt solar compasses.
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley surveyor's compasses.
Five Brunton pocket mine transits.
Ten water levels.
Seventy-six Locke hand levels.
Five K & E. stadia slide rules.
In addition to these more expensive instruments the College
owns the necessary number of chains, steel tapes, poles, rods, etc
The furnishing of the surveying apparatus by the College is a
heavy expense to the institution, and while losses due to ordinary
and legitimate wear and tear of the instruments are borne by the
62 Michigan College of Mines
One Evans hydraulic gravel elevator, with sluices, undercurrent
and riffles.
One Evans hydraulic giant
One 20-inch Pelton water motor.
One 15-inch Tuthill water motor.
One Doble water motor with glass cover.
One 8-inch Leffel turbine.
One Worthington water meter.
One Price acoustic current meter.
One orifice tank for low heads.
Two Buffalo platform tank scales, each 20,000 pounds capacity.
Two Buffalo hanging tank scales, each 3,560 pounds capaaty.
Two Buffalo platform scales, each 2,560 pounds capacity.
One Buffalo laboratory scale of 400 pounds capacity and
sensitive to i-ioo of a pound.
One 10 H. P. electric induction motor for driving line shaft.
Thirteen valve orifice plates of special design, with orifices inter-
changeable from the outside and without loss of water.
One working model "Taylor t3rpe" Hydraulic Air Compressor,
so designed that the action of the air and water can be observed
through glass apertures at different points.
One glass-covered working model Hydraulic Ram.
In the laboratory are also numerous orifices and weirs of various
shapes and sizes, steam, water, mercury, and hook gauges; speed
indicators, steam indicators, and other apparatus necessary for deter-
mining the efficiency and the co-efficients of the various hydraulic
appliances used in connection with mining operations.
Streams in the vicinity will be used for experimental work in
measurements of flow by meter and weir methods.
Text-books :
Treatise on Hydraulics, Merriman.
Notes and Library References.
Q 4. Topographical Dravt^ing - - - - 65 hours
Mr. Wold.
Thirteen hours a week, five weeks, last five weeks of spring
term.
Departments of Instruction 6x
mer term. To be preceded by Q 2 (Hydraulics) and M 5 (Mechani-
cal Engineering I.)
The hydraulic laboratory is provided with two main reservoirs,
a steel supply reservoir of 18,000 gallons capacity in the tower of
the building, and a reservoir below in the form of a canal of 25,000
gallons capacity, giving a head of about 90 feet The discharge from
the supply reservoir is through a lo-inch stand pipe, which may be
drawn from at the different floors in the tower by nine lo-inch
Fairbanks gate valves. Galvanized iron conduits pass the entire
length of the tower and are so arranged as to conduct the flow into
the reservoir below or into large weighing tanks at will. This equip-
ment is used for determining the constants of orifices and tubes,
by allowing the flow on time observation to go into the weighing
tanks. After being standardized, the orifices and tubes are used for
measuring the flow of water in the canal. Weirs are placed in the
canal, and their constants are determined by means of measured
head and flow. These weirs are then used for the stream measure-
ments.
The main part of the laboratory is sixteen feet in the clear, with
balcony around for accommodation of light appliances. Also pass-
ing around this part are mains as follows : A 6-inch water supply, a
6-inch pump discharge (into supply reservoir or weighing tanks),
a 2% -inch steam supply, a 3-inch steam exhaust (into atmosphere or
surface condenser), and along the north balcony, a 6xi2-inch con-
duit to a pair of hanging tank scales. Steam and electricity are
furnished by the central Power Plant operated by the Mechanical
Department.
A complete electrical signal and telephone system is in operation,
consisting of fixed and portable sets so arranged that communication
may be had between any two or more points in the main laboratory
or tower.
The following apparatus is now available for experimental work.
One 5%x3Hx5 Snow duplex pump.
One 8x8^x12 Snow duplex steam pump.
One 6x12 Dean triplex electric pump with 7 H. P. induction
motor and Reeves speed regulator.
One 12-inch Morris centrifugal pump.
One Blackmer rotary pump.
64 Michigan College of Mines
One sponge rubber or Eagle cleaner.
One 6H. pendL
One piece chamois skin about 12x8 inches.
One-half pan each, moist colors, as follows: Prussian blue,
burnt sienna.
Two No. I Spencerian pens, with holder.
Two mapping or crow quill pens, with holder.
Two ball-pointed pens.
All instruments must be of first class quality. Students will not
be allowed to work with inferior instruments. Articles in the above
list may be purchased by students at the College.
Text-books :
A System of Free-hand Lettering. Reinhardt
Theory and Practice of Surveying. Johnson.
Manuscript Notes by A. N. Wold.
Q 5. Office Engineering .... 120 hours
Mr. Woi*d.
Ten hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded
by Q I (Surveying).
In this course, the objects and purposes of field and railroad
surveying are more fully developed, having special reference to the
duties of the office corps of an engineering oflFice. Such points are
taken up in detail as :
I. Survey Extensions.
a. Systematic checking and recording field notes.
b. Methods of computing and tabulating results.
c. Utility of accurately established survey points.
II. Mechanical means for making rapid and accurate calculations.
III. Measurement of mine-dumps, developed ore bodies, coal areas,
cuts, fills, earth dams, etc, from maps, sections and other
data.
IV. Reproduction of maps, sections, etc
1. Mechanically.
2. By hand.
V. Utility of colors as applied to mine and surface maps.
Deportments of Instruction 6$
VI. Graphic methods applied to mine problems.
Text-books :
Notes and Library References.
The Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson.
Manuscript Notes by A. J. Houle.
Equipment.
One Bidograph.
One Suspended Pantograph.
One Thacher Calculator
One Comptometer.
Three Polar Planimeters.
Two lo-inch Steel Protractors.
Eight 8-inch Steel Protractors.
Steel Straight Edges, Beam Compasses, Proportional Dividers,
Mapping Tables, etc.
Q 6. Graphical Statics ..... 144 hours
Mr. Wold,
Twelve hours a week, one lecture, two recitations and nine
hours in drawing-room, twelve weeks, fall tenn. To be preceded by
B I (Physics), and M 15 (Mechanical drawing).
This subject is designed to teach the theory of the graphical
analysis of stresses in structures, under the action of steady and
moving loads, and the pressure of the winds. For example, the solu-
tion of a certain class of roof trusses is taken up in the lecture.
The student is assigned a number of problems on the different types
of trusses in this class, to be solved in the drawing-room by aid of
manuscript notes and such individual instruction as may be neces-
sary. For this problem he would be required to report the nature
and value of the stress in each member of the truss under the
various loads specified, each student being given different condi-
tions and data.
66 Michigan College of Mines
Q 7. Engineering Design and Conttruotion 192 hours
Mr. Schubert and Mr. Johnston.
Twelve hours a meek, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half
of spring term. To be preceded by Q 6 (Graphical Statics), and
preceded by or accompanied with M 4 (Mechanics of Materials)
and R 4 (Mining Engineering).
The work in designing is applied to the head-frames, coal and
ore bins, engine and boiler houses, bridges, trestles, etc., of the min-
ing plants considered under R 4 (Mining Engineering).
A general outline of the work is as follows :
1. The general requirement of the structure.
2. Drawing the general plans.
3. The materials best adapted to the various purposes.
4. Strength of materials.
5. Methods of construction.
6. Making detailed drawings, bills of materials, and estimate
of costs.
7. Synopsis of the law of contracts.
8. Drawing up specifications.
9. Letting contracts.
10. Superintending the construction.
11. Trip of inspection.
Text-book :
Architect & Builder's Pocket Book by Kidder, and references
to other pocket books such as Trautwine, Kent, Cambria,
Gillette, etc., and Notes by A. J. Houle.
Q 8. Engin««ring Design and Construction 138 hours
Mr. Schubert.
Twenty-three hours a week, six weeks, last half of summer
term. To be preceded by Q 6 (Graphical Statics), M 4 (Mechanics
of Materials), and R 4 (Mining Engineering).
A general outline of the work is as follows:
1. The general requirement of the structure.
2. Drawing the general plans.
Departments of Instruction 67
3. The materials best adapted to the various purposes.
4. Strength of materials.
5. Methods of construction.
6. Making detailed drawings, bills of materials, and estimate
of costs.
7. Synopsis of the law of contracts.
8. Drawing up specifications.
9. Letting contracts.
10. Superintending the construction.
11. Trip of inspection.
Text-book :
Architect & Builder's Pocket Book by Kidder, and references
to other pocket books such as Trautwine, Kent, Cambria,
Gillette, etc., and Notes by A. J. Houlc.
R. MINING ENGINEERINQ.
Messrs, Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston,
Mining engineering, as here used, signifies carrying through a
mining enterprise. Intelligently conducted mining operations employ
the principles of mathematics, physics and mechanics; the sciences
of geology, mineralogy, chemistry and metallurgy; and the arts of
civil, mechanical and electrical engineering; and demand capacity
for organization and business management.
These principles, sciences, etc., are taught by specialists and
experts in different departments ; and their special application to the
business of mining is taught under the head of Mining Engineering.
The leading sub-divisions are Mining, Surveying, Engineering and
Management
R 1. Principles of Mining .... 160 hours
Mr. Spsrr and Mr. Johnston.
Ten hours a week, four hours in class-room and excursions to
mines, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of spring term.
To be preceded by or accompanied with Y i (Principles of Geology).
68 Michigan College of Mines
The scheme of giving the instruction is as follows:
I. Lectures once a week, are based on the following outline:
1. Prospecting: Aids, methods, outfit, territory and qualifi-
cations.
2. Explaining diamond drilling and other methods of boring^
used to determine the limits of coal areas and ore bodies
and their proper development
3. Breaking ground: Hand tools, machinery and blasting
operations.
4. Supporting excavations: Rock pillars, timber, masonry and
metallic supports.
5. Conveyance of mineral: Haulage by men, animals, loco-
motives, electric motors, single rope, tail rope, endless
rope and endless chain; transport by mills, packs, pipes,
launders and boats; hoisting receptacles, ropes, motors,
signals and safety appliances; pumping oils, mineral solu-
tions and alluvia. Lowering timber and lowering and
raising workmen.
6. Drainage: Surface — ground water, streams, swamps and
lakes; mine — ground water, old workings and flooded
mines.
7. Ventilation: Pure air constituents and requirements; mine
air vitiation and purification; accidents from impure air
and the means and methods of prevention; rescue and
resuscitation.
8. Illumination: Candles, torches and lamps classified as oil,
gasoline, magnesium, acetylene, electric and safety,
n. Lessons are regularly assigned, running parallel with the sub-
jects of lectures.
in. Excursions are made on Saturdays into the copper mines,
where the students become familiar with the practical ap-
plication of the principles discussed in the lectures and
laid down in the text-book.
IV. One recitation a week upon the lectures and excursions.
V. Two recitations a week upon the text-book.
Text-book: Elements of Mining and Quarrying, Foster.
L
Departments of Instruction 69
R 2. Mine Surveying and Mining (Class- room Work) 128 hours
Mr. Sperr and Mr. Johnston.
Bight hours a week, three hours in class-room and four hours
in laboratory, sixteen weeks, winter and first half of spring terms.
To be preceded by Q i (Surveying) and R i (Principles of
Mining) .
Outline of the Subject.
I. Mine Surveying.
1. Definition.
2. Objects and purposes.
3. Maps required.
4. Instruments used.
5. Adjustment of the transit.
a. Adjustment of the Side Telescope.
b. Adjustment of the Top Telescope.
6. The Reference Line.
7. Connection of the surface with the underground survey
through an inclined shaft or slope.
a. Form of notes.
b. Problems.
8. Connection of the surface with the underground survey
through a vertical shaft
e. With the transit.
b. By means of plumb lines.
9. Methods of traversing underground.
10. Surveying "of coal mines.
a. Precise methods with the main traverse.
b. Rapid methods with details.
II. Determination of strike and dip.
II. Mining.
1. A study of mining methods from models and drawings.
2. Sketch-book work on methods of mining.
70 Michigan College of Mines
The instruction is given from private notes and from refer-
ences to professional papers to be found in the college library. Maps
are made of portions of mines from actual notes. Pour hobrs
a week are required in the Drawing Room.
R 8. MifM Surveying and Mining (Fi«id Work) 270 hours
Messrs. Spekr, Schubert and Johnston.
Fifty-four hours a week, five weeks, last half of spring term.
To be preceded by R 2 (Mine Surveying and Mining), except for
students who enter for this subject only, who are required to be
prepared in Algebra, TrigcMiometry, and in the use of the transit
and level
The first two weeks are devoted to survesring and mapping a
mine or some portion thereof, in some one of the iron mining dis-
tricts of Northern Michigan. The last three weeks are devoted to
the examination of mining methods in the iron ore mines. Sketches
are made of the plans of the mines to show methods of la3ring out;
of cross-section to show methods of stoping; of timber structures
to show method of framing; of the timbering set up in drifts and
stopes; of the tramming, hoisting and general handling arrange-
ments; of ore-chutes, ore-pockets, etc.
R 4. Mining Enginooring .... 144 hours
Mr. Sperr and Mr. Johnston.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter and first half of
spring terms. The work of the winter term is class-room work,
and the work of the first five weeks of the spring term covers three
hours in class-room and four hours in laboratory. To be preceded
by C 2 (Anal)rtic Mechanics), Q 2 (Hydraulics), R 3 (Mine Sur-
vejring and Mining), and preceded by or accompanied with M 4
(Mechanics of Materials).
The subject is divided as follows:
I. The examination and description of mining properties — ex-
pert reports, estimates and recommendations.
4> EjiyriiiK iil j1
5. Tr^ to sooie nnae m tkc
The hhoratory cqmpncot mnsisrs of the foOowing aadunes
and apparatus, together with such accessories as tr^od, cfaifnp%
posts, drill-steel and other parts.
One American lo-h. p. air co mp re s sor.
One Ingersoll-Sergeant two-stage, cross-compoond air coo^res-
sor.
Two air receivers.
One sor^ce condenser.
One steam indicator set
One Sullivan diamcmd prospecting hand-drilL
One Sullivan Coal Digger.
One Sullivan lightwei^it piston-drilL
One Sullivan hammer-drill stC4>er.
One Ingersoll-Sergeant two-man heavy piston-drill.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly one-man drill.
One Water-Leyner drill
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly hanmier-drill stoper.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 55-pound "Jackhamcr.**
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 75-pound "Jackhamer."
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly Water-Lcyncr.
One Hartscog hanmier-drilL
Six mine safety lamps.
One ventilating fan with motor drive.
One anemometer.
Pitot meters.
Plain and differential water gauges.
One Shaw gas tester.
73 Michigan CoUtge of Mines
One direct-current generator.
One projection lamp.
Medal Room.
The Model Room is equipped with the following apparatus and
models :
Section through shaft of Baltic Mine.
Section through stope in Baltic Mine.
Drawing ore with double<deck loading sets.
Sub-stoping as applied to narrow lodes.
Sub-stoping as applied to wide lodes.
Romn and Pillar Caving.
Glory Hole Mining.
Block Caving.
Underhand stoping.
Drawing crushed ore from timbered chutes.
Back- stoping with sorting.
Coal mine.
Illustration of lode displacement caused by faulting, first stage.
Illustration of lode displacement caused by faulting, final stage.
Wire model for faulting demonstration.
Tamarack Mine Rock and Shaft House.
Solmonson's classifying ore car.
Complete well-drilling derrick with tools.
Kimberley skip and safety catch.
Steel head frame.
Square-set mine timbering at Norrie Mine.
Rock and Shaft House (Student's Design).
Ore dock.
Inclined skip way and dump.
Electrical «gnal recorder.
ing in balance with tandem drums.
)0-inch Terrestrial Globe.
n patent turbine.
let of twelve models for use in the demcmstratton of the
if sheave wheel supports.
I of railroad cuts and fills.
Departments of Instruction 71
2. Laying out mining operations— winning by open pit, adit,
slope, shaft and drill-hole ; and the exploitations of quarries, placers,
and deposits of ore, coal and mineral fluids.
3. Laying out and planning the surfoce arrangements for min-
ing operation — ^head frames, power plants, ore dressing works,
houses, roads, and hydraulic engineering works.
4. Experimental work with mining machinery in the laboratory.
5. Trip to some mine in the vicinity.
Mining Engineering Laboratory.
The laboratory equipment consists of the following machines
and apparatus, together with such accessories as tripod, clamps,
posts, drill-steel and other parts.
One American lo-h. p. air compressor.
One Ingersoll- Sergeant two-stage, cross-compound air compres-
sor.
Two air receivers.
One surface condenser.
One steam indicator set.
One Sullivan diamond prospecting hand-drill.
One Sullivan Coal Digger.
One Sullivan lightweight piston-drilL
One Sullivan hammer-drill stoper.
One Ingersoll- Sergeant two-man heavy piston-drill.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly one-man drill.
One Water-Leyner drill.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly hammer-drill stoper.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 55-pound "Jackhamer."
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 75-pound "Jackhamer."
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly Watcr-Le3mcr.
One Hartscog hammer-drill.
Six mine safety lamps.
One ventilating fan with motor drive.
One anemometer.
Pitot meters.
Plain and differential water gauges.
One Shaw gas tester.
74 Michigtm College of Mines
Sanitation and Ventilation — Lectures on sanitation will
cover location, construction and maintenance of permanent camps.
Ventilation, drainage and disinfection of mines will be con-
sidered. Also recognized methods for control of epidemics.
It is expected that this course will be supplemented by a wedc
with the Bureau of Mines Car and trips to mines which will give
an opportunity to see these principles applied.
S. ORE DRE88INO.
Messrs. Houle, Chapman and Cunningham,
8 1. Principles of Or« Dressing ... 177 hours
Mr. Chapman.
Assisted on mill trips by Mr, Houle,
Eleven weeks, winter term, three hours a week for class-room^
three hours a week for preparation, three hours a week for labora-
tory and three hours a week for making up absences which are in-
curred by Ore Dressing trips. In the first half of the spring term
three hours a week are to be scheduled for class-room, three hours
a week for preparation and three hours a week for laboratory.
To be preceded by B 2 (Physics), W i (Mineralogy I) and
F 4 (Volumetric Analysis).
The instruction in Ore Dressing will consist of recitations, lec-
tures, laboratory practice and trips to mills. The class-room work
includes :
(i.) Breaking, crushing and grinding of ores by breakers,
rolls, gravity and steam stamps, tube mills and other
standard machines.
(2.) Preparation of crushed ore for concentration by screens
and classifiers.
(3.) Concentration of ores by washing, jigs, sand and slime
tables.
(4.) Special processes of concentration, including magnetic,
electrostatic, flotation and air separation.
(5.) Study of the milling methods of the various districts.
Departments of Instruction 73
R 5. MifM M«n«o«m«nt and Aooounts 144 hours
Mr. Sperr and Mr. Schubsrt.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter tenn and first half
of spring term. To be preceded by R 3 (Mine Survejring and
Mining). Each student taking this subject must have an elementary
course of at least one-half year in bookkeeping.
The subject comprises the following:
1. Employment, organization and discipline of labor.
2. Purchase and use of supplies.
3. Preparation and sale of mineraL
4. Mine accounts, trial balances, and cost and labor statements.
Given by lectures and set of notes covering the daily tran-
sactions.
The proper forms of accounts are designed, and the transactions
of one month of an extensive mining business entered thereon.
Then the books are closed and the trial balance, production, labor
and cost statements are made out.
Cost of blank book and data material, $6.00. A rebate will be
given on return of data material in good condition.
R 6. Mine Rescue, Ventilation and Sanitation 138 hours
Mr. Spcrr and Mr. Bell.
Twenty-three hours a week, first six weeks of summer term.
To be preceded by credit in the work of the first two years of
the College.
Accident Prevention. — Lectures on accident prevention, safety
appliances, inspection of equipment, workings and methods of class
instruction.
Mine Rescxje W<»k — Lectures on mine rescue work; atten-
tion being given to handling the injured when underground, rescue
in case of explosion, etc. Helmet work and stretcher drill.
First Aid— Particular attention will be given to those injuries
which are most likely to occur in mining ; including : shocks, wounds,
hemorrhages, fractures, etc. Practical work in bandaging, making
and applying splints, and artificial respiration.
74 Michigan College of Mines
Sanitation and Ventilation — Lectures on sanitatioir will
cover location, construction and maintenance of permanent camps.
Ventilation, drainage and disinfection of mines will be con-
sidered. Also recognized methods for control of epidemics.
It is expected that this course will be supplemented by a wedc
with the Bureau of Mines Car and trips to mines which will give
an opportunity to see these principles applied.
S. ORE DRE88INO.
Messrs, Houle, Chapman and Cunningham,
8 1. Principles of Ore Dressing ... 177 hours
Mr. Chapman.
Assisted on mill trips by Mr, Houle,
Eleven weeks, winter term, three hours a week for class-room^
three hours a week for preparation, three hours a week for labora-
tory and three hours a week for making up absences which are in-
curred by Ore Dressing trips. In the first half of the spring term
three hours a week are to be scheduled for class-room, three hours
a week for preparation and three hours a week for laboratory.
To be preceded by B 2 (Physics), W i (Mineralogy I) and
F 4 (Volumetric Analysis).
The instruction in Ore Dressing will consist of recitations, lec-
tures, laboratory practice and trips to mills. The class-room work
includes :
(i.) Breaking, crushing and grinding of ores by breakers,
rolls, g^vity and steam stamps, tube mills and other
standard machines.
(2.) Preparation of crushed ore for concentration by screens
and classifiers.
(3.) Concentration of ores by washing, jigs, sand and sKme
tables.
(4.) Special processes of concentration, including magnetic,
electrostatic, flotation and air separation.
(5.) Study of the milling methods of the various districts.
Departments of Instruction 75
For laboratory work the class is divided into squads, which are
given different samples of ores, from various districts, of copper,
lead, zinc, etc. The work upon these ores includes crushing, sizing,
classifying, jigging, table treatment and flotation, with the necessary
sampling and assaying.
8 2. Mill Work - - - - - 136 hours
Mr. Chapman and Mr. Cunningham.
Forty-five hours a week, three weeks, first three weeks last; half
of summer term. To be preceded by Q 2 (Hydraulics), S i (Prin-
ciples of Ore Dressing), G 4 (Principles of Hydro-metallurgy).
The instruction in mill work will consist of running; ton lots
of gold ore by the amalgamation process with the concentration of
the suli^ides, together with class-room discussions and one or
more trips to milling plants. This work includes:
(i) Breaking, stamping and grinding of ores.
(2) Amalgamation, including preparation and care of plates.
(3) Concentration of sulphides by tables and vanner.
(4) Mill sampling.
(5) Account of stock.
The Ore Dressing Building is a wooden structure 81x30 feet
It contains a Blake breaker, a Comet breaker, a pair of rolls, a
three-stamp battery of 850-lb. stamps, two Hartz jigs, a Spitz-
kasten, a Frue vanner, a Standard concentrator and a Wilfley con-
centrating table.
The Ore Dressing laboratory equipment consists of a small
gyratory breaker, a jaw breaker, a pair of rolls, a grinder of the
coffee-mill tjrpe, a Braun pulverizer, a Vezin laboratory jig, a hand-
jig, two Richard's one-spigot classifiers, a small Wilfley table and a
small machine for flotation work.
76 Michigan College of Mines
W. MINERALOGY.
Messrs, Seaman, Hopper and W. A, Seaman,
W 1. Mineralogy 1 186 hours
Mr. W. a. Seaman.
Ten hours a week, twelve weeks, fall tenn, three lectures and
seven laboratory hours, and six hours a week, eleven weeks winter
term, one lecture and five laboratory hours.
About one hundred of the most important rock-forming, ore
and gangue minerals are studied and the student required to recog-
nize them by such of their physical properties as can be determined
by means of a good hand lens and a knife, special attention being
paid to crystal habit and cleavage. The necessary crystallography is
given mostly during the earlier part of the course in conjunction
with actual work on the minerals, wooden and glass models being
used whenever necessary to illustrate difficult points.
Particular attention is also given to the composition, alteration,
occurrence and uses of the minerals.
A Text-book of Mineralogy, by J. D. Dana is used, together
with lecture and laboratory notes and references.
W 2. Mineralogy II - - - 240 hours
Mr. W. a. Seaman.
Bight hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, three lectures and
five laboratory hours, and nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter
and first half of spring terms, two lectures and seven laboratory
hours.
To be preceded by F i (General Chemistry), W i (Mineralogy
I), X I (Petrology) and Y i (Principles of Geology).
About three hundred minerals are given in this course, includ-
ing those already studied in W i (Mineralogy I). This course is
given in much the same manner as the preceding one, considerable
crystallography, including a review of previous work, being given
during the fall term.
Departments of Instruction 77
A Text-book of Mineralogy, by J. D. Dana is used with
constant reference to Dana's System of Mineralogy, — also other
references and Lecture and Laboratory Notes.
X. PETROGRAPHY.
Messrs, Hopper and W. A, Seaman,
X 1. Petrology - - - 48 hours
Mr. W. a. Sbaman.
Pour hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. One lecture and
three laboratory hours a week. To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy
I), and Y i (Principles of Geology).
The object of this course is to give the student sufficient knowl-
edge of the classification, and practice in the determination of rocks
to enable him to derive the maximum benefit from his subsequent
work in geology.
X 2. Petrography * 22B hours
Mr. Hopper.
Seven hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and nine hours a
week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of the spring term.
To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology), Y i
(Principles of Geology), and preceded by or accompanied with B 5
(Light).
The work is divided into two parts: Microscopic Mineralogy,
and Lithology.
A. Microscopic Mineralogy: Under this head are treated the
optical and physical properties of minerals, as revealed by the micro-
scope. Especial attention is directed to those characters by which
the minerals may be recognized as rock constituents. The alterations
of the minerals are studied with care, owing to the importance of
these in the subject of Economic Geology.
78 Michigan College of Mines
B. Lithology: The instruction in this branch of Petrography
comprises both the macroscopic and microscopic study of rocks.
For this work large and complete collections of rock specimens
with thin sections are arranged for the use of the student Special
attention is called to the variations in rocks and to their local modi-
fications due to their special mode of occurrence in the field.
Y. GEOLOGY.
Messrs, Seaman, Hopper and W, A, Seaman,
Y 1. PrinoiplM of G«ology - 115 hours
Ms. S^SAMAN.
Two hours a week, twenty-three weeks, fall and winter terms.
To be accompanied with W i (Mineralogy I).
An elementary text-book will be used in this course.
Y 2. Hittorioal Goology .... 236 hours
Ms. Sbaman.
Nine hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and five hours a
week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of the spring term.
To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology) and Y i
(Principles of Geology).
The instruction in this study will consist of recitations and
laboratory work. The main object of the course is to familiar-
ize the student with the life history of the earth. They will also
study the lithobgical character, order of super-position, periods of
deformation, and the areal distribution of the formations which
compose the earth's crust.
The laboratory periods are devoted to a study of the fossils
found in the various geological periods. In this work the students
will be taught the characteristics by which fossils are recognized
and classified.
Departments of Instruction 79
The text-books used are Chamberlain and Salisbury's Geology,
Vols. II & III, and Text Book of Palaeontology, Zittel, Vol I.
Y 3. Physical and Chamical Gaology - - 96 hours
Mb. S^man.
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded
by W I (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology) and Y i (Principles of
Geology).
The instruction in Physical Geology is intended to be especially
adapted to the need of the explorer, the teacher, the engineer, the
petrographer, the geologist^ the miner, the quarryman, and all others
who desire to understand the structural relations that rock masses
have to one another and to the valuable deposits which they may
contain. It treats of the origin and alterations of rocks, of general
earthquake and volcanic action, metamorphism, jointing, faulting,
cleavage, mountain building, eruptive rocks and crystalline schists;
the action of air, surface and underground waters and life; the in-
terior conditions of the earth, etc, especially in their relations to
the problems that the economic geologist, miner, and quarryman
have to meet The student has brought before him constantly the
various problems that arise in practical work and the methods of
their solution.
This course enlarges and completes much that is briefly touched
upon in the Principles of Geology and in Petrography.
The text-book used in Chamberlain and Salisbur/s Geology.
Vol I.
Y 4. A|>plied and Mining Qaologyp 1. 144 hours
Mr. Hopper.
Four hours a week, three hours of lecture and recitation and
one hour of laboratory work, eleven weeks, winter term, and first
half of spring term, and five hours a week, three hours of lecture and
recitation and two hours of laboratory work, five weeks. To be
preceded by W i (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology) and Y i (Prin-
ciples of Geology).
8c Michigan College of Mines
This is the first part of a general course in economic geology
and should be followed by Y 5 (Applied and Mining Geology II).
The course includes lectures and recitations upon the origin,
nature and distribution of the important non-metallic products, such
as coal, petroleum, natural gas, clay products, cements, building
stones, salt, phosphates, etc, and also the ores of iron.
The laboratory work in the non-metallics consists of studying
specimens, samples, their important properties and uses.
The laboratory work in iron consists of a detailed study of the
specimens, stratigraphy, structure, metamorphism and origin of the
Lake Superior districts, as well as the other important iron ore de-
posits of the United States.
Y 5. Applied and Mining Geology, II - - 144 hourt
Mr. Hopper.
Bight hours a week, four hours of lecture and recitations and
four hours of laboratory work, twelve weeks, fall term. To bei
preceded by Y 4 (Applied and Mining Cjeology I).
This is the second part of a general course in economic geology,
and should be preceded by Y 4 (Applied and Mining Geology I).
The course includes lectures and recitations upon the origin,
nature and distribution of the copper, lead-zinc, silver-lead, gold-
silver ores, and some of the less important metals, with special
reference to those of the United States.
The laboratory work consists of studying specimens from the
important mining districts, and the geological problems involved in
the examination of a mining property.
Y 6. Field Geology ..... 270 hours
Messrs. Seaman, W. A. Seaman and Hopper.
Pifty-four hours a week, five weeks, last half of the spring
term. To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology)
and Y i (Principles of Geology).
Departments of Instruction 8i
A few days of the course are spent at compass work, in which
the student is trained in the use of the dial and dip compasses and
aneroid barometer. This work consists of running section lines,
meandering roads and streams, and platting out-crops ; in fsLCt mak-
ing a complete map of the traverse. Specimens are collected and
located with reference to some mcmument established by the United
States linear survey. The student plats all of his work in the field,
keeping his latitude and departure by means of his compass course
and pacing.
Considerable time is spent in the study of the older granites,
gneisses and hornblende schists, etc, with their varied accompani-
ment of tuffs and basic and acid intrusives which comprise the
basement complex. Here the various acid and basic dike rocks are
studied in their relation to one another and to the older schists.
Vein phenomena are also studied at the various openings along the
gold range north of Ishpeming.
Most of the time is spent in studying the Huronian elastics that
rest unconformably upon the older basement complex. These rocks
in the Marquette iron-bearing district are found to be capable of
division into a lower, a middle and an upper series. These are
termed respectively, the lower Marquette, middle Marquette and
upper Marquette series. These series are separated from each other
by unconformities. Large bodies of iron ore are associated with
the middle and upper series. The ore bodies are studied with refer-
ence to their origin, and maps and sections are made showing their
mode of occurrence, and their relations to the associated rocks.
Several days are also spent in making a cross-section of the
Keweenawan series.
DEGREES.
Each course is credited in terms of the total number of hours
estimated to be necessary for performing the work of the course.
No partially completed course may be accepted for credit either in
whole or in part. The College is in session for four terms each
year. It is therefore possible for a properly prepared student to
cover the ordinary twelve term or four years' engineering course
in three calendar years.
The degree of Engineer of Mines is offered under the follow-
ing conditions : The candidate must have been a resident student
of this institution for at least one full year of forty-five weeks.
He must have obtained a minimum credit of seventy-four hundred
hours. The list of credits on which application for a degree is based,
must be approved by the Faculty. To obtain the approval of the
Faculty, the list of credits must in general, include the elementary
or fundamental subjects given in each department of the college,
and, in addition must show advanced courses or strong sequences
in two departments. A dipoma fee of twenty-five dollars must be
paid prior to the close of the last Saturday of the summer term
of the year in which the candidate expects the degree.
Candidates who are accepted for the degree of Engineer of
Mines may, upon application, receive the degree of Bachelor ofi
Science. A diploma fee of fifteen dollars must be paid prior to
the close of the last Saturday of the summer term oif the year
in which the candidate expects the degree.
All students who graduated from this institution prior to 1896
with the degree of Bachelor of Science, may receive the degree of
Engineer of Mines, on the presentation of evidence showing five
years' successful practical work, submitting a satisfactory thesis
and paying the required fee.
CLASS DAY.
Degrees are conferred at the annual meeting of the Board of
Control, which occurs as soon as may be after the 31st of August
There is no Commencement function. In its stead there is what
is termed Class Day, coming in the middle of the spring term.
Its chief features are the address to the class and the class dinner.
The class address of 1904 was made by Dr. James Douglas, Presi-
dent of the Copper Queen Mining Company; that of 1905 by Mr.
Wm. G. Mather, President of the Cleveland Cliffs Iron Mining
Company; that of 1906 by Mr. James Gayley, First Vice-President
of the U. S. Steel Corporation; that of 1907 by Dr. Ira Remsen,
President of Johns Hopkins University; that of 1908 by Dr. Chas.
R. Van Hise, President of the University of Wisconsin; that of
1909 by Mr. Isham Randolph, Chief Engineer, Chicago Sanitary
District ; that of 1910 by Dr. A. A. Hamerschlag, Director Carnegie
Technical Schools, Pittsburgh; that of 191 1 by Mr. William L.
Saunders, President of the Ingersoll-Rand Co. ; that of 1912 by Mr.
Walter Renton Ingalls, Editor of the Engineering and Mining
Journal, New York; that of 1913 by Dr. J. A. Holmes, Director
of the United States Bureau of Mines; that of 1914 by Hon. J.
M. Longyear, President of the Arctic Coal Co. ; that of 191 5 by Dr.
James Fumam Kemp, Professor of Geology, Columbia University.
The address of 1916 was given by Mr. John Fillmore Hayford, Dean
of the Engineering School of the Northwestern University.
EMPLOYMENT.
With the advances in scientific discovery and new applications
of long known materials and the adaptation to old needs of newly
discovered materials in commercial processes, the field of oppCM:-
tunity offered by mining and metallurgy and their related industries
is constantly being extended.
As the problems presented for solution on a commercial scale,
particularly those relating to the profitable producticm of marketable
products from low grade ore deposits, and t» the production of
metals, alloys and compounds with qualities which will meet given
commercial needs, grow more complex, the demand for technically
trained men to aid in their solution becomes more insistent The
outlook for capable men entering upon these lines is veiy en-
couraging.
While it should be clearly understood that the Michigan
College of Mines can make no promise to secure positions for its
graduates, it may be said that the College authorities are from tmie
to time asked to recommend its graduates for positions in the field,
and these positions are gladly placed before those who are available
for them. This interest in its alumni is not confined to those who
are new, and the College desires to know of the whereabouts and
work of every alumnus. When the College is asked to recommend
a man for a position requiring experience it is often able to assist
an alumnus desiring advancement to obtain such a place. In select-
ing a man, his experience, character and general ability as shown
both in his work as a student and in his subsequent career are
considered, and no one is recommended unless he is deemed fit for
the position.
Prospective students and those responsible for them should
understand that the College cannot impart traits of character. The
best it can do is to help the student develop properly those
characteristics which he already possesses. His advancement in his
profession will depend quite as much upon his character and ability
as upon his technical training. . Upon completion of his college
course, he will, if his work has been properly done, be ready to
Employment 85
begin his career in some part of the great mining and metallurgical
field.
The location of this institution and its methods of instruction
fit its graduates to be useful to their employers in some capacity at
the start, and so far, they have upon graduation experienced no
difficulty in obtaining positions which give them a chance to show
forth the material of which they are made. Subsequent advancement
depends upon the character and ability of the individual. His in-
dustry and the faithfulness with which he devotes himself to the
interest of his employer are two most important factors.
Physical fitness and personal habits are hardly less important.
No person handicapped by physical defects or ill health or injurious
methods of living should enter this field, the requirements of which
are often strenuous. Any prospective student who is at all doubtful
on this point should seek the advice of a physician. Every student,
on registering, is required to report to the physical instructor for
complete examination.
For ambitious capable men who mean business and whose
tastes or aptitudes incline them toward some part of the broad field
of mining and metallurgical engineering the promise of the imme-
diate future is good. The record of the graduates of the College
is sufficient evidence of what may be accomplished by such men.
LIBRARY.
The Library is designed to supplement the class work in the
various departments of the college. Care has been taken to supply
it with the best reference books as well as with the latest publica-
tions on the subjects taught, since it is of prime importance that
instructors and students shall have access to the results of the
most recent research in scientific and technical lines. The Library
is especially rich in files of periodicals relating to the various
branches of mining engineering and has on its shefves complete sets
of many of the important journals on mining and allied subjects.
There are now on the shelves 27,033 bound volumes, classified
according to the Dewey decimal system, slightly modified tt> meet
the needs of a technical library. A card catalogue of authors and
subjects is filed in the reading room. The Library receives as gifts
a number of United States documents and reports of various State
geological surveys and mining bureaus.
Besides the bound volumes on the shelves, the Library contains
about 25,000 pamphlets, classified and accessible for reference, and
about 1,600 maps.
There are on file many of the most important technical and
scientific periodicals, which are issued upon application for use in
the reading room.
The Library is open daily throughout the year, Sundays and
legal holidays, excepted. While it is intended primarily as an aid
to college work, the college authorities are pleased to extend its
privileges to such part of the general public as may wish to use it
Mining engineers and those interested in scientific or technical
pursuits will find it a valuable aid in research work.
BUILDINGS.
The laboratories and the library of the college, together with
its lecture and recitation rooms, at present occupy nine buildings,
each building having class and laboratory rooms provided with
forced draft ventilation system.
Hubbell Hall is constructed of Portage Entry sandstone and
has extreme dimensions of 109 by 53 feet, with a wing 37 by 25
feet. It contains the laboratories and lecture rooms of the depart-
ments of Mineralogy and Geology, and of Mathematics and Physics.
The physical laboratories are located on the ground floor. They
are fitted with modem conveniences for laboratory instruction.
There is a massive pier for instruments requiring extreme stability,
while slate shelves firmly attached to the thick basement walls
afford very stable support for galvanometers and other like instru-
ments. These rooms contain many features especially designed by
the instructors in charge to meet the peculiar needs of this depart-
ment. They are well lighted and well adapted to their purpose.
On this floor in the tower is a constant temperature and dark
room surrounded by thick stone walls. It is used partly for work
in light and partly for electrical and other measurements where
a steady temperature is desired.
The Physical lecture room is located on the second floor of this
building and contains a convenient lecture table fitted with elec-
trical, gas and water supply.
The laboratories of the department of Geology and Mineralogy
together with the necessary offices occupy the entire first floor
and a part of the second floor, while the lecture and recitation rooips
for Mathematics occupy the entire third floor.
Koenig Hall is 115 by 45 feet, with wings 36 by 17 feet and
S3 by 36 feet in size. It is a brick and stone structure of three
stories in height
It contains the laboratories for General Chemistry, Qualitative
Analysis, Quantitative Analysis, and for special . work, together
with chemical lecture room and the necessary recitation and supply
rooms.
88 Michigan College of Mines
Th« M«oh«ffiioal gftfli wri fifl Building* of brick and stone, is
of the extreme dimensions loi by 64 feet It contains the rooms
used by the department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.
The Mechanical Drawing room, cm the second floor of this building,
is an exceptionally well-lighted room and well adapted to its pur-
pose. In addition, the building contains the wood-working shop,
the machine shop, electrical laboratory, testing laboratory, together
with lecture and recitaticm rooms.
A wing, 43 by a6 feet in size, has been constructed to accom-
modate a blacksmith shop.
Th« Of Drtit in g Buiidino is a wooden structure with main
part 30 by 30 feet, two stones in height and an extensicm 51 by 30
feet It occupies a slope on the eastern side of the college grounds
which gives the requisite fall for gravity processes.
There is also a reverberatory roasting furnace in a wooden
building 28 by 26 feet This furnace is operated in connecticm with
the Ore Dressing Mill.
T\%% Mining Eftgin^^ring Building is 134 feet by 53 feet, three
stories in height, and is built of brick and stone. In the center
of the building there is a tower which carries a larger steel tank
at the top, thus providing a water supply for the Hydraulic Labora-
tory, which is located in this building. There are eight floors in
the tower which are used for experimental work in hydraulics, for
further description of which see course Q 3 (Hydraulics).
There are also in this building a mining engineering labora-
tory, a very large mapping and instrument room, a model room
and mining lecture room.
Th« Metallurgy Building is a three-story building of stone and
brick, extreme dimensions 82 by 134H feet It is equipped with
furnaces and apparatus for laboratory work in assaying, in metal-
lurgy and in ore-dressing. There is also a collection of ores, metal-
lurgical products, refractories and fueb used in demonstrating the
lectures and for study.
College Club Houee and Qymnaeium. — Generous friends of the
College of Mines, including the members of the Board of Control,
have joined with the staff and students in providing the College
with a handsome building to be used as a College Club House and
Buildings 89
Gymnasium. It is commodious and admirably adapted to serve its
dual purpose.
The gymnasium is 45 by 90 feet in the dear and 24 feet from
floor to ceiling. A running gallery is suspended 11 feet from the
floor, 22 laps to the mile. The lighting, both for day and night
use, is exceptionally good. There are also the necessary locker
and bath rooms, with modem appliances provided. The gymnasium
may be transformed into an auditorium, a full complement of opera
seats being provided for such needs.
The gymnasium is provided with a carefully selected equip-
ment of modem apparatus of standard makes.
Two rooms, fully equipped, are set apart for boxings wrestling,
fencing and special weight work.
There are ample club rooms, finished in attractive style, and
space is provided for the installation of bowling alleys. The build-
ing has been designed to serve also as a suitable place for such
social functions as are given by the students of the institution:
Altogether it is the center of the college life outside of classroom
and laboratory, and contributes very materially to the social life
of the students. Those who have so generously donated to the
fund for providing this recreation hall are deserving of the highest
praise for their substantial appreciation of the needs of the college.
The building was placed in commissicm during the winter term
of 1906, and rapidly justified the faith of those friends who labored
so disinterestedly to provide it
The instructor in physical training is the director of this
building, and all of its activities are in his immediate charge.
Th« Powtr Plant* located close to the lake shore, is housed
in a stone building 86 by 53 feet, which contains engine, boiler and
coal storage rooms. Prom this building concrete service tunnels
connect with all buildings and distribute light, heat and power. The
electric equipment consists of two 70 K. W. direct connected units
with high speed engines, and one 15 K. W. belted generator with
Corliss engine. Water tube boilers with stokers are used for heat
and power.
Th« Librmry and Muaaum Suilding is a fire-proof stmcture,
granted by the Legislature of 1907, which now houses the library
and the geological and mineralogical museum collection. It con-
90 Michigan College of Mines
tains also the business and executive offices of the college. It has a
brick exterior, with tile and concrete interior construction. The
main part is 130 by 49 feet and consists of basement and two
stones. This contains, on the first floor, a beautiful and well
lighted reading room, with convenient offices for librarian and as-
sistant, and the business and executive offices. A wing 59 by 43 feet,
contains the book stacks in three stories, the second of which com-
municates through the delivery space with the reading room. The
entire second floor is occupied by the geological and mineralogical
museum. Modern equipment has been installed throughout the
building.
TUITION, DEPOSIT AND OTHER EXPENSES.
The Michigan Legislature of 1897, required the Board of
Control to charge matriculation, tuition and laboratory fees. Since
the people of Michigan had, by taxation, paid for the college
buildings and equipment, it was thought by the Legislature that
those persons whose homes were outside the State ought justly to
pay higher matriculation and tuition fees than the residents of
the State.
The law provides that the matriculation fee "Shall be not
less than ten dollars for all persons who have been bonafide resi-
dents of this State for not less than one year immediately pre-
ceding their matriculation as students in said institution, and not
less than twenty- five dollars for all others; and that tuition shall
be twenty- five dollars per year to resident students as above de-
fined." Tuition for all others is one hundred fifty dollars per year.
All expenses for breakage or damage to apparatus will be
paid for by the student, as the laboratory fees do not cover these
items.
The matriculation fee must be paid on entrance to the college.
The full tuition fee for Michigan students must be paid on entrance,
and applies to the unexpired portion of the school year in which it
is paid. Other students are required to pay the proportionate part
of the tuition fee at the commencement of each term, for that term,
as follows : Fall, winter and summer terms, $40.00 each term. Spring
term, $30.00.
An incidental fee of $2.50 per term, on account of the College
Club and Gjrmnasium, is required of all students, and is paid at
the beginning of the term to which it applies.
Laboratory fees are due when the course involving the labora-
tory work begins. They must be paid before the student can be
admitted to the laboratory.
No partial fee can be accepted, and any fee once paid cannot
be refunded except in the case of protracted illness.
A student suspended, dismissed or expelled from, or volun-
tarily withdrawing from a class, laboratory, or the college, for-
feits the fees already paid.
The scale of fees is as follows:
92
Michigan College of Mines
TITLE
Non-
Resi- Resi-
dent dent
«
It
It
tt
Matriculation Fee
Tuition Fee, annually
" fall term
" winter term
* spring term
** summer term
Diploma Fee, Engineer of Mines
** " Badielor of Science . . .
Gjrmnasium (each term)
B I — Physics
B a — Physics
B 3 — ^Electrical Measurements
B 4 — Physical Measurements
P I — General Chemistry
P a — Blowpipe Analysis
F 3 — Qualitative Analysis
F 4 — ^Volumetric Analysis
F 5 — Quantitative Analysis
F 6 — Quantitative Analysis
F 7 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis
G I — ^Assaying
G 5— Ore Tests
G 7 — Furnace Work
M 2 — Shop Practice
M 3 — Design of Structural Joints
M 13 — Mechanical Engineering IV
M 15 — Mechanical Drawing
M 16— Machine Drawing
Q I — Surveying
Q 3 — Hydraulics
Q 4 — Topographical Drawing
Q 5 — Office Engineering
R 3 — Mine Surveying Practice
S I — Principles of Ore Dressing
S 2— Mill Work
W I — Mineralogy I
W 2 — Mineralogy II
X I — Petrology
X 2 — Petrography
Y 2 — Historical Geology
Y 4— Applied Geology I
Y 5— Applied Geology II
Y 6— Field Geology
$10
25
00
00
25
15
2
3
2
3
2
10
I
10
3
7
2
10
10
10
5
10
3
I
I
10
2
I
2
10
5
10
4
5
I
2
2
I
I
00
00
50
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
50
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
50
00
$25 00
40 00
40 00
30 00
40 00
25 00
15 00
2 50
3 00
2 00
3 00
2 00
10 00
1 00
10 00
3 00
7 00
2 00
10 00
10 00
ID 00
5 00
ID 00
50
3 00
I 00
1 00
10 00
2 00
1 00
2 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
4 00
5
I
2
2
I
I
00
00
00
00
00
50
iLoo
Tuition, Deposit and Other Expenses 93
In order partially to insure the State against damage and loss
to its college property, every student is required to deposit with
the treasurer before entering the college the sum of twenty-five
dollars ($25). This sum cannot be withdrawn by the student until
he closes his connection with the institution, and if any portion is
required as a refund for damages, the part withdrawn must be at
once replaced by the student
Charges for apparatus^ chemicals, and other supplies from the
store rooms, as well as for repairs for damages to college property,
are deducted from coupons procuable from the secretary, but no
portion of the deposit of twenty-five dollars may be used for the
purchase of these coupons. The coupons can be used only for the
purposes mentioned, and not for the payment of any fees. The
permanent deposit of twenty-five dollars, together with any balance
equivalent to the unused portion of a coupon, fs returned to the
student when he closes his connection with the institution.
There are no dormitories connected with the College. Arrange-
ments can be made to obtain board and room in private families
and in boarding houses, at prices varying from twenty-five dollars
per calendar month upward, averaging probably $30.00 per month.
The living expenses vary so much with the taste and habits of
the student, that estimates by the college are of little value, ex-
cept in a very general way. It is believed that the really necessary
college and living expenses to a Michigan student may be met by
$550.00 per year. The average student spends more. The Director
of the College Club and Gymnasium keeps a list of available rooms
and is ready at all times to assist new students in locating. In-
coming students should apply directly to him.
REGULATIONS.
Choice of Subjects — Upon entering the College the student will
present his choice of subjects for the year.
In selecting the subjects for any year, the student must ob-
serve the schedule for both terms and hours as given in tables
provided. He must also pay attention to the proper sequence of
subjects and avoid choosing courses for which he has not covered
the required preceding work . In exceptional cases a student
may be allowed to take a subject out of its order, but when the
work is so taken, no credit will be given for it until the work re-
quired to precede it has been made up.
After the subjects have been chosen for the year, a student
can change, drop or take up any study only in the following man-
ner: He is to hand to the secretary a written request, stating
the change desired and the reasons therefor. This petition, before
it is given to the secretary, is to bear the written approval of the
heads of the departments whose work is affected by the proposed
change. If it is then approved by the president, the change may
be made, and the secretary will give the student a notice which
he is to show to the instructors interested before any change in
the attendance upon classes is made. The work already done in
the subject from which the change is made will not be counted,
and the student must complete the required work in the course
to which he is transferred, as if the latter subject had been originally
chosen.
If at any time a student is found to have work insufficient to
properly occupy his time, he may be required to take additional
subjects. If a student has taken up more work than he can prop-
erly perform, he may be required to drop some of the subjects.
The head of each department is the sole judge of the fitness
of every student applying for admission to his classes. He may
refuse to admit any student found deficient in preparation, or
dismiss him from his courses at any time that his conduct or work
becomes unsatisfactory. Dismissal from a given course carries
with it failure in that course. A student dismissed from two sub-
jects stands dismissed from the college.
The student who intends to complete his work at the college in
three years (see under Degrees) should take the following schedule
in his first year. On page 96 will be found a schedule which may
be taken in the second year.
1
S
s
1
moi
- "33 <" S
a
xioivjoqa-i
o oo^ .^ g
!3
BSWO
" "*" " "
S
pnoj.
" *ss a 3
a
i
1
Uoiuoqaq
<= oo« «
s
«„,o !-.«,«,
!3
s
I
TOOi 1 CO sgc- 2'"„
S
XioiuoqBl
= ="=" -°°
a
oiBID
" *""• — " I a II
IBIOJ,
"'" "3 S"
s
^oisjoqai
C OO
{3
BBBIO
"- ""
s,
sraoH
8SSi§»g«sS§e§SS
i
T
i
1
s
g
jwnanu
3:i:;;n5s:£:3as3S^>:
MieiHgoK College of Mines
\
9»
8
t
1
iwoj,
S
2
M-IO
iwoi
■ 0.3 -> a » •
3
= =- = *- - "
8
•WK>
" "" " « n «
a
i
irnoi
" "a • a- »
&
xioiMoqn
° 0- ° "- "
Ei
•ma
" «" " "« "
a
i
roox
"3 a"* •
8
o« f.-.«
»
•WIO
«« «™™
a
unoH
SgSS»8ssa§8gggs3
1
5
J
1
1
MqnnN
^ssE^ESsaiSSSafiSHS
5. s
Regulations gy
The preceding schedules represent the maximum amount of
work that a strong student can carry.
A student with less than fifty-two hundred hours to his credit
will be allowed to schedule not to exceed sixty-five hours per week.
One who has more than fifty-two hundred hours to his credit will
be permitted to schedule not more than seventy hours per week.
In the third year there is possible a considerable latitude of
choice, according to the student's purpose, but the choice must be
made so as to conform, to the requirements for degrees. (See under
Degrees).
Absences — All absences bring a daily mark of zero, until the
work missed is made up. The hours scheduled by a student in;
class and laboratory are so many specific engagements with his
instructor. If a student finds he cannot keep any one of them
he should report the fact in advance to the instructor concerned
whenever possible, and where this cannot be done, he should account
for his absence at the earliest possible opportunity, just as he
would in any other business relation of his life.
In any term, a student absenting himself without excuse for
more than ten per cent, of the scheduled class hours, or more than
five per cent, of the scheduled laboratory hours of the term's work,
in any course, thereby dismisses himself from the College.
In the department of Technical Writing, an absence from a
conference is equivalent to an absence from a recitation.
Each tardiness counts a half absence.
Passing Grade — ^A student must obtain a grade of 75 on the
scale of 100 to obtain credit for any course. In case of failure
to pass or complete a subject, the work can be made up only
when this subject is being regularly given.
Failure — A student who fails or is conditioned in three of
the subjects in any year's work is thereby dismissed from the
College.
Laboratories — ^The laboratories close the evening of the closing
day of each term, and re-open the first morning after the recesses.
PRIZES AND SCHOLARSHIPS.
Th« Longymr
Through the liberality of Hon. J. M. Longyear, of Marquette,
the following prizes have been offered, as stated in his letter, which
is here appended:
Marquette, Mich., November 9, iM$7.
Charles B. Wright, Esq., Marquette,
Dear Sir: — I wish to offer three first prizes of seventy- five
dollars ($75) each, and three second prizes of fifty dollars ($50)
each, to be competed for by the members of the senior class of the
Michigan College of Mines. The competition to be by means of
papers on three subjects, written by members of the class, and
submitted to the Board of Control for examination in such a man-
ner and at such a time as the Board may determine. I desire
subjects selected with a view to producing papers which will be
of practical use in developing the mineral resources of the State
of Michigan. I should like something which would be of service
to the average woodsman or explorer, and suggest the subjects
of Practical Field Geology and the use of the Dial and Dip Comr
pass in explorations; leaving the selection of the third subject to
the judgment of the Board. If this offer is accepted and there
are two or more papers on each subject submitted, I will pay
seventy-five dollars to each of the writers of the three papers which
may be awarded the first prizes, and fifty dollars to each of the
writers of the three papers which may be awarded the second
prizes.
I would suggest, however, that in case only two papers are sub-
mitted, the Board reserve the right of awarding only one prize,
in case such action should seem advisable. In case only one paper
should be submitted, I should like the board to exercise its judgment
in awarding a prize. It is my desire to publish the papers under
the writer's name, in pamphlet form, for distribution among miners,
explorers, land owners, and others.
Yours very truly,
J. M. Longyear.
Prises and Scholarships 99
In conformity with the foregoing letter, the Board of Control
have decided upon the following subjects and conditions:
SXJBJECTS.
1. Field Geology; its methods and their application.
2. The Dial and the Dip Compass and their uses.
3. The Diamond Drill and its uses.
The conditions under which the prizes are awarded are as
follows :
The papers are to be presented by August 15th, for each year.
A student may present a paper upon each of the three subjects,
which will entitle him to three prizes, if his papers are found worthy.
The dissertations must be prepared in the same manner as the
thesis, the regulations for which can be procured on application to
the secretary of the college.
The title-page is to have upon it an assumed name, and each
paper is to be accompanied with a sealed envelope bearing the same
name. This envelope must contain the writer's true, as well as
assumed name, and his address. It will not be opened until the
awards have been made.
No prizes will be awarded unless the papers are judged, by the
committee to whom they are referred, to be of a sufficiently high
standing to be entitled to a prize; hence, there may be awarded all,
part, or none of the prizes, as the case may be.
These prizes can now be competed for by any student of the
college, whether special, graduate or regular, without restriction to
the graduating class, as was originally specified.
Th« Charles E. Wright Soholarthip.
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship was founded by Mrs. Carrie
A. Wright, of Ann Arbor, in accordance with the conditions ex-
pressed in the letter which follows:
To the Honorable Board of Control
of the Michigan College of Mines,
Genti^emen: — In memory of my husband, the late Charles E.
Wright, and as a token of the deep interest he had in the Michigan
College of Mines, I desire to give to said College the sum of one
thousand dollars.
100 Michigan College of Mines
If said gift shall be accepted, it is to be held under the follow-
ing conditions:
To-wit : It is to be invested as a permanent fund by the Board
of Control to form the nucleus of a scholarship to be known as the
Charles E. Wright Scholarship. The income is to be used for the
purpose of aiding indigent students by loans tmder the following
regulations: Loans from this income may be granted by the Board
of Control upon the recommendation of the Faculty to students who
have completed at least one year of study at the Michigan College
of Mines, who have for the entire time of their residence a good
record as to character and scholarship; who, further, intend to
devote themselves to the profession of mining engineering or geo-
logy, and who are deemed deserving and needy.
Upon receiving a loan from this Scholarship, the student shall
give his note for amount of the same. This note shall bear interest
at the rate of five per cent, per annum from the date of his grad-
uation or of leaving college until paid, and shall be due on or be-
fore five years from such date.
Amounts paid on such notes shall go to increase the money to
the credit of the Charles E. Wright Scholarship Fund.
(Signed) Carrie A. Wright.
The Norrie Scholarship.
This scholarship was founded, and will be awarded in accord-
ance with the conditions and requirements stated below:
Know all men by these presents, That I, A. Lanfear Norrie, of
the city of New York, hereby grant, assign, and set over unto
the Michigan College of Mines, of Houghton, Michigan, and to
Peter White, D. H. Ball and J. M. Longyear of Marquette, Mich-
igan, as trustees, the sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000), law-
ful money of the United States.
The conditions of this gift, and upon which this fund is to be
taken, are that the said trustees, shall invest the same upon bond
and mortgage in the village of Marquette, or in the city of De-
troit in the state of Michigan, or in the city of Milwaukee in the
state of Wisconsin, or the city of Chicago in the state of Illi-
nois, upon unincumbered improved real estate.
Prizes and Scholarships loi
That one-half of the income of said sum of $10,000 shall be
paid yearly by said trustees unto the Board of Control, for the
support of some student whose father has worked in or in some
way been connected with mining operations in the Upper Pen-
insula of Michigan, who shall be designated by the Faculty of said
college; and the remainder of said income shall be accumulated
and invested as said principal shall be invested, and that this fund
with its accumulations shall be the basis of a larger ftmd, to be
obtained from other contributions, amounting to at least one hun-
dred thousand dollars ($100,000), to be used for the erection of a
Dormitory Building for the use of such students as shall be desig-
nated by said Faculty; which building, when erected, shall be under
the exclusive control of the corporation or Board of Control of the
said Michigan College of Mines.
This gift is to the said trustees and their successors, forever,
for the benefit of said college. In case of the death of either of
said trustees, the survivors or survivor shall appoint a successor
or successors.
When the erection of said building shall be commenced, after
the said fund of one hundred thousand dollars is obtained, the
sum hereby given, with all its accumulations, shall be paid over
to the said college for the purpose aforesaid.
Witness my hand, the 30th day of January, 1890.
A. Lanfear NCMtRIE.
Witness, T. E. O. M. Stetson.
We, Peter White, D. H. Ball and J. M. Longyear, the per-
sons named in the above instrument, accept the trust herein granted
in all respects, and agree to comply with the conditions thereof.
Witness our hands the ist day of February, 1890.
Peter White,
D. H. Bai.1.,
J. M. Longyear.
Th« Longyear Fund.
This is a fund of $2,500, given by the Honorable J. M. Long-
year, of Marquette, to be the property of the College of Mines,
to be used in aiding students of the college by loans in cases where
102 Michigan College of Mines
the said students are unable to maintain their connection with the
college without such aid.
The conditions governing loans from this Fund are as follows:
Loans may be granted by the Board of Control upon the recommend-
ation of the Faculty of the College to students who have com-
pleted at least one term of study at the College of Mines, who have
for the entire time of their residence a good record as to character
and scholarship, who are deemed worthy and needy, and who shall
be recommended by two responsible persons not connected with the
college.
Upon receipt of a loan from this fund, the student shall give
his note for the amount of the same. This note shall bear interest at
the rate of five per cent, per annum for the first three years from
the date of his graduation or his leaving the college, and for the
following two years at the rate of seven per cent per annum. It
will then be due.
This method of loaning is believed by the donor and the col-
lege to be of more benefit to the student than a gift outright,
since it gives him the opportunity to pay for his own education,
while offering him assistance when he most needs it It is thought
that it would be better if all funds given to the college for the
aid of students were accompanied with a proviso that the pro-
ceeds should go as a loan to the student, rather than as a gift.
Certainly the manly student hesitates to receive aid which savors
of charity. It is a kindness if he can be aided in a way that
will save his self-respect
Th« Alli«-Ch«lm«rs Company Scholarship.
The Allis-Chalmers Company, of Milwaukee and Chicago, the
great manufacturers of heavy mining machinery, offer to one or
two members of each graduating class a scholarship which includes
employment by them for a time under conditions which offer un-
usual opportunity for practice with mining machinery, and for
becoming familiar with the requirements of mines in this particular,
together with a reasonable compensation for the time employed.
This scholarship is open to graduates who have shown sufti-
cient proficiency in mechanical lines to warrant their receiving it,
Prises and Scholarships 103
and who have applied to the Faculty for recommendation thereto
as early as July 15th of the year in which their degrees are
granted.
Michigan Loan Scholarship.
By virtue of the power conferred by Act No. 81, Public Acts
of 1897, the Board of Control have established twelve scholar-
ships under the above title. These are open to Michigan students
under the following regulations.
The scholarships may be granted by the Faculty of the College
to students who are bona-fide residents of the state of Michigan,
who have completed at least three terms of study at the College of
Mines, who have during this entire time a good record as to
character and work as students and who are deemed deserving and
needy.
Each scholarship is to be granted for the college year or the
unexpired portion thereof, but the same student may at the option
of the Faculty receive the grant more than once.
Each scholarship shall remit to the recipient the tuition and
laboratory fees for the time for which he holds it, provided, how-
ever, the amount so remitted shall not exceed $75 in any one col-
lege year.
If at any time the work or conduct of the holder of one of
these scholarships becomes unsatisfactory to the Faculty, he shall
be deemed to have forfeited the scholarship.
Upon receiving the grant of a scholarship, the recipient shall
give his note for the amount of the same. This note shall bear interest
at the rate of six per cent per annum from the date of his leav-
ing the college until paid, and shall be due on or before five (5)
years from such date.
Amounts paid on such notes constitute a fund to be known
as the Loan Scholarship Fund, which fund shall be devoted to as-
sisting needy and worthy students by cash loans.
STUDENTS ENROLLED IN 1914-15.
Whose Names Do Not Appear in the Register of Students
PuBUSHED POR That Year.
4
Juleff, Richard Arthur
Pattison, Walter Gardner
Quail, Frank David
Painesdale.
Kalamazoo,
Croswell
REGISTER OF STUDENTS
1915-1916.
Adams, Gale Leslie,
Aldrich, Harry Starkey,
Alt, Jacob William,
Anderson, Earl V.,
Baudin, Albert Norman, Jr.,
Bemis, Edwin Loren,
Benedict, Ralph Emerson,
Bosch, Joseph M.,
Bradt, Maurice Lincoln,
Brassaw, Howard Henry,
Clarke, John Carlisle,
Coman, Laurence James,
Consani, Arthur,
Cook, Oscar F.,
Coon, Jay B.,
Cramer, Charles Faben,
Dean, Robert Lewis,
Denton, Warner Adams,
Dick, Leslie Earl.
Duggan, Leo Francis,
Dunn, John A.,
Emerson, Joseph George,
Engstrom, Orville V.,
Field, Edgar Roylance,
Field, Irving Theodore,
Foard, Merlin Wiley,
Foard, Wallace Blake,
Frampton, Donald John,
Eraser, Donald Dickinson,
Frimodig, Meidell H.,
Froney, Merrill Wallace,
Gray, Palmer Sewell,
Jackson,
Detroit,
Houghton,
Houghton,
Houghton,
Milwaukee, Wis.
Muskegon,
Lake Linden.
Saginaw.
Houghton,
Barlville, N. Y.
Menominee.
Huhhell.
West Branch.
Hancock.
Toledo, 0,
Fairmont, Minn.
Painesdale.
Calumet.
Hancock.
New York, N. Y.
flint.
Calumet.
Rudyard.
Negaunee.
Sault Ste. Marie.
Sault Ste. Marie.
Houghton,
Johnstown, N. Y.
Calumet.
Houghton.
Houghton.
io6
Michigan College of Mines
Griffin, Roy J^
Haapanen, H. Walter,
Hamemik, Frank Joseph,
Harmon, Clarence A.,
Harrington, John Marcus,
Heine, Bernhardt Edward,
Hild, John Henry, Jr.,
Hodgson, John F.,
Holland, Alfred Alphonse,
Hollister, Hoyt Bailey,
Holmes, George F.,
Holmes, John Frederick,
Holmes, Laurence Augustus,
Horst, Edward,
Hotchkin, Harry,
Houle, Lloyd Eugene,
Hoyt, Carroll Leslie, (B. C. E. Uni-
versity of Michigan),
Idema, Robert Davis,
Janson, Hennings Frans,
Johnson, Edwin Eric,
Johnson, Oscar Martin,
Kelty, John Neil,
Kendall, Arthur,
King, Rowland Bradbury,
Klumph, Edwin Williams,
Koepel, Norbert F.,
Koronski, George William,
Korotkin, William,
KroU, Harold John,
Lau, Kaan,
Leopold, Foreman Nathan,
Li, Hui Kwang,
Lorain, Sinclair Holt,
McCray, H. Edgar,
Matson, Amel,
Matson, John August,
Medlyn, Edward Arthur,
Flint
South Range.
Menominee,
Olney, III,
Winona.
Mt, Clemens,
Baraga,
Houghton,
Grand Rapids,
Detroit,
Menominee,
Detroit.
Menominee,
Hubbell.
Chicago, Ilk
Negaunee,
Bast Jordan,
Grand Rapids,
Norway.
Dollar Bay.
Ishpeming.
Mt. Pleasant,
Hancock.
Spokane, Wash,
Chicago, III
Beacon Hill,
Narbeth, Pa.
Detroit.
Houghton.
Canton^ China.
Chicago, III
Shanghai, China.
Philipsburg, Pa.
Mentor, 0.
Hubbell.
Dollar Bay.
Superior Mine, Houghton.
Register of Students
107
Messner, Carlos Fred,
Hancock,
Miller, Tom Appl^^ate^
Detroit.
Mitchell, Frederick Roy,
Marquette,
Moir, Burdette^
Houghton,
Moon, Ralph Marks,
Flint,
Nicolson, Clyde Wallace, (B. A.
University of Michigan),
Detroit.
Ord, James,
Chevy Chase, Md,
Ovens, James Mason,
Bisbee, AriM,
Peters, Melville Fuller,
Houghton,
Peterson, John W.,
Eveleth, Minn.
Pietsch, Peter Herald,
Chicago, III
Poss, John Ripley,
Detroit,
Remington, Clyde Arthur,
Flint.
Rockwell, Harry M.,
Crown Point, Ind.
Schwarzenberg, Franz Conrad,
Muskegon,
Shattuck, Warner Austin,
Bisbee, Aris,
Sheldon, Churchill Gear,
Hancock,
Shields, Chester Parker,
Hubbell
Smith, William Nelson,
Blk Rapids,
Sperr, Raymond,
Houghton,
Stene, James Constans,
Minneapolis, Minn,
Stoyle, Thomas Winsor,
Houghton,
Suverkrop, Lewis Arthur,
Sea Cliff, N. Y,
Sweet Andrew Thomas,
Marquette,
Thielman, Thomas Christopher,
Hubbell
Thistlethwaite, Colin,
yankleek HiU, Ont„ Can,
Tu, Ching Fang,
Binchi, Kirin, China.
Veale, William Clement,
Osceola,
Vollmer, Carl Frederick,
Hancock.
Walter, Alphons R.,
Buffalo, N, Y,
Wenger, Frank B.,
Caledonia,
White, Eynon Samuel,
Plainfield, N, J,
Whitney, Robert,
Lexington, Mass,
Woo, Wai Kyi,
Shanghai, China,
Yauch, Otto Leopold,
Houghton.
Yen, Chuang,
Wei-Nan-Shien, Shensi,
China.
Yuill. Stanley T..
Vanderbilt,
SUMMARY OF STUDENTS.
BY STATES AND COUNTIES.
Arizona 2
Canada i
China 5
Illinois 5
Indiana i
Maryland i
Massachusetts i
Michigan 5 "PP*^50 1 ^^
( Lower 35 )
Minnesota 3
New Jersey i
New York 5
Ohio 2
Pennsylvania 2
Washington i
Wisconsin i
Total 106
Average age of students, 1915-16 22 years.
SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT DURING EXISTENCE
OF THE COLLEGE.
The number of new students who entered, the total enrolhnent,
and the number of graduates sent out for each year of the existence
of the college, are as follows:
1886-
1887-
1888-
1889-
1890-
1891-
1892-
1893-
1894-
1895-
1896-
1897-
1898-
1899-
1900-
1901-
1902- :
1903-
1904-
1905-
1906-
1907-
1908-
1909-
1910-
1911-
1912-
1913-
1914-
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
an.
YBAR
a
a
«
9
09
t
Z
23
15
16
15
46
40
45
17
49
43
82
33
42
54
71
95
92
lOI
99
lOI
91
112
119
95
70
69
42
47
_J2.
1^
23
29
40
35
61
78
lOI
82
94
94
140
122
116
121
146
197
221
238
223
234
239
266
292
266
222
186
141
138
124
3
3
7
6
5
4
• •
8
17
22
18
5
18
24
19
25
24
42
41
43
50
47
51
46
49
65
32
35
25
_2Z
MAPS.
To make clear the fact of the location of the College of Mines,
in the midst of active mining operations, two maps are shown.
The first gives a detailed exhibit of the Portage Lake Mining
District, which forms the immediate vicinity of the college. Most
of the active copper mines within the territory covered by this map
are indicated on it
The second is a general map of the mineral districts of the
Upper Peninsula. It shows the various iron and copper ranges
which are accessible from the college. No attempt has been made
to indicate the different mining districts of the Copper Range, nor
the sub-division of the Iron Ranges.
i
■
Index
Absences, 97.
Admission, Requirements for
19.
Admission on Certificate, 19.
Admission by Examination, 19.
Admission of College Gradu-
ates, 20.
Admission of Special Students,
21.
Admission of Undergraduates,
20.
Algebra, 23.
AUis-Chalmers Company
Scholarship, 102.
Analjrtic Geometry, 24.
Anal3rtic Mechanics, 29.
Applied Electricity, 56.
Applied Geology, 79.
Applied Physical Chemistry,
34, 36.
Assaying, 36.
Astronomy, 2a
Average Age of Students, 109
Bachelor of Science Degree,
82.
Blacksmith Shop, 50, 88.
Blowpipe Analysis, 33.
Board and Room, 93.
Board of Control, 13.
Buildings, 87.
Commercial Correspondence,
47.
Calculus, 25.
Calendars, 6.
Chemistry, 30.
Chemistry Laboratories, 30.
Choice of Subjects, 94.
Civil Engineering, 56.
Class Day, 83.
Club House and Gymnasium,
88.
Composition, 45.
Courses of Instruction, 23.
Degrees, 82.
Departments of Instruction, 23.
Deposit, 93.
Design of Structural Joints,
50, 52.
Draughting Room, Mechanical,
55.
Draughting Room, Equipment,
55.
Drawing, 54.
Drawing Instruments, 54, 63.
Electrical Engineering, 56.
Electrical Measurements, 27.
112
Michigan College of Mines
Employment, 84.
Engineering Design and Con-
struction, 66.
Engineer of Mines Degree 82.
English, 46.
Entrance Requirements, 19.
Expenses, 91.
Extension Lectures, 12.
Faculty, 18.
Failure, 97.
Field Geology, 80.
Furnace Work, 41.
Geology, 78.
Geology, Applied and Mining,
79.
Geology, Historical, 78.
Geology, Physical and Chem-
ical, 79.
Geology, Principles of, 78.
Graduate Students, Admission
of, 20.
Graphical Statics, 65.
Gymnasium, 88.
Historical Geology, 78.
Hubbell Hall, 87.
Hydraulics, 60.
Hydraulic Laboratory, 62.
Koenig Hall, 87.
Library, 86, 89.
Light, 28.
Lithology, 78.
Loan Funds, 98.
Longyear Fund, loi.
Longyear Prizes, 98.
Machine Drawing, 55.
Maps, 115.
Mathematics, 23.
Mechanical Drawing, 54.
Mechanical Engineering, 47,
51, 53.
Mechanical Engineering Build-
ing, 88.
Mechanics, 28, 29.
Mechanics of Materials, 51.
Metallurgy, 36.
Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and
Zinc, 40.
Metallurgy Building, 88.
Metallurgical Design, 41.
Metallurgical Oganization, 42.
•Michigan Loan Scholarships,
103.
Mill Work, 75-
Mineralogical Museum, 89.
Mineralogy, 76,
Mine Accounts, 73.
Mine Management, 73.
Mine Rescue, 73.
Mine Sanitation, 73.
Mine Surve3ring and Mining,
69, 70.
Mine Ventilation, 73.
Mining Engineering, 67, 70.
Mining Engineering Building,
88.
Mining Engineering Labora-
tory, 71.
Index
113
Mining Geology, 79.
Mining, Mine Surveying and,
69.
Mining, Principles of, 68.
Model Room, 72.
Norrie Scholarship, 100.
Office Engineering, 64.
Ore Dressing, 74.
Ore Dressing Building, 75, 88.
Ore Tests, 40.
Passing Grade, 97.
Petrology, 77,
Petrography, 77.
Physical and Chemical Geol-
ogy, 79.
Physical Chemistry, 34, 36.
Physical Laboratory, 87.
Physical Measurements, 28.
Physical Training, 29, 30.
Physics, 25, 27.
Plane Trigonometry, 24.
Power Plant, 89.
Principles of Geology, 78.
Principles of Hydro-metal-
lurgy, 40.
Principles of Metallurgy, 38.
Principles of Mining, 67.
Principles of Ore Dressing, 74.
Prizes and Scholarships, 98.
Properties of Materials, 48.
Provisional Credits, 20.
Pumps and Air Compressors,
52.
Qualitative Analysis, 34.
Quantitative Analysis, 35.
Quantitative Analysis,
vanced, 36.
Ad-
Regulations, 94.
Register of Students, 104.
Requirements for Admission,
19.
Scholarships, 98.
Shop Equipment, 49.
Shop Practice, 4».
Spanish, 47.
Special Students, 21.
Spherical Trigonometry, 24.
Stream Measurements, 60.
Students, Average Age of, 109.
Students, Register of, 104.
Students, Summary of, 109.
Summary of Enrollment, no.
Surveying, 56.
Surveying Mine, 69.
Tables and Maps, 115.
Tardiness, 97.
Technical Journalism, 46.
Thesis, 45.
Topographical Drawing, 62.
Trigonometry, 24.
Tuition, 91.
Undergraduates, Admission of
20.
Volumetric Analysis, 34.
Wright Scholarship, 99.
f
f
I
r
lb
?~
s
, J ; 83M1M'
IbIM 1o 303JJO0 WAOIHOIM*
'^■W-
--2
I
YEAR BOOK
OF THE
MICHIGAN COLLEGE
OF MINES
1916-1917
HOUGHTON, MICHIGAN
ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES
FOR 1917-1918
PUBLISHED BY THE COLLEGE
JUNE 1917
Thb Minimo<^S0^Qazbttb Co.
Table of Contents
PAGE
Table of Contents 3
Calendars ." 6
Michigan College of Mines, General Statement g
Board of Control of the College 13
Officers of the College 14
Faculty of the College 18
Admission to the College 19
On Certificate 19
By Examination 19
Mature Men 20
Graduates and Undergraduates of Colleges 20
Special Students 21
Departments of Instruction 23
Mathematics 23
Physics 25
Mechanics 28
P.hysical Training 29
Chemistry 30
Metallurgy 36
Thesis 45
Technical Writing 45
4 Michigan College of Mines
Mechanical Engineering 47
Electrical Engineering 55
r
t
Civil Engineering 56
Mining Engineering 66
Ore Dressing ys
Mineralogy 75
Petrography 76
Geology 77
Degrees 81
Class Day 82
Employment 83
Library 85
Buildings 86
Expenses 90
Regulations 93
Prizes and Scholarships 97
The Longyear Prizes 97
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship 98
The Norrie Scholarship 99
The Longyear Fund 99
The Allis-Chalmers Company Scholarship lor
The Michigan Loan Scholarship 102
Register of Students 103
Summary of Students '. . . 107
CALENDAR 1917
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
S M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 2122 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 t3 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUGUST
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F a
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 28 30 31
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 28 30 31
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
CALENDAR 1918
JANUARY
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
8 M T W T F 8
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28
MARCH
8 M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
APRIL
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
MAY
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 910 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
8 M T W T F 8
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
liL_
JULY
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
AUGUST
8 M T W T F 8
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 26 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
OCTOBER
8 M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
1~2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
DECEMBER
8 M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
An Alumni Register, giving occupation, is published separately
from time to time, and may be had upon application.
/
■*
Calendar 1917-1918
FALL TERM, 1917.
September 28 — October i Registration days.
September 28 — October i Entrance examinations begin
on the afternoon of the 28th.
October 2 — Tuesday morning Regular work of fall term be-
gins.
November 28 — ^Wednesday noon. .. .Thanksgiving recess begins.
December 3 — Monday morning Work resumes.
December 22 — Saturday noon Fall term ends.
WINTER TERM, 1918.
January 8 — Tuesday morning Winter term begins.
March 23 — Saturday evening Winter term ends.
SPRING TERM, 1918.
March 25 — Monday morning Spring term begins
April 27 — Saturday noon Spring recess begins.
May 6 — Monday morning Work resumes.
May 6 Course R 3, Mine Surveying
Practice begins.
June 8 — Saturday noon Spring term ends.
SUMMER TERM, 1918.
June II — Tuesday morning Summer term begins.
June II — Tuesday morning Courses G 5, Ore Tests, M i,
Properties of Materials, M 2,
Shop Practice, Q i, Survey-
ing* Q 3> Hydraulics and
Stream Measurements and R 6,
Mine Rescue, Ventilation and
Sanitation begin.
July 22 — Monday morning Courses M d, Design of Struct-
ural Joints, Q 8, Engineering
Design and Construction and
S 2, Mill Work begin.
8 Michigan College of Mines
• I — t t ■ 1
August 12 — Monday morning, Course G 6, Furnace Work
begins. •
August 31 — Saturdj^y noon Summer term ends.
1918r1919.
FALL TERM, 1918.
September 27 — 30 .Registration days.
September 27 — 30 Entrance examinations begin
on the afternoon of the 27th.
October i — Tuesday morning Regular work of fall term be-
gins.
November 27 — Wednesday noon, .. .Thanksgiving recess begins.
December 2 — Monday morning Work resumes.
December 21 — Saturday noon Fall term ends.
Michigan College of Mines
. ; . -f ) . .
. . s; : :. GENERAL STATEMENT*
■The Michigan Collie 6if Mines was established by an Act of
the Legislature in 1885. The act was entitled "An Att to establish
and regulate a Mining School in the Upper Peninsula." The Act
^estd -tii^ government of the institution in a B9ard of Control of
Tsix niembers appointed by the Governor of the State, by and with
t-he cohsent of the Senate. Two members of the Board are appointed
each alternate year to serve six years.
Sec. 5 of this Act provides: "The course of instruction shall
embrace geology, mineralogy, chemistry, mining and mining engin-
eering and such other branches of practical and theoretical
knowledge' as will, in the opinion of the board, conduce to the end
of enabling the stitdents of said institution to obtain a full knowl-
edge of the science, art and practice of mining, and the application
of machinery thereto."
The school was opened for the reception of students September
15, 1886. Its establishment and the earlier appropriations for it are
to a very large extent due to the great interest, the foresight and
the energy displayed on its behalf by the late Jay A. Hubbell, of
Houghton. He donated a portion of the site occupied by the
College, and during his life spared no effort to further its aim and
to help it toward prosperity.
Most of the students of the College have come from Michigan,
since it is a Michigan institution, but it has trained men from all
parts of the United States, and from a number of foreign countries
in both hemispheres.
The concentration of effort on training men for the field of
mining, the location of the College in a district where its students
-live in a mining atmosphere, together with its special methods of
instruction, and rtianner of using the mining environment, have
brought to the institution a large measure of success.
The College wfts established fof, and exists only for the purpose
'6f training men to take afl active part in the development of the
thin^fal wealth of the State and nation. The concentration of effort
on a particular line of training has its adVatttages. Many of the
10 Michigan College of Mines
perplexing problems which arise where numerous lines of effort
must be simultaneously proceeding are unknown in this institution.
Here all work for a conmion object Every employe has his share
in whatever of success the College attains. This condition develops
a spirit of harmonious endeavor whidi facilitates greatly the work
of instruction.
The College has been particularly fortunate in the matter of its
kKation. It is plain that an engineering school must derive im-
mense advantage from a location in which its immediate surround-
ings continually illustrate and enforce the principles which it
teaches. When the line of operation for which it is training its
students is the dominant one of the region, obviously the advantage
is greatest Then the environment, even without effort on the part
of the school must serve as an efficient aid to the instruction. If
those in control of these operations are ia sympathy with the
institution — are ready to place plants under their charge at its
service for instruction, and if the institution makes wise use of
opportunities thus afforded, these plants become truly a part of its
equipment, and the environment then becomes a factor which must
increase the efficiency of the instruction by an amount hardly to
be overestimated.
The location of the Michigan College of Mines presents in a
marked degree all these features. It is situated in the heart of the
great copper-producing region of Lake Superior.* In the immediate
vicinity are a number of active copper mines, among them several
of the largest and most extensively equipped mines in the world.
The deepest shafts in the world and the most powerful machinery
employed in mining are here in constant operation.
In addition to the equipment at the mines there are in the dis-
trict the great mills which receive and concentrate the mine product,
and the smelters which extract the metal from the concentrate
produced at the mills, and refine it There are also the necessary
docks, railroads and power plants, steam and electrical To all the
student has access, and he is required, under the direction and super-
vision of his instructors, to visit and inspect these plants and
their operation at proper times during his study here. By being in
such a district and being required to use its opportunities as he is,
•SEE MAP AT THE END OF YEAR BOOK
Simtemumt II
the student breathes from his arrival an atmo^rfiere in entire har-
mony with his present and future work. He is continually inspired
by observaticm of and contact with men who have achieved success
in the line for which he is training. This location, tc^ether with
the practical methods of training employed, account for the remark-
able fact that of 790 men graduated up to this time, but a small
number have left engineering for other pursuit!*.
The scheme of instmcticm includes the usual lecture, text-
book and redtaticm methods, supplemented in every department by
problems crawn as far as possible from actual practice. Because
the successful engineer must be a man whose judgment of things
is well developed, laboratory methods of instruction are given
great prominence. These include the trips and the laboratory
courses in which the student works with his own hands rather
than watches the operations of some one else. The trips of inspec-
tion are to plants which exemplify, often on a large scale, tne
application of principles taught in the classroom to problems of
commercial operation. The study of such application serves to
vivify the teaching and to bring to the student a clearer compre-
hension and firmer grasp of the subject in hand. But it is obvious
that in his own attempt to apply the principle to some definite
problem of practice, the student will most speedily gain a true
comprehension of its bearing and force. He should therefore have
as far as possible his practice in the field or in properly directed
laboratories. This the College endeavors to give.
Necessarily the nearer the field or laboratory practice is made
to conform to the requirements of actual operation, the more for-
cible its teachings. Moreover, in such practice, properly directed,
lies one of the principal resources of the college in its effort to
stimulate and influence the development of judgment on the part
of the student. Under the proper sub-heads in the section of the
year-book devoted to Departments of Instruction and in the section
headed Buildings, will be found a more detailed description of the
means possessed by the College for instruction in field and labora-
tory, as well as a more particular account of the manner of using the
several parts of the equipment and the various features of the sur-
roundings.
The field of mining and metallurgical engineering is so broad,
12 Michigan College of Mines
and the number of subjects bearing on it so great, that no student
can profitably cover all of the ground in the time usually given to
a college course. Moreover, the average student possesses greater
aptitude in some part or parts of this broad field than in others.
His interest and chances of success are greater the more deeply he
goes into those portions for which he is best adapted. In order
that he may do this, the Michigan College of Mines has in operation
a flexible system, allowing a considerable range in the courses or
subjects comprising a given student's curriculum. Haphazard selet-
tion of subjects is not permitted. Each student is required to gain
a broad view of the general field; he must preserve the natural
sequence of subjects, and he must follow an orderly system which
may become more specialized as he nears the end of his' course.
This College was the first, and until very recently, the only insti-
tution to offer such privileges of choice to a stutient of engineering.
Regulations governing the choice of courses under this system are
given with other regulations of the college on subsequent pages.
The methods here outlined have developed slowly in the earnest
effort to solve the problem presented to this institution, and to
build up an efficient system of training mining engineers. So far
they have stood the test of use very satisfactorily.
Extension Lectures.
A series of illustrated lectures is offered to ^iichigan High
Schools and Libraries, for the purpose of acquainting the people
of the state more fully with its mining resources and mining opera-
tions. With this end in view, lectures were delivered during the
past four years in Adrian, Alpena, Alpha, Ann Arbor, Battle Creek,
Bay City, Bessemer, Big Rapids, Cadillac, Crystal Falls, Detroit,
Escanaba, Fenton, Flint, Gladstone, Grand Rapids, Greenville, High-
land Park, Holland, Hudson, Iron Mountain, Iron River, Iron wood,
I^hpeming, Jackson, Kalamazoo, J^ansing,, Litchfield, Ludjngton,
Manistee, Manistique, Marquette, Menominee, Monroe, Mt. CI^men§,
Mt. Pleasant, Munising, Muskegon, Negaunee, Ne^yberry, Niles,
Nbrway, Owosso, Fainesdale, Plainwell, . Pojptjac, Port, Hurpn,
Powers, Reed City, Riverdale, Sault Ste. Marie, Saginaw,. jf;a.v^rsf
City, Vulcan and Wyandotte. >. • .
Persons interested may address Professor E. D. Grant. '
BOARD OF CONTROL
OF THE
MICHIGAN COLLEGE OF MINES.
John Wii^lard Black, Houghton June 9, 1919
•Hon. Fwep H. Bbgoi^, Marquette June 9, 1919
tHoN. John Munro Longyear, Marquette June 9, 5919
Hon. Wn^UAM Kelly, Vulcan .June 9, 1921
James MacNaughton, Calumet June 9, 1921
Murray Morris Duncan, Ishpeming June 9, I923
Elton Willard Walker, Mass June 9, 1923
•Resigned.
tAppointed to fill vacancy.
Chairman Board of Control William Kelly
Secretary Board of Control Fred Walter McNair
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION.
President •. . .Fred Walter McNair
Secretary and Librarian Frances Hanna Scott
♦Treasurer Donald J. Frampton
Treasurer Walter D. Van Keuren
Superintendent of Grounds Frederick Willlam Sperr
Superintendent of Buildings George Luther Christen sen
♦Resigned July 1916.
STAFF OF INSTRUCTION.
FRED WALTER McNAIR, B.S. (University of Wisconsin), D.Sc
(Lafayette College), President
FREDERICK WILLIAM SPERR, EM. (Ohio State University),
Professor of Civil and Mining Engineering.
ARTHUR EDMUND SEAMAN, B.S., E M., (Michigan College of
Mines), Professor of Mineralogy and Geology.
JAMES FISHER, EM. (Michigan College of Mines),
Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
GEORGE LUTHER CHRISTENSEN, B.S. (Kansas State Agri-
cultural College), Professor of Mechanical Engineering.
CHARLES MacDONALD CARSON, A.B. (Toronto University)
Ph.D. (University of Chicago).
Professor of Chemistry.
ALBERT JOSEPH HOULE, B.S., EM. (Michigan College of
Mines), Professor of Metallurgy and Ore Dressing.
MRS. FRANCES HANNA SCOTT, Librarian and Secretary.
ELMER DANIEL GRANT, B.A. (Colgate University). M.A.,
Ph.D. (University of Chicago).
Associate Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
WILLIAM ANDERSON, B.S., M.S. (Kansas State Agricultural
College), A.M. (Cornell University), Assistant Professor of
Mechanical Engineering.
i6 Michigan College of Mines
GEORGE P. SCHUBERT, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Assistant; ProX^sspir. of, CwU suvd Mining Engineerng.
WALTER EVERETT HOPPER, A.B., A.M. (Cornell University),
Assistant Professor of Cieology.
CLEMENT EUGENE ROOD, PhB., PhM, (Albion College),
Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Physics.
' /
Thomas EMANUEL Richards, instructor in shop Practice
and Drawing.
iPRANK brown WILSON, B.S. (Michigan College of Mines).
Instructor in Chemistry.
ADOLPII NICHOLAS WOLD, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Instructor in Civil and Mining Engineering.
WYLLYS ARTHUR SEAMAN, B.S., E.M., (Michigan College of
Mines), Instructor in Mineralogy and Physics.
ALBERT SOBEY, B. S. (Michigan Agricultural College), Instruc-
tor in Mathematics and Physics.
JOHN BISSELL CUNNINGHAM, E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Instructor in Metallurgy and Ore Dressing.
STUART ROBERT BRINKLEY, A. B. (Emory College), A.M.
(Columbia University), Instructor in Chemistry.
GARRETT FOX JOHNSTON, B.S., E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Instructor in Civil and Mining Eiigineering.
ARTHUR D. DeFOE, M.A. (University of Michig^), In^tfuctor
^ in Technical Ay riting. . ,
I . I
' - »
Staff of Instruction 17
ANDREW THOMAS SWEET, E.M. (Michigan College of
Mines), Instructor in Metallurgy and Ore Dressing.
EMIL SMITH LISTON, A.B. (Baker University), Instructor in
Physical Training and Director College Club House.
KRED RUNDLE, Assistant in Physical Laboratory.
OTHER EMPLOYEES.
r-,
,^f I -I - v'.'.^l
HENRY GIBBS,
Purchasing Agent and Supply Clerk.
WALTER D. VAN KEUREN,
President's Secretary and Accountant.
RUTH JOHNSON,
Stenographer and Assistant in Library.
VINCENT UREN,
Engineer.
MAXIME MORIN,
Carpenter.
WILLIAM ARCHIBALD DURKEE,
Chief Janitor.
FACULTY.
Fred Walter McNair, President.
James Fisher George Luther Christei.sen
Arthur Edmund Seaman CHAiu.Es MacDonald Carson
Frederick Wiluam Sperr Albert Joseph Houle
Frances Hanna Scott, Secretary.
Admission to the College
I. Admission on Certificate.
Only those applicants will be admitted on certificate who are
graduates of schools accredited to this College or who are grad-
uates of schools on the approved list of the North Central Asso-
ciation of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and who present a
recommendation, signed by the principal of the school, certifying
that they have satisfactorily completed all the work required for
admission. Admission on this basis of recommendation may be
granted also to the graduates of other especially approved schools
on application by the superintendent or principal. The recom-
mendation must be made on a blank form furnished by the College
of Mines.
The requirements for admission are stated in terms of units —
a unit meaning the equivalent of five recitations a week for one
year in one branch of study. Fifteen units are required. These
fifteen units must include a minimum of 3 junits of English, i unit
of Algebra, i unit of Geometry, covering Plane, SoHd and Spher-
ical Geometry, i unit of Physics, and 2 units of a foreign language.
The remaining units may be selected by the applicant. Not more
than two units of vocational training may be offered.
Application for certificate relation may be made by the prin-
cipal or superintendent of the school, on blanks furnished by the
College.
2. Admission by Examination.
Candidates may secure admission by offering through examina-
tion fifteen units as set forth in Section i — ^Admission on Cer-
tificate.
Entrance examinations are given at the College the first Thurs-
day, Friday and Saturday in June and the Friday, Saturday and
Monday, preceding the beginning of the regular work of the fall
20 Michigan College of Mines
term. Examinations taken by arrangement away from the college
must be taken the first week in June.
3. Admission of Mature Men.
in many cases persons who have been engaged in practical
work for several years, desire to better their condition by taking
technical training, but they cannot afford the time for a full pre-
paratory course. Such men often prove to be excellent students,
since they realize clearly the purpose of their work and the value
of time. For their benefit the College will arrange with the
principal or superintendent of any of its accredited schools a
special course to cover a minimum of two years* work, and upon
the student's completion of this course the College will accept
him upon the recommendation of the principal or superintendent
This arrangement will be entered into for only those pros-
pective students who are over nineteen years of age, and who can
show that they have been employed for at least two years in
some position entailing responsibility. The College reserves the
right to withdraw this offer at any time that it may deem best
For older men having in the judgment of the Faculty, sufficient
experience in the field to warrant it, admission will be granted
upon passing satisfactory examinations in the following essential
subjects:
English — The examination in this subject is intended to test
the candidate's ability to command good English. He will be
required to write briefly on some subject assigned at the time.
Arithmetic and Metric System.
Algebra, through Quadratic Equations.
Geometry — Plane and Solid (including Spherical). j
Physics.
4. Graduates and Undergraduates of Col][.eoes.
A graduate of an approved college is admitted without exam-
ination upon presentation of his diploma or certificate of gradua-
tion, together with a certified copy of his record, ^Courses, taken at
the other institution which may be the equivalent of courses offered
here, will be credited toward a degree, Under the following con-
Admission t(h the College . Zl
ditions :' After an ' informal discussion of the previous work, which
must satisfy the instructors from whom credit is asked, as to Its
Kope and thoroughness, provisional credits are ^ven. If the stu-
deqt^s subsequent work in this college is satisfactory, the provis-
ional credit is made permanent; if unsatisfactory, the student is
assigned to such courses as are necessary to make up the de-
ficiencies.
This method is considered to be fair to the student, to the col-
lege from which he came, and to this college.
An undergraduate of another college will be admitted without
examination upon presentation of a letter of honorable dismissal *
and a certified copy of his record, which must show clearly that the
student was a member of the college and free from entrance con-
ditions. The right is reserved to require examinations in entrance
subjects essential to the work of this College, which are not satis-
factorily covered by the applicant's records. Credits are given them
under the same conditions as outlined for graduates.
5. SPEaAi, Students.
Persons of sufficient maturity who are not candidates for a
degree and who wish to take special studies, are permitted to do so
upon giving satisfactory evidence that they are able to pursue with
profit the courses they wish to take. If they subsequently desire to
become candidates for a degree, they njust pass the required en-
trance examinations.
Since its organization the College has had many students of
mature age who came for certain training which they considered
necessary for their subsequent work. These have proved themselves
excellent workers, and the College desires to extend to such persons
every possible aid. It has assisted in this way numerous practical
and active business men who have had years of previous experi-
ence, and it desires to continue a work from which valuable results
have been obtained in the past.
In the fall of 1914, the college established certain special short
courses for practical men. While these courses may be taken by
others, they are intended to meet especially the needs of those work-
men who have been denied the opportunity of getting a school train-
ing. Among the men who have taken one or more of them success-
22 Michigan College of Mines
fully are mine bosses, mine chemists, engineers' helpers, oilers and
other practical workmen.
A descriptive circular giving further informaton . concerning
the service the College offers to practical men may be had upon
application.
Departments of Instruction
A. MATHEMATICS.
Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and Sobey.
As will be seen by a detailed examination of the following
pages, the subjects in this department form the necessary fomida-
tion for a great part of the student's subsequent work, and they
are given as a preparation for this work, as well as for their value
in actual engineering practice, and in affording mental discipline.
It is the intention, therefore, to give the instruction in this
department in such a manner as will make prominent those subjects
or portions of subjects which will be of actual tise to the student
and, later, to the engineer. The value of the study of mathematics
in developing the power to do vigorous and logical thinking is not
underestimated, but it is thought that the effort to master the logic
of the subjects necessary to the engineer will afford the student
ample opportunity to develop this power.
Every effort is made to see that the student takes advantage of
the opportunity thus offered. At each step of his progress he is
required to think. The ability to describe a given method, or to
correctly quote a given formula, and to apply either to a given
case, is in no instance accepted as sufficient. The student is
required to logically derive the method or formula, and to demon-
strate its correctness.
The courses in mathematics are the following:
A 1. Algebra .---.. 259 hours
Messrs. Rood and Sobey.
Three hours a week, thirty-three weeks, fall, winter and spring
terms.
24 Michigan College of Mines
It is expected that students entering this course will have a
thorough knowledge of elementary algebra through simple quad-
ratics. • '; ^ ., ' . . •
The course i^wrhfd^es^ the tHeery^el^6t»(is«4dgi^i4thins, progress-
sions, binomial theorem, undetermined co-efficients, series and
the solution of higher equations. Special attention is paid to the
slide rule, graphical solutions^ and. practical applications. Hawke's
Higher Algebra is usecfas \he text-boOk. ' '
A 2. Plane Trigonometry - - - 108 hours
Messrs. Grant/ Rood anet Sobey. .
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. The fail term's
work in A I (Algebra) must precede or be taken, a;k)ng with this
course. ; - . : .,
The ratio system is used exclusively, and pi'ominence is giVen to
the solution of trigonometric equations, and the transformation ot
trigonometric expressions. Well's Plane and Spherical Trigonome-
try is used as the text-book.
A 3. Spherical Trigonometry - - - - 90 hours
Messrs. Grant, Rood And Sobey.
Three hours a week, ten weeks, spring term, fo be preceded
by A 2 (Plane Trigonometry). . -
Under this head is given the solution of right and oblique spher-
ical triangles with application to the problems of Spherical Astron-
omy, such as the student will need in surveying. .
The text used is the same as A 2 (Plane. Trigoriometry),. sup-
plemented with notes issued by the department.
A 4. Analytic Geometry .... 210 hours
ji ■ ■ . ; • • • • • . >
Messrs. Rood and Sobey.
Four hours a week, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring terms.
To be preceded by A 2 (Plane Trigohonietry), and i>receiled by,
or accompanied with A i (Algebra). .: r,
Departments of Instruction 2$
The course covers the straflght line, conic sections^ a few higher
phine cuhres, transformation of co-ordinates, general equations of
the second degree, and an introduction to geometry of three dimen-
sions. The object is to familiarize the student with methods rather
than with any set of curves. Given partly by lectures and partly
from Tanner & Allen's Anal)rtic Geometry.
A 5, Calpulus - - - - 252 hours
, Messrs. Fisher, Grant and Rood.
■ Three hours a week, twenty-eight weeks, fall, winter and first
half of spring term. To be preceded by A 4 (Analytic Geometry),
arid B I (Physics), and preceded by, or accompanied with B 2
(Physics).
The Differential Calculus is developed from a rate as its funda-
mental motion. The Integral Calculus is from the beginnmg treated
as a method of summation. The object of the course is to give
the student a thorough working knowledge of the subject, to put
him in possession of a tool of which he can afterward make efficient
use. It is believed that this can best be accomplished by giving
him a rigorously logical basis for his methods and formulas ; and.
the attempt to do this is therefore made. Application of differen-
tiation to expansr^ in series, indet^^rminate forms, maxima and
minima, etc, are treated; while problems of area, volume, work,
pressure, etc., introduce the subject of integration, and their treat-
ment is carried along simultaneously with that of methods. Approx-
imate methods of integration, including the polar planimeter, receive
particular attention.
The Calculus is given by lectures, with printed notes, and Camp-
bell's Differential and Integral Calculus as a text-book.
B. PHYSICS.
l^he President, Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood dnd Sohey,
The aim in the department of Physics, as in that of Mathematics,
is to select such subjects as have, directly or indirectly, a bearing on
26 Michigan College of Mines
the practical work of a mining engineer, and to treat these in as
practical a manner as possible. The instruction is given by the
laboratory method. The student goes at once into the laboratory
and there, under the direction of instructors, experiments for him-
self. The experiments are mostly quantitative.
So far as possible mere mechanical following of direction is
excluded, and intelligent thinking is made necessary to the accom-
plishment of the work. Every effort is put forth to have the stu-
dent clearly develop and fix in his mind the principles of Physics
which he will afterward use, and also to lay the foundation for
that skill in accurate determination of quantity and care of delicate
apparatus which are needed by the practical engineer. Accuracy and
order are insisted on from the first. Each student receives indi-
vidual attention, and, with the exception of a few experiments re-
quiring more than one observer, he does his work independently of
all other students.
The work of the laboratory is accompanied with illustrated lec-
tures, and with text-book and recitation work.
The department is equipped with a good assortment of modem
apparatus for lecture illustration and individual experiment
B 1. Physios ...... 210 hours
Messrs. Fisher, Grant, Rood and 86bey.
Bight hours a week, three hours in classroom and five hours in
laboratory, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring terms. To be
preceded by, or accompanied with A i (Algebra) and A 2 (Plane
Trigonometry). The text books are C^rhart's College Physics, and
Laboratory Physics issued by the department
This course includes Mechanics, Heat and Light Lecture, reci-
tation and laboratory work proceed together throughout the course.
The geometrical side of Light is developed mostly in the laboratory,
the wave theory in the lecture room with the aid of the optical
lantern.
Departments of Instruction 27
B 2* Physics ...... 120 hours
Messrs. Fisher^ Grant^ Rood and S(»ey.
Nine hours a week, three hours in classroom and six hours in
laboratory, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded by B i
(Physics).
Subject B 2 continues the work begun in B i, and includes Heat
and an elementary course in Magnetism and Electricity. Text-books
used are Carhart's College Physics and Laboratory Physics issued
by the department.
B 3. Electrical Measurements ... 144 hours
Messrs.' Fisher and Sobey.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks in the winter term, and first
five weeks of spring term. To be preceded by C i (Analytic
Mechanics), and N i (Applied Electricity).
The increasing iise of electricity in mining and related industries
has caused the Michigan College of Mines to give particular atten-
tion to this subject.
This course is offered to those who are making Electrical Engi-
neering their principal subject, to those who intend taking up Elec-
trolytic or Electro-metallurgical work, and to any others who wish
to become familiar with those modem methods of electrical measure-
ments necessary whefever there is made any practical application of
this agent.
In the course are included the measurements of current, resist-
ance, potential difference, electromotive force, quantity, capacity,
mutual and self induction, strength of field, etc.
In the lecture room the theory of a given measurement is taken
up; then the construction and calibration of the instrument used in
the measurement are studied, the instrument being at hand for
inspection; and, finally, in the laboratory, the student calibrates, if
necessary, and uses the instrument in making the measurement.
Examples of all the principal instruments used in modem elec-
trical methods are owned by the institution, and are available for
the work of this course.
S8 Michigan College of Minus
i Tl>e text-book is Carhart's and Patterson's- ElectiicJdviMfeasaref
ments.
B 4. Physical Measurements - < 1.20 hours
Mr, Fisher.
Twenty 'four hours a week, last five weeks of the spring term.
A more advanced course in measurements of precision, open to
those who have taken B i and B 2 (Physics). The work offered
will be mainly in the determination of densities, moments of inertia,
calorimetry and photometry. Each student will work independently
of all others, and to a considerable extent the choice of the line of
work he is to pursue will lie with him.
B 6. Light -.-.-- 72 hours
The President and Mr. Rood.
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded
by B I (Physics) and W i (Mineralogy I).
A more advanced course continuing the work begun in this
subject in B I (Physics). The course is designed particularly for
those students who desire to take up Petrography. It deals chiefly
with polarization. The subject is presented mainly by experimental
lectures. A very complete outfit of projectioji apparatus is in the
possession of the department for use in this course.
C. MECHANICS.
Messrs. Fisher and Grant.
An attempt is made in Mechanics to develop the essential prin-
ciples, and to render the student proficient in applying them to
practical rather than theoretical problems. To this end a large
number of problems are solved which, so far as possible^ are selected
from machines or structures with which the student is alreatdy
familiar, or the study of which he is subsequently t6'take up.
Departments of Instruction 29
'••™*~' • •■ ■— — ■■- -
CI* Analytic Mechanic* • -r - - 144 hours
Messrs. Fisher and Grant.
Three hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half
of spring term. To be preceded by, or accompanied with A 5
(Calculus).
Hancock's Applied Mechanics for Engineers is used as a text,
and this is supplemented with special problems having a direct bear-
ing on the student's future work in engineering.
C 2. Analytic Mechanics .... 108 hours
Messrs. Fisher and Grant.
Subject C 2 continues the work begun in C i, and is given three
hours a week, twelve weeks, in the fall term. To be preceded by
C I (Analytic Mechanics).
D. PHYSICAL TRAINING.
*
Mr. Liston.
It is now generally recognized that the observation of the prin-
ciples of Physiology and Hygiene is necessary for the promotion of
good health and the College believes that through Physical Training
the best application of these principles is possible. With this in
view the work in Physical Training is divided into theory and
practice. The theory deals with those fundamental principles of
Physiology and Hygiene which every student should know, this
work being given in the form of lectures. The practice consists of
carrying out, as far as possible, those principles in regular gymna-
sium work.
Physical Examinations. — The examination consists of the re-
cording of physical measurements, condition of heart, lungs, eyes,
ears, nose, throat, teeth and general health. Irregularities are noted
and corrective exercises are prescribed.
Every student is entitled to a physical examination and all can-
didates for college or class teams and students taking D i are re-
quired to take the examination.
50 Michigan College of Mines
Regulation Gymnasium outfits are required. These consist
of grey sleeveless shirts, long grey trousers and gynmasium shoes.
Advise with the director before securing the same.
Advanced Work. — Advanced work in the various departments of
Physical Training is offered to students who have completed D i.
This work will consist of special instructions in boxing, wrestling,
and advanced apparatus work.
Sickness. — All sickness should be reported at once to the physi-
cal director not only for the sake of the individual but as a pro-
tection for the whole school. (See Absences).
Lockers. — Students desiring the same locker from year to year
must present at the office, before Oct. 4th of each year, the receipt
given on payment of the gymnasium fee. After this date, lockers
not so renewed will have their combinations changed.
All goods found in lockers after Sept. ist of each year are
considered forfeited, and will be destroyed.
D 1. Physical Training ----- 46 hours
Mr. Liston.
Two hours a week, including the regular gymnasium classes,
and lectures, twenty weeks, fall and winter terms. The course must
be taken for two terms. Required of all students during their first
year of residence.
In the fall term the work starts the third Monday in October.
Lectures will be given in Physiology and Hygiene, and quizzes
from time to time on the work covered. A written examination
will be given during the last week of the course; the mark for
this examination, plus the term mark, will determine the student's
rating in Physical Training.
F. CHEMISTRY.
Messrs. Carson, Wilson and Brinkley.
Equipment.
The Laboratory for General Chemistry is a room 32%xsi feet,
situated in the basement of the northeast wing of the chemistry
Departments of Instruction 31
building. The room receives light from three of its sides. Five
desks provide table and closet space for ninety students.- A con-
tinuous hood runs around three walls of the room with a total
length of 102 feet, enabling forty-five students to make use of
the hood at one time. The north wall hood is six feet high and
is made fire proof. Here all experiments requiring high tem-
peratures are performed in wind furnaces, muffle . furnaces and gas
furnaces. The instructor's private room opens into the main
laboratory.
The Laboratory for Qualitative Analysis occupies the west wing
of the main floor. The room is 40x33 feet. Five desks give work-
ing and closet space for sixty-four students, with one sink for four
places. A continuous hood runs along three of the walls. This
hood is divided into compartments of five feet each, to be occupied
by one or two students at a time. Each compartment contains two
gas stop-cocks. Four of the compartments have two. Koenig's
Hydrogen-sulfid generators, each permanently mounted. The hoods
are supplied with mains for gas and compressed air, the latter to be
chiefly for rapid evaporation on the water baths; from each com-
partment the foul gases and vapors are drawn by fan- suction, whilst
a large volume of fresh air, of the proper temperature, is constantly
blown into the room by a pressure fan. A dark room for spectro-
scopic work, and the instructor's office, open into this laboratory.
The Laboratory for Quantitative Analysis occupies the east wing
of the main floor. It is 39^x33 feet. Four desks accommodate
forty students, allowing each man four feet, and a sink for every
four men. A hood runs along each of the long sides, divided into
compartments and furnished the same as in the Qualitative Labor-
tory, except that two compartments only contain Koenig's Hydro-
gen-sulfid generators, whilst two other compartments are furnished
each with a Koenig's Chlorine and Hydrogen generator, a combus-
tion furnace and a Shimer apparatus for carbon determinations.
The weighing room opens directly into the laboratory, but it has ex-
clusive northern light. It is furnished with twelve analytical balances
of the best make; one for four students. The laboratory for Gas
Analysis is located alongside of the weighing room. It has light
from the north only and can be kept at a uniform temperature. It
is furnished with Hempel's and Bunsen's apparatus, both for work-
32 Michigan College of Mines
ing over water and working over mercury. The instructor's office
and the Electrolytic room adjoin the laboratory on the south wall
The electrolytic room contains desks for electrolytic determinations
with six working spaces, each of which is furnished with a separate
resistance, a voltmeter and a milliameter.
The Laboratory for Advanced Quantitative Analysis has work-
ing facility for eight students. But there is a laboratory for special
work in which synthetic work and research work can be carried on
by a few students. This laboratory is located alongside the profes-
sor's office on the main floor.
The class instruction is given in a spacious lecture room, which
is located at the east end of the second floor. This room seats 132
students in nine rows, each row being three inches higher than the
preceding one. The lecture desk is furnished in the modern man-
ner, with the electric current, and switch-board arrangements, also
with water, gas and compressed air. The desk is unobstructed by
any hood. Experiments generating noxious gases are carried on
in a hood which stands in the adjoining preparation room behind a
movable glass panel. When the latter is raised the apparatus under
the hood will be visible from all parts of the room. Provision is
made for the display of charts and diagrams in front of and above
the black-boards behind the lecture table.
The supply clerk's office and store-rooms are located in the
basement.
F 1. General Chemistry ..... 284 hours
MESSRS. Carson and Wilson.
Nine hours a meek, twelve weeks, fall term, and eleven hours
a week, sixteen weeks, winter term, and first half of spring term;
one recitation, three lectures, and four hours of laboratory work
each week in the fall term; one recitation, three lectures and five
hours of laboratory work in the winter term, and one recitation,
three lectures and five hours of laboratory work each week in the
first half of the spring term.
In the first year the intention is to give a thorough under-
standing of the scientific principles of chemistry, so that the
Departments of Instruction 33
technical aspects of the subject may be studied with profit in the
succeeding years. With this object in view, each student is required
to carry out a series of graded experiments which illustrate the laws
of the science and in the explanation of which accurate scientific
reasoning is necessary. The topics treated in the laboratory, are
•there discussed by the instructor with individual students, and they
form the basis for the more formal recitations and lectures. In the
classroom, numerous simple experiments are performed, in order to
augment the body of facts presented in the laboratory, and the in-
terpretation of these is usually supplied by the students, who are en-
couraged to ask questions and make suggestions.
The laboratory course is that given in Alexander Smith's
Elementary Outline of General Chemistry (The Century Co.,) and
the lecture course follows, pretty closely, the Elementary Chemistry
by the same author. Only those parts of the books are covered
which deal with the non-metallic elements, as the remainder is
treated in the second year. The scope of the first year's work
is thus restricted, in order to permit more detailed consideration
of the modern theories of equilibrium, of ionic reaction and of
the properties of solutions. It is believed that in this way the best
preparation is obtained for the study of many manufacturing and
metallurgical processes, which can be thoroughly understood only
by the application of the principles of physical chemistry.
F 2. Blowpipe Analysis • - - - 45 hours
Mr. Wilson.
Nine hours a week, five weeks, last half of spring term. Four
lectures during the first two and one-half weeJcs. One recitation
for each section. The lectures are merely a continuous set of
demonstrations by the instructor to show* how tJie reactions should
be made. To be preceded by F i (General Chemistry).
This is a short course in Qualitative Analysis in which prefer-
ence is given to reaction in the igneous way, so that students may
be enabled to take the course in mineralogy with full benefit.
Brush's tables are referred to.
34 Michigan College of Mines
F 3. Qualitative Analysis and
Elemsntary Physical Chemistry - 306 hours
Mr. Carson.
Eleven hours a week, twenty-eight weeks, fall, winter and
first half of spring terms. Two lectures and one recitation each
week throughout the course; seven hours of laboratory work each
week in the fall, winter and first half of the spring term. To be
preceded by F 2.
The laboratory book in this course is Noyes* Qualitative Chem-
ical Analysis (The MacMillan Co.) It gives, in form suited to
beginners, the very carefully designed scheme of analysis to which
the authors and his collaborators have devoted a great deal of care-
ful thought. The lectures, in the second year, are devoted to the
chemistry of the metals and their important compounds. Both the
training in qualitative analysis and the study of the metals offer
continual opportunities for teaching modern physical chemistry, but
do not make sufficiently clear the practical applications of this
newest branch of the science. For this reason, the latter part of
the lecture course is given to the consideration of those parts of
thermo-chemistry, electro-chemistry, and the phase rule which deal
respectively, with the reaction of gases in furnaces, with the re-
fining of metals electrolytically, and with the behavior of the iron-
carbon alloys.
F 4. Volumetric Analysis - - . - 144 hours
Mr. Brinkley.
Twelve hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Two lectures,
one recitation and eight hours of laboratory work a week. To be
preceded by F 3 (Qualitative Analysis).
The course comprises: Alkalimetry, acidimetry; volumetric
analysis of limestone and marl; analysis of copper ores by gravi-
metric, volumetric, colorimetric and electrolytic methods in order
that the student may learn their relative merits; permanganate,
dichromate and iodometric methods.
Sutton's Volumetric Analysis for reference.
Departments of Instruction 35
F 5. Quantitative Analysis - . . . 252 hours
Mr. Brinkley.
Twelve hours a zveek, twenty-one weeks, winter and spring
terms; three lectures a week, sixteen weeks, and one recitation a
week, twenty-one weeks. To be preceded by F 4 (Volumetric Analy-
sis). It is possible to conclude the course in the first half of the
spring by spending double time on the subject for five weeks.
Course embraces: (i) Analysis of alum. (2) Analysis of
iron ores. The sample is made up to contain all the elements likely
to be of importance in iron ores. In the soluble portions are deter-
mined volumetrically iron, copper, manganese, phosphorus, sulphur.
In the insoluble portion are determined the oxides SiO^ TiO* Cr*0',
Fe*0^ CaO and MgO by gravimetric methods. (3) Analysis of
pig iron and steel, including colorimetric estimation of carbon and
manganese. (4) Analysis of matte and speiss, embracing the sep-
arations of arsenic, antimony, tin, bismuth, silver, copper, cadmium,
zinc and iron.
The lecture notes serve as a guide, but the student is referred
to Lord and Demorest's Metallurgical Analysis.
F 6. Quantitative Analysis • - - - 75 hours
Mr. Brinkley.
Fifteen hours a week, five weeks, 'first half of spring term,
two lectures, one recitation and eleven hours in laboratory. To be
preceded by F 4 (Volumetric Analysis). It is possible to secure
credit in F 5 by devoting thirty-six hours a week to quantitative
analysis in the second half of spring term, and surrendering credit
in F 6. Credit for F 6 may be obtained, also, by taking a portion
of F 5 during the winter term.
The course comprises: Determination of sulphur, of chlorine,
proximate analysis of coal and coke, analysis of furnace slag.
Michigan College of Mines
F 7. Arfvano«d Quantitative Analyala and
Applied Physical Chatniatry 402 hours
MessRS. Carson and Wilson.
Twelve hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter and first half of
spring term ; forty-two hours, five weeks, first half of spring term.
One lecture, one recitation and eight laboratory hours each week,
winter and first half of spring terms; three lectures, two recita-
tions and thirty laboratory hours each week, last half of spring
term. To accompany F 5. Those who have credit in F 5 may
begin the coutse in the autumn, and those who have credit in F 6
may complete the requirements for F 5 in the autumn and then
proceed with F 7.
The student may elect to devote all of his time, in this course,
to quantitative analysis or may give over the winter term to ex-
perimental physical chemistry and then take quantitative analysis
in the spring term.
In quantitative analysis, will be included the estimation of vari-
ous silicates; the analysis of water; the analysis of gases, accord-
ing to Bunsen, Hempel and Winkler; methods of special steels;
electro-chemical analysis of mixtures.
In physical chemistry, the experiments will be performed partly
in the physics and partly in the chemistry laboratory. They will in-
dttde the determination of decomposition voltages, the conductivity
of solutions, heats of reaction and the freezing curves of alloys.
Q. METALLURGY.
Messrs. Houle, Cunningham and Sweet.
G 1. Aaaaying ...... 96 hours
Mr. Sweet.
Bight hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Lectures and
recitations three times a week and five hours (one afternoon) of
laboratory work each week. To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy
I.), and accompanied with F 3 (Qualitative Analysis).
Departments of Instruction 37
The assay of ores and metallurgical products for gold, silver
and lead will be taken up in this course. These will consist of
Pure and impure ores of blende, pyrite, tellurides, etc.,
Mattes and slags,
High grade silver sulphides.
Silver, lead and copper bullion,
Cyanide solutions and correction assays,
Ores and products containing metallics.
The laboratory work will consist of the assaying of a definite
number of the above ores, selecting those that will aid in the work in
Principles of Metallurgy (G 2) as well as in the development of the
theory of assaying.
To those who desire a better knowledge of assaying work than
that which this short course is enabled to provide, it is suggested
that it may be secured by electing the work in G 5 (Ore Tests) in
which course -ample opportunity has been provided for much addi-
tional work and study along assaying lines.
Text-book, Bugbee's Fire Assaying, and notes by the department.
The equipment for practice work and instruction in this course
includes two Keller assay balances, capable of weighing gold beads
to an accuracy of one five-thojusandths of a milligram; six Giesen
assay balances; four double-muffle soft coal furnaces, (Denver Fire
Clay type) ; one assay furnace, fired by illuminating gas ; one assay
furnace, fired by gasoline; six assay furnaces, pot and muffle types,
fired by coke; a number of pulp and flux balances and all the
apparatus necessary for conducting fire assay work. There is also
available, for practice work, many ores from the various mining
districts of the United States and foreign countries, these sam-
ples having been kindly furnished by the alumni and friends of the
college.
G 2. Principles of Metallurgy ... 106 hours
Messrs. Houle and Sweet.
Three hours a week in the class-room ; three hours per week in
preparation for class-room work and three hours per week as lab-
oratory hours but to be used in making trips to the local smelteries.
58 Michigan College of Mines
These three hours per week (for a period of twelve weeks) amount
to thirty-six hours in which time four trips, of approximately nine
hours each, will be made, twelve weeks, fall term.
To be preceded by, or accompanied with G i (Assaying). .
This course is intended to cover the general principles of metal-
lurgy and the metallurgy of copper. The following subjects will be
taken up in the order named.
Or£S. — Ores of the common metals which may be treated profit-
ably by smelting methods will be taken up in the order of their
economic value and discussed in relation to the distinction which
must be made between metallurgical and commercial estimates of
value and what is to be considered waste, bringing in the question
of percentage of extraction.
Determinations. — The collection of technical, chemical and
physical data such as weighing, sampling, determination of moisture,
the making of assays and analysis, etc., is given attention as to
methods, devices and other arrangements for their proper accom-
plishment.
Preliminary Treatment. — Recent developments in the matter
of bedding, storing and roasting of ores, all of which require the
mechanical handling of large quantities of material, are what make
this consideration necessary. It covers the investigation of roast-
ing and sintering devices, conveyors, industrial transportation sys-
tems, etc.
Refractory Materials. — The high temperature of roasting and
smelting processes compels the use of extraordinary substances to
resist not only the heat required in the process but also to resist the
chemical action of the roasted or molten material under treatment
Chemistry. — Roasting and smelting processes are based on
chemical actions between the elements subjected to high tempera-
tures. These actions are studied in relation to the concentration of
the desirable elements of an ore into a product of commercial grade
and value. Analysis of both product and waste are calculated
theoretically and computations are made for both the value of the
intended product and the economic loss in what will constitute the
waste.
Fluxes. — The scarcity of smelting ores of a self-fluxing nature
requires a careful study of the qualities desired in a flux, the avail-
JOepartments of Instruction 39
ability of the fluxing material and the influence which both consider-
ations may have on the selection of a metallurgical process of treat-
ment
Slags. — The elimination of the undesirable elements in an ore
requires the formation of a slag, the characteristics of which should
be fairly well determined before smelting operations actually begin.
To this end, typical slags are studied and calculations are made
for the proper mixtures of ores and fluxes to obtain the desired
qualities in a slag.
Fusion. — ^The smelting of ores and fluxes requires either the
addition of fuel, the application of heat or the utilization of heat
of formation. This leads to a study of the calorific value of fuels,
their heat of combustion and of thermo-chemistry in general.
Charge Calcui^ations. — Having covered the essential elements
of a smelting process, i. e., the ores, the fluxes and the fuels, the
next consideration should be the scientific proportions of each in
the mixture to be smelted in order that the desired products may
be obtained. A complete charge calculation is made and followed by
a materials balance sheet.
Furnaces. — ^Having arrived at the quantity and character of
material to be charged, the next consideration should be the type of
furnace in which the smelting should be done. Both shaft and re-
verberatory types are investigated as are also such smelting devices
as converters, retorts, etc.
Copper Smelting is taken up in conjunction with the principles
of metallurgy at this time for the reason that the location of
the school affords an opportunity to study, through visits to the
local smelteries, the electrolytic and refining plants, the application
of scientific principles in the production of a metal which holds a
place in the world's output as the standard of excellence.
Text-book, Peter's Principles of Copper Smelting.
G 3. Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and Zinc - - 88 hours
Mr. Houle.
Lectures and recitations three times a week, eleven weeks;
winter term. To be preceded by G 2 (Principles of Metallurgy).
40 Michigan College of Mines
In this course, the processes which lead to the extraction of
lead, iron and zinc from the various ores of those metals will be
considered separately under the head of each metal. The outline of
study to be followed will be approximately as laid down under the
head of Principles of Metallurgy, but the investigation will branch
out wherever any peculiarity of treatment in the metallurgy of the
metal under consideration demands it
Text-book, Austin's Metallurgy of the Common Metals, supple-
mented by a number of problems involving various metallurgical
calculations.
G 4. Principles of Hydro- Metallurgy - - 40 hours
Mr. Cunningham.
Four hours a week in class-room and four hours a week pre-
paration, five weeks, first half of spring term. To be preceded by
G 3 (Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and Zinc), and preceded by or
accompanied with S i (Ore Dressing).
The instruction in Principles of Hydro-metallurgy will consist
of lectures and recitations. The work includes:
(i) Amalgamation, cyaniding and chlorinatidn of gold ores.
(2) Amalgamation, cyaniding and lixiviation of silver ores.
(3) Copper leaching.
Text : Austin's Metallurgy of the Common Metals, and depart-
ment notes.
G 5. Ore Tests ...... 270 hours
Messrs. Cunningham and Sweet.
Two hours a week in class-room and forty-three hours a week
in laboratory, six weeks, first half of summer term. To be preceded
by G 4 (Principles of Hydro-metallurgy), ana preceded by or
accompanied with F 5 or F 6 (Quantitative Analysis).
The instruction will comprise discussions and problems in class-
room and laboratory work upon the following subjects:
Amalgamation tests on gold and silver ores.
Departments of Instruction 41
Cyaniding tests on gold and silver ores.
Lixiviation tests, including chloridizing roasting, on silver
ores.
Leaching tests for the extraction of copper followed by tests
on the precipitation of the copper.
G 6. Furnace Work ----- 135 hours
Messrs. Houle, Cunningham and Sweet.
Forty-five, hours a week, three weeks, last half of summer term.
To be preceded by G 5 (Ore Tests).
Part of the work in this course will be done at the college and
part at one of the smelting plants of the district. The work done
at the college follows up the work done in G 5 (Ore Tests). The
course G 5 serves to familiarize the student with the various pro-
cesses of metallurgy and hydro-metallurgy and from which he de-
rives certain constants while working with small amounts of ore.
The G 6 course follows this up, using the constants in metallurgical
calculations arising from the manipulation of much larger quantities
of ore, the end point in a G 6 test being the actual recovery of so
much gold, silver or copper, using standard methods of extraction.
The work at the local smelting plants will consist of following
through and taking notes on the cycle of operations involved in
a complete furnace treatment of one charge. The class will be
divided into day and night shifts in order to make the observations
continuous. The notes are summarized and discussed at the college.
Q 7. Metallurgical Design . . - . 192 hours
Messrs. Houle and Cunningham.
Three hours a week in class-room and nine hours a! week in
laboratory, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of spring term.
To be preceded by Q 6 (Graphical Statics), and G 2 (Principles of
Metallurgy), and preceded by or accompanied with G 4 (Principles
of Hydro-metallurgy) and M 4 (Mechanics of Materials).
42 Michigan College of Mines,
The object of the course is to teach the student how to assemble
and arrange the units which are required for a metallurgical process
of treatment and to outline and draw as much of the details of
construction as the time will allow. It is intended that the student
will select a metallurgical process falling under one of the three fol-
lowing headings:
(i) A smelting plant.
(2) A hydro-metallurgical plant
(3) An ore dressing plant.
The metallurgical units of the elected plant will be selected,
sizes and capacities calculated, spaces allowed and arrangements
made. Elevations will be decided upon, haulagp and transportation
facilities provided, and then the details of the structure will be
planned; loads determined, stresses calculated, and materials pro-
vided for their resistance and proper support.
In connection with visits during progress of other courses in
the department, attention will be called to methods of construction
and design in the smelteries and mills visited. Practical details
may here be profitably studied.
Text-book : A series of lectures in which reference will be made
to
Kidder's Architect's Pocket Book.
Traut wine's Engineer's Pocket Book.
Kent's Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
Cambria Steel.
Ketchum's Structural Engineer's Handbook.
G 8. Metallurgical Organization and Accounts 106 hours
Messrs. Houle and Sweet.
Three hours in class-room, twelve weeks, fall term. To be
preceded by G 2 (Principles of Metallurgy), and preceded by or
accompanied with G 3 (Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and Zinc), and
G 4, (Principles of Hydro-metallurgy).
The object of the course is to give the student a clear con-
ception of the structure and operating details of a metallurgical or-
ganization. The work is begun with the formation of an unorgan-
Departments of Instruction 43
■
ized "pool" for the development of a metallurgical field. Options
are obtained and agreements made in quantity sufficient to organize
a company whose stock is issued and money accumulated for the
construction of a metallurgical plant.
Labor is employed, materials are bought, used and stored, and
accounts are kept covering the construction period. At the end of
this period, a trial balance of assets and liabilities are made and
the management is transferred to an operating company whose
efforts are directed to the making of a profitable product with the
equipment in hand. Again labor is employed, materials are bought
and used, and accounts are kept for a period of time sufficient to
make a trial balance of the results of the operating period. The
losses are traced, assets are collected, and an examination is made
into the possibilities of either continued loss or profit from the pro-
gress of the work as outlined.
Text. Notes by A. J. Houle.
44
Michigan College of Mines
The following tabulation names the courses given under the
supervision of the Department of Metallurgy and the associated
Department of Ore Dressing and states the time and logical order
in which the subjects should be chosen. There is also indicated
the two sequences offered by the department.
FALL
WINTER
SPRING
SUMMER
Ist. Half
2nd. Half
Ist. Half
8rd. Quarter
4th.Qaarter
G-1
Fire
Assaying
Short Course
2nd. Tear
•
G-2
Principles ol
Metallurgy
Smelter
Trips
2nd. Year
-
G-8
Metallurgy
of Lead,
Iron and
Zinc
8rd. Year
-
S-1
Principles of Ore Dressing
Mill Trips
8rd. Year
G-4
Hydro-
Metallurgy
8rd. Year
G-7
Metallurgical Design
8rd. Year
G-5
Ore Tests
8rd. Year
Advanced
Assaying
G-8
Metallurgical
Organization
& Accoants
8rd. Year
S-2
Mill Work
8rd. Year
6-6
Furnace
Work
8rd. Year
Departments of Instruction 45
J. THESIS.
The Facui^ty.
J 1. ThMis 270 hours
Properly qualified students may include the preparation of a
thesis in their work for a degree.
The subject of such thesis must be announced with the schedule
of studies for the year in which the degree is expected; further, the
schedule must be approved by the head of the department in which
the thesis work is to be done. This approval will include the sub-
ject chosen and the student's preparation to do the work.
The schedule and subject are then considered by the Faculty,
whose approval is necessary.
The thesis must be completed by July i, and submitted to the
Faculty for examination and acceptance. For its acceptance it must
be accompanied with the written approval of the instructors under
whom the work was done.
K. TECHNICAL WRITING.
Mr. DeFoe.
The aim in this department is to teach students to use the plain
but clear and emphatic language characteristic of all good mining
engineers; the kind of language by which they are able to make
themselves readily and accurately understood in such cases as:
Making reports, oral or written, to superiors; giving instructions
and directions to workmen; writing business letters; consulting.
Effort is made from the beginning, therefore, to give the student
principles and methods of expression which he can apply to advan-
tage in his other college courses in making recitations, writing note-
books, writing examination papers, reports, etc.
Courses K i and K 2 are required for graduation, while courses
K 3 and K 4 are elective.
46 Michigan College of Mines
K 1. English 60 hours
Five hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. Two hours a week
in class-room, and three in outside preparation.
Class-room work will consist of lectures, quizzes and discus-
sion of student papers. Outside preparation will consist chiefly of
writing papers for class.
K 2. Composition . . - . - - 91 hours
Six hours a week, eleven weeks, winter term, and five hours a
week, five weeks, first half of spring term.
Class-room work will be conducted much as in K i. A supple-
mentary text-book will be used, which will occupy a part of the
time devoted to outside preparation. Students in this course will
usually be in their second year, and will be expected to write very
largely on technical subjects.
K 3. Tschnicsl Journslism - - - - 33 hours
Three hours a week, eleven weeks) winter term. To be preceded
by K 2.
Lectures on the principles of technical journalism; library
assignments in the analysis of technical magazines; assignments in
Rickard's "A Guide to Technical Writing," and Harwood Frost's
"Good Engineering Literature"; writing of a few papers.
Arrangements may be made in this course, at the option of
instructor, to use only one of the regular scheduled class hours and
devote the other to preparation.
K 4. CommoroisI Correspondsncs ... 15 hours
Three hours a week, five weeks, both halves of spring term.
Fifteen hours either half.
The course will cover the same general subject-matter during
each of the two halves of the spring term. During the first half,
however, it will be open only to second and third year men, and
to special students who have obtained permission of the instructor.
During the second half it will be open to all students.
Departments of Instruction 47
A brief text-book will be used, principally for reference as to
conventional letter forms. Situations will be presented to the class
which demand the writing of letters, and the students will be directed
to write letters fitting the circumstances. The letters written will
be publicly discussed and criticised both by members of the class
and the instructor. Situations will be presented which demand
letters of application, acceptance, refusal, inquiry, censure, etc.
K 5. SPANISH.
Mr. DeFoe.
K 5. Elementary Spanish .... 168 hours
Three hours a week in class-room, fall, winter and first half . of
spring terms.
Because of the large and continually expanding field for mining
and metallurgical engineers in Mexico and South America, and the
consequent demand for a knowledge of Spanish by the men who go
into positions there, this course is offered.
The aim is to give the student a thorough grounding in the lan-
guage. When he finishes he should be able to read Spanish with
occasional reference to a dictionary for an unfamiliar word, and
to express readily commonplace wants.
M. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
Messrs. Christensen, Anderson, Richards, Uren,
Bennett and Wagner,
The successful and economical operation of any mine depends
so largely upon the judicious selection, proper design, and skillful
operation of the power plant and general machinery, that the Col-
lege offers a course in mechanical engineering specially designed to
prepare the student to take up such work.
The aim has been to so use those Mechanical Engineering sub-
jects of special prominence in mining work as to give the student
48 Michigan College of Mines
thorough training, and to indicate the methods of study and obser-
vation to be followed after graduation, should he decide to take up
any branch of Mechanical Engineering as his specialty.
Throughout the whole course the attempt is made to present
clearly the theory underlying each part of the work, and to fix and
illustrate the theory by practical exercises in the shop, laboratory,
draughting room, or by reference to neighboring mine equipments.
The workshop, mechanical laboratories, electrical engineering
laboratories, and the draughting room, are located in the Mechanical
Engineering Building.
Courses in the following subjects are offered:
M 1. Properties of Materials ... 180 hours
Messrs. Christensen and Anderson.
Five recitations per week, five laboratory hours per week,
twelve weeks, summer term. To be preceded by B 2 (Physics) and
F I (General Chemistry).
The course includes a study of the strength, stiffness and resi-
lience properties of such engineering materials as cast-iron, wrought-
iron, steel, copper, brass, bronze, concrete, brick, stone and timber,
together with some discussion of the methods of their manufacture,
forms in which they appear on the market, their adaptation to the
purposes of the engineer, etc. Text-books : Materials of Construction
by Mills, and Mechanical Engineers' Handbook by Marks.
This course will be closely co-ordinated with the course M 2
(Shop Practice).
M 2. Shop Practice ..... 420 hours
Messrs. Christensen, Richards, Uren, Bennett and Wagner.
Seven hours a day, five days a week, twelve weeks, summer
term. To be ; preceded by M 16 (Machine Drawing) and accom-
panied with M I (Properties of Materials).
The course is closely co-ordinated with M i (Properties of Ma-
terials) and is intended to familiarize the student first hand, with
Departments of Instruction 49
those properties of iron, steel and wood, best studied in the shop.
It is also the intention in this course to give the student an oppor*
tunity to become acquainted with the various wood and metal work-
ing tools, to attain some skill and judgment in their use, and to
learn something of those processes of manufacture most closely re-
lated to machine construction and repair.
The practical instruction given is largely personal and each stu-
dent is advanced as rapidly as his proficiency will warrant. Recita-
tions concerning the work are required. In the machine shop,
practice is offered in bench and vise work, and with all of the usual
machine tools. In the blacksmith shop, work in forging, tool dress-
ing and the heat-treatment of steel is taken up. In the pattern shop,
patterns are made of parts to be later completed in the machine
shop. The course includes the use of wood-working bench tools
and power machinery.
Those who desire to take shop work only, and devote all their
time to it, must satisfy the college requirements as special students,
and, in addition, must give evidence of being able to follow the
work with profit. Some knowledge of drawing, or practice in read-
ing drawings, is essential.
Under some conditions the machine shop is open to students at
other times than during the summer term.
Shop Equipment.
In addition to necessary work-benches and hand tools, the shop
contains : —
One 24-inch by 16-foot New Haven Tool Co.'s lathe.
One 16-inch by 6-foot Lodge & Shipley lathe.
Two 14-inch by s-foot Lodge & Shipley lathes.
Six 14-inch by 6-foot Reed lathes.
One 14-inch by 8-foot Reed lathe.
One 14-inch by 6- foot Lodge & Davis lathe.
One 13-inch by 5-foot Putnam lathe.
One 12-inch by 5-foot Prentis lathe.
One No. 2 Landis Grinder for hardened steel work.
One 24x24x8-foot Whitcomb planer.
One 20x20x4- foot Wm. Sellers & Co. planer.
50 Michigan College of Mines
One i6*inch Gould & Eberhardt shaper.
One lo-inch Traverse head shaper.
One 34-inch Blaisdell drill press.
One 20-inch Lodge & Davis drill press.
One sensitive drill.
One twist drill grinder.
One No. iV4 Cincinnati tool room milling machine.
Three emery tool grinders.
One buffing wheel.
One power cold saw.
One 2-inch pipe and bolt machine.
One Arbor press.
One steam hammer.
The assortment of chucks, taps, drills, reamers and general tools
is extensive. For the practice in pipe fitting a separate bench has
been provided; a complete set of pipe tools, and a supply of pipe
and fittings are in stock.*
The blacksmith shop occupies a room 26x43 and is completely
equipped with eight forges and the necessary hand and power tools.
The pattern shop contains ten wood lathes, a pattern maker's
lathe to swing five feet, a 33-inch Fay band saw, a 24-inch Fay
hand planer and joiner; a 24-inch pony planer, Colburn universal
saw bench, emery wheels and grindstones, gouge grinder, electric
glue heaters, an extensive assortment of hand tools and appliances,
and the necessary work benches and vises.
Each student, in each shop, has a separate work bench, set of
hand tools, and locker, for which he is held responsible. Any dam-
age to tools, or other part of the equipment, beyond wear and tear
by legitimate use, is charged to the student accountable for it.
Each shop has a good tool room, in which a check system of
accounting for tools' is used.
Power for the shops is furnished by motors.
M 3. Design of Structural Joints - - 165 hours
Mr. Christensen.
Fifteen hours a week, winter term. To be preceded by M 4
(Mechanics of Materials) and Q 6 (Graphical Statics).
DepartmemU of Instruction 51
This coarse can also be taken in the iaXi term, fourteen hours
per week, or as a slightly abbreviated course, known below as M 6»
during the last six wedcs of the summer term, twenty-three hours
per week.
A study of the design of structural joints m wood and metal
based upon the fundamental principles of stress and strength of ma-
terials. Dimensioned sketches or drawing^s showing complete work-
ing details will be required in the solution of each problem.
M 4. Mechanics of Materials ... 207 hours
Ms. Anderson.
Three recitations a week, twenty-three weeks, fall and winter
terms. To be preceded by M i (Properties of Materials), M 2
(Shop Practice) and preceded by or accompanied with C 2 (Ana-
lytic Mechanics).
Application of the principles of statics to rigid bodies ; elasticity
and resistance of materials; cantilevers, simple restrained and con-
tinuous beams; forms of uniform strength, riveting, torsion of
shafts, combined stresses; resilience; apparent and true stresses;
computation of proper sizes and proportions of beams, columns,
shafts, flat plates, etc Merriman's Mechanics of Materials, Re-
inforced Concrete Construction, Vol. I., by Hool, and Cambria Steel.
M 5. Mechanical Engineering 1 - - • 108 hours
Mr. Anderson.
Three recitations a week, twelve weeks, fall term.
A general treatment of the steam engine, boiler, and attendant '
details, being an introduction to the mechanical engineering of
power plants. Text-book, Heat Engines by Allen and Bursley.
M 6. Design of Structural Joints ... 133 hours
Mr. Christensen.
Twenty-three hours a week, last six weeks of summer term.
52 Michigan College of Mines
To be preceded by M 4 (Mechanics of Materials), and Q 6 (Gra-
phical Statics).
This is a course similar to course M 3, described above, but
slightly abbreviated.
M 10. Pumps and Air Compressors - - 99 hours
Mr. Anderson.
Three recitations per week, eleven weeks, winter term. To be
preceded by M 12 (Mechanical Engineering III.) and preceded by
or accompanied with Q 2 (Hydraulics),
The first portion of the course is devoted to a study of the
action of air during compression, expansion, and flow through pipes,
also to a consideration of the various types of air-compressing and
actuating machinery. The second portion of the course is devoted
to a study of pumps and pumping problems. The principles govern-
ing the action of pumps under various conditions are analyzed and
illustrated by suitable problems.
Text-books: Compressed Air by Harris; notes on pumps and
pumping, and Mark's Mechanical Engineer's Handbook.
M 11. Mechanical Engineering II - • • 65 hours
Messrs. Christensen, Anderson and Richards.
Tzvo recitations per week, seven laboratory hours, first five
weeks of the spring term. To be preceded by M 5 (Mechanical
Engineering I.) and M 16 (Machine Drawing).
The very extensive and varied power plant equipments in the
immediate neighborhood are used as illustrative material. Trips of
inspection are taken to these plants and written reports are required
of students. The text-book used in M 5 (Mechanical Engineering
I.) is completed and some subjects are amplified by lectures.
Questions raised in these general courses (M 5 and M 11) are
especially treated at length in courses M 12, M 10, Q 2, and N i.
^
Departments of Instruction S3
M 12. Mechanical Engineering 111 106 hours
Mr. Christensen.
Three recitations a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be pre-
ceded by M II (Mechanical Engineering II.) and preceded by or
accompanied with M 4 (Mechanics of Materials).
A course in the thermodjmamics of the steam engine. The gen-
eral theory of the action of steam in the steam engine and the an- ,
alysis of steam engine and boiler tests. Text-oooks: Engineering
Thermodynamics by Moyer and Calderwood ; Mechanical Engineers'
Handbook by Marks.
Equipment.
The power plant, situated on the lake shore, contains three Par-
ker boilers, two of which are equipped with Murphy Automatic
Stokers; induced draft system; one 8x24 Reynolds Corliss engine
direct connected to a Sullivan 14x24 air compressor; two 13x12
Chandler and Taylor automatic engines, direct connected to three-
phase generators; centrifugal and direct acting pumps. Of
minor apparatus there is one Taylor indicator, six Crosby indicators
with electrical attachments, two American Thompson indicators, one
Hine and Robertson indicator, two continuous Crosby indicators,
and a supply of thermometers, calorimeters, guages, pantographs,
pyrometers, planimeters, etc.
M 15. Mechanical Drawing .... 156 hours
Messrs. Christensen and Richards.
Thirteen laboratory hours per week, twelve weeks, fall term.
The course includes practice in the use of drawing instruments,
graphical solution of geometrical problems, descriptive geometry
problems, projection on right and oblique planes, intersection of
lines, surfaces and solids, development of surfaces, and isometric
projection.
Text-book: Engineering Drawing by French.
It is required that the instruments used shall be capable of doing
the best grade of work and for the convenience of students a suit-
54 Michigan College of Mines
able grade is offered for sale at cost at the College. Instruments
required are:
S-inch hairspring dividers.
5% -inch hairspring compass.
3% -inch bow spacer.
3% -inch bow pencil.
3% -inch bow pen.
S-inch spring-opening ruling pen.
4% -inch swivel curve pen.
Pocket case for instruments.
i2-inch 30x60 degree amber triangle.
lo-inch 45-degree amber triangle.
Irregular amber curve.
30-inch amber lined Tee square.
12-inch special graduated scale.
Waterproof black ink.
6H drawing pencil.
4H drawing pencil.
Cleaning eraser.
Pencil eraser.
Ink eraser.
Pens.
Penholder.
One dozen riveted point thumb tacks.
Pencil file.
College drawing paper.
M 16. Machine Drawing and Design - - 132 hours
Messrs. Christensen and Richards.
Twelve laboratory hours a week, eleven weeks, winter term.
To be preceded by M 15 (Mechanical Drawing).
This course gives training in the making of complete working
drawings and sketches of machine parts and typical engineering con-
structions. Some of the problems are intended to give the student
practice in simple proportioning and adjustment of details by refer-
ence to handbooks and catalogs.
Departments of Instruction SS
Topics considered, are the helex, screw threads and their types,
standard threads, standard bolts and screws, conventional represen-
tations, working drawings, center line, dimension line, sectional view,
title, etc; followed by simple problems in drawing and design in-
tended to familiarize the student with some of the standardized de-
tails of engineering construction and their use and adaptation in prac-
tical design. Engineering Drawing by T. E. French and Mark's
Mechanical Engineer's Handbook.
Draughting Room and Equipment.
The Draughting Room is 25x97 feet, with instructors' offices,
blue-print room, etc. The room is on the north side of the build-
ing, thereby insuring freedom from shadows at any part of the day.
It is provided with electric lights so arranged jis to permit night
work with the minimum of discomfort. The drawing tables provide
each student with private lockers for his materials and a rack for
board and T-square. There are sun and electric blue-printing equip-
ments, etc. There are cut models of pumps, injectors, valves, gears,
drawings of machinery, etc., used as illustrative material.
N. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
N 1. Applied Electricity .... 106 hours
Mr. Anderson.
Three recitations per week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be
preceded by B 2 (Physics) and M i (Properties of Materials).
An elementary course in the generation, transmission, and dis-
tribution of electrical energy. Topics given prominence in the
course are electrical circuits, and the selection, installation, and
care of electrical machinery.
Text-book: Principles and Practice of Electrical Engineering
by Gray.
56 Michigan College of Mines
Q. CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston,
Q 1. Surveying (Field Work) 600 hours
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston.
Fifty hours a week, twelve weeks, summer term, beginning
about the ist of June each year. To be preceded by credit in A 3
(Spherical Trigonometry) and Q 4 (Topographical Drawing),
except that persons of experience who wish to attend this course
only, are required to prepare themselves upon the subjects of Plane
Trigonometry, Logarithms and Mensuration; and provide them-
selves with the drawing instruments and materials required for
Drawing under the Civil Engineering department All persons
who desire to attend are requested to send in their names early to
Professor Sperr, or to the President of the College, in order that
proper provision may be made for them.
It is believed that the principles of surveying can be more easily
and more thoroughly learned if the study of the text-book and the
use of the instruments go hand in hand. The lessons in the text-
books are assigned ahead of the time when the work is taken up in
the field, in order that the student may first study the subject and
then work out the problems which arise from his own use of the
instruments in the field.
The aim in laying out the field work is to make it of a com-
mercial character, to be executed in a commercial and practical
manner; but keeping in view the main object of the course, which is
to teach the principles of surveying.
An outline of the work is as follows:
i. Preliminary Surveying.
1. Pacing practice.
2. Preliminary location of mining claims aind filing of notice
of location. "
3. Adjustment of hand level. Short line of levels with the
hand level.
Ik
Departments of Instruction 57
4. Tdpographical survey of mining claim by pacing and hand
leveL
5. Ranging practice with pickets and chain.
II. Land Surveying.
1. Adjustment of compass.
2. Subdivision of a section of land according to United States
Land Office regulations, locations of lost comers, etc
3. Farm survey with transit and chain. Computation of acre-
age.
4. City survey of portion of Houghton, location of street, al-
ley, and lot lines by transit and steel tape. Platting an
addition.
5. Surveying of mining claim with solar instrument, official
survey for United States patent. Includes adjustment of
solar attachments.
III. Goedetic Surveying.
1. Measurements of base line for triangulation system covering
an area of about ten square miles oh the opposite shores of
Portage Lake. Standardizing tapes.
2. Erection of signals and stations for triangulation observa-
tion.
3. Reading angles with transit.
4. Computations for and adjustment of the triangulation sys-
tem.
5. Adjustment of engineers' level.
6. Determination of elevation of bench marks and triangulation
points by leveling from Portage Lake.
7. Observation on Polaris with transit for determination of
true azimuth.
IV. Topographical Surveying.
1. Adjustment of transit.
2. Repetition traverse with transit and steel tape.
58 Michigan College of Mines
3. Azimuth traverse with transit and stadia.
4. Adjustment of plane table instrument.
5. Topographical survey of certain area with plane table.
6. Topographical survey of certain area with transit and stadia.
7. Tying up of topographical survey to triarigulation ' system.
V. Railroad Surveying.
1. Reconnoissance with clinometer and pocket compass.
2. Preliminary survey with transit, chain, and engineer's level
Topography by pacing and hand level.
3. Permanent location with transit, steel tape, and engineer's
level.
4. Computation of simple and compound curves. Setting curve
and line stakes with transit and steel tape,
5. Profile leveling. Plotting on profile sheet and establish-
ment of grade.
6. Cross-sectioning.
7. Computations of excavations and embankments.
8. Computing and laying in turnouts, frogs, switches and Y
junction curves.
Maps are required lo be made of the mining claim pacing sur-
vey, the mining claim official survey, the azimuth and repetition
traverse surveys, the farm survey, the stadia survey, the city survey
and the railroad survey.
The class is divided into squads, with just a sufficient number
in the squad to do the required work. By rotation each member of
the class is required to do every different kind of work with every
different instrument used, make a full set of notes of the work done
by his squad and from these notes make the maps in the drawing
room.
The equipment for instruction comprises the following set of
instruments :
Five Buff & Berger transits.
Six C. L. Berger & Sons transits.
Three Heller & Brightly transits.
Two Fauth & Co. transits.
One Brandis transit.
Departments of Instruction 59
Seren W. & L. E. Gurley transits.
One Mahn & Co. transit
Two Buff & Buff transits.
One Keuffel & Esser transit
Fourteen W. & L. E. Gurley engineers* levels.
Three Heller & Brightly engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger engineers' level
Two C. L. Berger & Sons engineers' levels.
One Buff & Berger plane table.
One C. L. Berger & Sons plane table.
Four W. & L. E. Gurley plane tables.
One Brandis plane table.
Five W. & L. E. Gurley Burt solar compasses.
Seven W. & L. E. Gurley surveyor's compasses.
Five Brunton pocket mine transits.
Ten water levels.
Seventy-six Locke hand levels.
Five K. & E. stadia slide rules.
In addition to these more expensive instruments ihe College
owns the necessary number of chains, steel-tapes, poles, rods, etc
The furnishing of the surveying apparatus by the College is a
heavy expense to the institution, and while losses due to ordinary
and legitimate wear and tear of the instruments are borne by the
College, any injuries due to carelessness on the part of the student
must be paid for by him.
Every student is required to provide himself with a steel pocket
tape graduated to feet and tenths, and not less than 25 feet long, a
reading lens, a wood ax, a timber pencil, a field book, and drawing
instruments as in Q 4 (Topographical. Drawing).
Text-books: Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson and
Smith; Field Engineering, Searle.
Q 2. Hydraulics - - - • - - 128 hours
Mr. Schubert.
Bight hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of
spring term. To be preceded by R i (Principles of Mining), and
preceded by or accompanied with A 5 (Calculus.).
6o Michigan College of Mines
One trip will be made to some hydraulic plant
Recitations and problems will be on the following:
1. Hydrostatics.
2. Theoretical hydraulics.
3. Flow through orifices.
4. Flow over weirs.
5. Flow through tubes.
6. Flow in pipes.
7. Flow in conduits and canals.
8. Flow in rivers.
9. Measurement of water power.
10. Dynamic pressure of flowing water.
11. Water Wheels.
12. Turbines.
Text-book: Treatise on Hydraulics. Merriman. Last edition.
Q 3. Hydraulics and Stream Measurements - 138 hours
Mr. Schubert.
Twenty-three hours a week, five hours in lecture room and
eighteen hours in field and laboratory, six weeks, first half of sum-
mer term. To be preceded by Q 2 (Hydraulics) and M 5 (Mechani-
cal Engineering I.)
The hydraulic laboratory is provided with two main reservoirs,
a steel supply reservoir of 18,000 gallons capacity in the tower of
the building, and a reservoir below in the form of a canal of 25,000
gallons capacity giving a head of about 90 feet. The discharge from
the supply reservoir is through a lo-inch stand pipe, which may be
drawn from at the different floors in the tower by nine lo-inch
Fairbanks gate valves. Galvanized iron conduits pass the entire
length of the tower and are so arranged as ta conduct the flow into
the reservoir below or into large weighing tanks at will The equip-
ment is used for determining the constants of orifices and tubes,
by allowing the flow on time observation to go into the weighing
tanks. After being standardized, the orifices and tubes are used for
measuring the flow of water in the canal. Weirs are placed in the
canal, and their constants are determined by means of measured
Departments of Instruction 6i
head and flow. These weirs are then used for the stream measure-
ments.
The main part of the laboratory is sixteen feet in the clear, with
balcony around for accommodation of light appliances. Also pass-
ing around this part are mains as follows : A 6-inch water supply, a
6-inch pump discharge (into supply reservoir or weighing tanks),
a 2% -inch steam supply, a 3-inch steam exhaust (into atmosphere or
surface condenser), and along the north balcony, a 6xi2-inch con-
duit to a pair of hanging tank scales. Steam and electricity are
furnished by the central Power Plant operated bv the Mechanical
Department.
A complete electrical signal and telephone system is in operation,
consisting of fixed and portable sets so arranged that communication
may be had between any two or more points in the main laboratory
or tower.
The following apparatus is now available for experimental work.
One 5Vix3%x5 Snow duplex pump.
One 8x8% xi2 Snow duplex steam pump.
One 6x12 Dean triplex electric pump with 7 H. P. induction
motor and Reeves speed regulator.
One 12-inch Morris centrifugal pump.
One Blackmer rotary pump.
One Evans hydraulic gravel elevator, with sluices, undercurrent
and riffles.
One Evans hydraulic giant.
One 20-inch Pelton water motor.
One 15-inch Tuthill water motor.
One Doble water motor with glass cover.
One 8-inch Leffel turbine.
One Worthington water meter.
One Price acoustic current meter.
One orifice tank for low heads.
Two Buffalo platform tank scales, each 20,000 pounds capacity.
Two Buffalo hanging tank scales, each 3,560 pounds capacity.
Two Buffalo platform scales, each 2,560 pounds capacity.
One Buffalo laboratory scale of 400 pounds capacity and sensi-
tive to I- 100 of a pound.
62 Michigan College of Mines
One 10 H. P. electric induction motor for driving line shaft
Thirteen valve orifice plates of special design, with orifices inter-
changeable from the outside and without loss of water.
One working model "Taylor type" Hydraulic Air Compressor,
so designed that the action of the air and water can be observed
through glass apertures at different points.
One glass-covered working model Hydraulic Ram.
In the laboratory are also numerous orifices and weirs of various
shapes and sizes, steam, water, mercury, and hook gauges; speed
indicators, steam indicators, and other apparatus necessary for deter-
mining the efficiency and the co-efficients of the various hydraulic
appliances used in connection with mining operations.
Streams in the vicinity will be used for experimental work in
measurements of flow by meter and weir methods.
Text-books :
Treatise on Hydraulics, Merriman.
Notes and Library References.
Q 4. Topographical Drawing .... 65 hours
Mr. Wgld.
Thirteen hours a week, five weeks, last five weeks of spring
term. •
This subject is designed to give instruction in the office and
drawing-room work necessary for Summer Surveying and is re-
quired for the course Q i. In addition there is a sufficient amount
given to enable the student to do the ordinary mapping work in
regular practice. The course is given by lectures and individual
instruction in the Drawing room on the following:
I. Traversing.
II. Plotting.
1. By Protraction.
2. By Rectangular Co-ordinates.
III. Computing.
1. Co-ordinates.
2. Areas.
3. Volumes.
Departments of Instruction 63
IV. Topography.
1. Topographical Signs.
2. Topographical Maps.
V. Mechanical Lettering for Titles, etc.
VI. Free Hand Lettering.
Instruments Required.
One 5-inch right Hne pen.
One swivel curve pen.
One 5%-inch compass (pivot point) with hair-spring, pen, pen-
cil points and extension bar.
One 3% -inch bow pen.
One 3% -inch -bow pencil.
One 3% -inch bow dividers.
One protractor (cardboard or metal).
One 12-inch triangular decimal scale.
One 12-inch 30x60 degree amber triangle.
One lo-inch 45-degree amber triangle.
One-half dozen thumb tacks.
One bottle Higgin's black water proof drawing ink.
One bottle Higgin's carmine drawing ink.
One rubber pencil eraser.
One ink eraser.
One sponge rubber or Eagle cleaner.
One 6H. pencil.
One piece chamois skin about 12x8 inches.
One-half pan each, moist colors, as follows : Prussian blue,
burnt sienna.
Two No. I Spencerian pens, with holder.
Two mapping or crow quill pens, with holder.
Two ball-pointed pens.
All instruments must be of first class quality. Students will not
be allowed to work with inferior instruments. Articles in the above
list may be purchased by students at the College.
Text-books :
Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson & Smith.
Manuscript Notes by A. N. Wold.
Engineering Drawing, French.
Michigan College of Mines
Q 6. Offiet EnglnMrino .... 120 hours
Mr. Wold.
Ten hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded
by Q I (Surveying).
In this course, the objects and purposes of field and railroad
surveying are more fully developed, having special reference to the
duties of the office corps of an engineering office. Such points are
taken up in detail as:
I. Survey Extensions.
a. Systematic checking and recording field notes.
b. Methods of computing and tabulating results.
c. Utility of accurately established survey points.
II. Mechanical means for making rapid and accurate calculations.
III. Measurement of mine-dumps, developed ore bodies, coal areas,
cuts, fills, earth dams, etc., from maps, sections and other
data.
IV. Reproduction of maps, sections, etc.
1. Mechanically.
2. By hand.
V. Utility of colors as applied to mine and surface maps.
VI. Graphic methods applied to mine problems.
Text-books :
Notes and Library References.
The Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson.
Manuscript Notes by A. J. Houle.
Equipment.
One Eidograph.
One Suspended Pantograph
One Thacher Calculator.
One Comptometer.
Three Polar Planimeters.
Two lo-inch Steel Protractors.
Eight 8-inch Steel Protractors.
Steel Straight Edges, Beam Compasses, Proportional Dividers,
Mapping Tables, etc.
Departments of Instruction t$5
Q 6. Graphical Statics • • . . 144 hours
Mr. Wold.
Twelve hours a week, one lecture, two recitations and nine
hours in drawing-room, twelve weeks, fall terra. To be preceded by
B I (Physics), and M 15 (Mechanical drawing).
This subject is designed to teach the theory of the graphical
analysis of stresses in structures, under the action of steady and
moving loads, and the pressure of the winds. For example, the solu-
tion of a certain class of roof trusses is taken up in the lecture.
The student is assigned a number of problems on the different types
of trusses in this class, to be solved in the drawing-room by aid of
manuscript notes and such individual instructions as may be neces-
sary. For this problem he would be required to report the nature
and value of the stress in each member of the truss under the
various loads specified, each student being given different condi-
tions and data.
Q 7. Engineering Design and Construction - 192 hours
Messrs. Schubert and Johnston.
Twelve hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half
of spring temi. To be preceded by Q 6 (Graphical Statics), and
preceded by or accompanied with M 4 (Mechanics of Materials)
and R 4 (Mining Engineering).
The work in designing is applied to the head-frames, coal and
ore bins, engine and boiler houses, bridges, trestles, etc, of the min-
ing plants considered under R 4 (Mining Engineering).
A general outline of the work is as follows
1. The general requirement of the structure
2. Drawing the general plans.
3. The materials best adapted to the various purposes.
4. Strength of materials.
5. Methods of construction.
6. Making detailed drawings, bills of materials, and estimate
of costs.
7. Synopsis of the law of contracts.
i
66 Michigan College of Mines
8. Drawing up specifications. •
9. Letting contracts.
10. Superintending the construction.
11. Trip of inspection.
Text book :
Architect & Builder's Pocket Book by Kidder, and references
to other pocket books such as Trautwine, Kent, Cambria,
Gillette, etc., and Notes by A. J. Houle.
Q 8. Engineering Design and Construction - 138 hours
Mr. Schubert.
Twenty-three hours a week, six weeks, last half of summer
term. To be preceded by Q 6 (Graphical Statics), M 4 (Mechanics
of Materials), and R 4 (Mining Engineering).
A general outline of the work is as follows :
1. The general requirement of the structure.
2. Drawing the general plans.
3. The materials best adapted to the various purposes.
4. Strength of materials.
5. Methods of construction.
6. Making detailed drawings, bills of materials, and estimate
of costs.
7. Synopsis of the law of contracts.
8. Drawing up specifications.
9. Letting contracts.
10. Superintending the construction. .
11. Trip of inspection.
Text-book :
Architect & Builder's Pocket Book by Kidder, and reference
to other pocket books such as Trautwine, Kent, Cambria,
Gillette, etc., and Notes by A. J. Houle.
R. MINING ENGINEERING.
Messrs. Sperr, Schubert, Wold and Johnston.
Mining engineering, as here used, signifies carrying through a
mining enterprise. Intelligently conducted mining operations employ
I
Departments of Instruction 67
the principles of mathematics, physics and mechanics ; the sciences
of geology, mineralogy, chemistry and metallurgy; and the arts of
civil, mechanical and electrical engineering; and demand capacity
for organization and business management.
These principles, sciences, etc., are taught by specialists and
experts in different departments, and their special application to the
business of mining is taught under the head of Mining Engineering.
The leading sub-divisons are Mining, Surveying, Engineering and
Management.
R 1 Principles of Mining 160 hours
Messrs. Sperr and Johnston.
Ten hours a zveek, four hours in class-room and excursions to
mines, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of spring term.
To be preceded by or accompanied with Y i (Principles of Geology).
The scheme of giving the instruction is as follows :
I. Lectures once a week, are based on the following outline :
1. Prospecting: Aids, methods, outfit, territory and quaHfi-
cations.
2. Explaining diamond drilling and other methods of boring
used to determine the limits of coal areas and ore bodies
and their proper development.
3. Breaking ground: Hand tools, machinery and blasting
operations.
4. Supporting excavations: Rock pillars, timber, masonry and
metallic supports.
5. Conveyance of mineral : Haulage by wen, animals, loco-
motives, electric motors, single rope, tail rope, endless
rope and endless chain ; transport by mills, packs, pipes,
launders and boats; hoisting receptacles, ropes, motors,
signals and safety appliances; pumping oils, mineral solu-
tions and alluvia. Lowering timber and lowering and
raising workmen.
6. Drainage: Surface — ground water, streams, swamps and
lakes; mine — ground water, old workings and flooded
mines.
^ Michigan College of Mines
7. Ventilation: Pure air constituents and requirements; mine
air vitiation and purification; accidents from impure air
and the means and methods of prevention; rescue and
resuscitation.
& Illumination: Candles, torches and lamps classified as oil,
gasoline, magnesium, acetylene, electric and safety.
II. Lessons are regularly assigned, running parallel with the sub-
jects of lectures.
III. Excursions are made on Saturdays into the copper mines,
where the students become familiar with the practical ap-
plication of the principles discussed in the lectures and
laid down in the text-book.
IV. One recitation a week upon the lectures and excursions.
V. Two recitations a week upon the text-book
Text-book: Elements of Mining and Quarrying, Foster.
R 2, Mine Surveying and Mining (Class-room Work) 128 hours
Messrs. Sperr and Johnston.
Bight hours a week, three hours in class-room and four hours
in laboratory, sixteen weeks, winter and first half of spring terms.
To be preceded by Q i (Surveying) and R i (Principles of
Mining).
Outline of the Subject.
I. Mine Surveying.
1. Definition.
2. Objects and purposes.
3. Maps required.
4. Instruments used.
5. Adjustment of the transit.
a. Adjustment of the Side Telescope.
b. Adjustment of the Top Telescope.
6. The Reference Line.
7. Connection of the surface with the underground survey
through an inclined shaft or slope.
I
Departments of Instruction 69
a. Form of notes.
b. Problems.
8. Connection of the surface with the underground survey
through a vertical shaft.
a. With the transit.
b. By means of plumb lines.
9. Methods of traversing underground.
10. Surveying of coal mines.
a. Precise methods with the main traverse.
b. Rapid methods with details.
11. Determination of strike and dip.
iL Mining.
1. A study of mining methods from models and drawings.
2. Sketch-book work on methods of mining.
The instruction is given from private notes and from refer-
ences to professional papers to be found in the college library. Maps
are made of portions of mines from actual notes.- Four hours
a week are required in the Drawing Room.
R 3. Mine Surveying mnd Mining (Field Work) 270 houi*s
Messrs. Speri, Schuhsrt and Johnston.
Fifty-four hours a zveek, five weeks, last half of spring term.
To be preceded by R 2 (Mine Surveying and Mining), except for
students who enter for this subject only, who are required to be
prepared in Algebra, Trigonometry, and in the use of the transit
and level.
The first two weeks are devoted to surveying and mapping a
mine or some portion thereof, in some one of the iron mining dis-
tricts of Northern Michigan. The last three weeks are devoted to
the examination of mining methods in the iron ore mines. Sketches
are made of the plans of the mines to show methods of laying out ;
of cross-section to show methods of stoping; of timber structures
to show method of framing ; of the timbering set up in drifts and
stopes; of the tramming, hoisting and general handling arrange-
ments; of ore-chutes, ore-pockets, etc.
70 Michigan College of Mines
R 4. Mining Engineering - " • 144 hours
Messrs. Sperr and Johnson.
4
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter and first half of
spring terms. The work of the winter term is class-room work,
and the work of the first five weeks of the spring term covers three
hours in class-room and four hours in laboratory. To be preceded
by C 2 (Analytic Mechanics), Q 2 (Hydraulics), R 3 (Mine Sur-
veying and Mining), and preceded by or accompanied with M 4
(Mechanics of Materials).
The subject is divided as follows:
1. The examination and description of mining properties — ex-
pert reports, estimates and recommendations.
2. Laying out mining operations — winning by open pit, adit,
slope, shaft and drill-hole; and the exploitation of quarries, placers,
and deposits of ore, coal and mineral fluids.
3. Laying out and planning the surface arrangements for min-
ing operations — head frames, power plants, ore dressing works,
houses, roads, and hydraulic engineering works.
4. Experimental work with mining machinery in the laboratory.
5. Trip to some mine in the vicinity.
Mining Engineering Laboratory.
The laboratory equipment consists of the following machines
and apparatus, together with such accessories as tripod, clamps,
posts, drill-steel and other parts.
One American lo-h. p. air compressor.
One Ingersoll- Sergeant two-stage, cross-compound air compres-
sor.
Two air receivers.
One surface condenser.
One steam indicator set
One Sullivan diamond prospecting hand-drill.
One Sullivan coal digger.
One Sullivan lightweight piston-drill.
One Sullivan hammer-drill stoper.
One Ingersoll-Sergeant two-man h^avy piston-drill.
Departments of Instruction 71
One Ingersdll-Rand Butterfly one-man drill.
One Water-Leyner drill.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly hammer-drill stoper.
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 53-pound "Jackhamer."
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly 75-pound "Jackhamer."
One Ingersoll-Rand Butterfly Water- Leyner.
One Hartscog hammer-drill.
Six mine safety lamps.
One ventilating fan with motor drive.
One anemometer.
Pi tot meters.
Plain and differential water gauges.
One Shaw gas tester.
One direct-current generator.
One projection lamp.
Model Room.
The Model Room is equipped with the following apparatus and
models :
Section through shaft at Baltic Mine.
Section through stope in Baltic Mine.
Drawing ore with double-deck loading sets.
Sublevel-stoping as applied to narrow lodes.
Sublevel-stoping as applied to wide lodes.
Room and Pillar Caving.
Glory Hole Mining.
Block Caving. *
Underhand stoping.
Drawing crushed ore from timbered chutes.
Back-stoping with waste rock filling.
Coal mine.
Illustration of lode displacement caused by faulting, first stage.
Illustration of lode displacement caused by faulting, final stage.
Wire model for faulting demonstration.
Tamarack Mine Rock and Shaft House.
Solmonson's classifying ore car.
Complete well-drilling derrick with tools.
72 Michigan College of Mines
Kimberley skip and safety catch.
Steel head frame.
Square-set mine timbering at Norrie Mine.
Rock and Shaft House (Student's Design).
Ore dock.
Inclined skipway and dump.
Electrical signal recorder.
Hoisting in balance with tandem drums.
One 30-inch Terrestrial Globe.
Coggin patent turbine.
One set of twelve models for use in the demonstration of the
location of sheave wheel supports.
Model of railroad cuts and fills.
R 5. Min* Management and Aooeunts - 144 hours
Messrs. Spcrr and Schubert.
Nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half
of spring term. To be preceded by R 3 (Mine Surveying and
Mining). Each student taking this subject must have an elementary
course of at least one-half year in bookkeeping.
The subject comprises the following:
1. Employment, organization and discipline of labor.
2. Purchase and use of supplies.
3. Preparation and sale of mineral.
4. Mine accounts, trial balances, and cost and labor statements.
Given by lectures and set of notes covermg the daily tran-
sactions.
The proper forms of accounts are designed, and the transactions
of one month of an extensive mining business entered thereon.
Then the books are closed and the trial balance, production, labor
and cost statements are made out.
Cost of blank book and data material, $6.00. A rebate will be
given on return of data material in good condition.
Departments of Instruction 73
R 6. Mine Rmouo, Ventilation and Sanitation 138 hours
Messrs. Sperr and Liston.
Twenty-three hours a week, first six weeks of summer term.
To be preceded by credit in the work of the first two years of
the College.
Accident Prevention. — Lectures on accident prevention, safety
appliances, inspection of equipment, workings and methods of class
instruction.
Mine Rescue Work. — Lectures on mine rescue work; atten-
tion being given to handling the injured when underground, rescue
in case of explosion, etc. Helmet work and stretcher drill.
First Aid. — Particular attention will be given to those injuries
which are most likely to occur in mining ; including : shocks, wounds,
hemorrhages, fractures, etc. Practical work in bandaging, making
and applying splints, and artificial respiration.
Sanitation and Ventilation. — Lectures on sanitation will
cover location, construction and maintenance of permanent camps.
Ventilation, drainage and disinfection of mines will be con-
sidered. Also recognized methods for control of epidemics.
It is expected that this course will be supplemented by a week
with the Bureau of Mines car and trips to mines which will give
an opportunity to see these principles applied.
8. ORE DRESSING.
Messrs. Houle, Cunningham and Sweet.
S 1. Principles of Ore Dressing ... 177 hours
Mr. Cunningham.
Assisted on mill trips by Mr. Houle,
Eleven weeks, winter term, three hours a week for class-room,
three hours a week fpr preparation, three hours a week for labora-
tory and three hours a week for making up absences which are in-
curred by Ore Dressing trips. In the first half of the spring term
74 Michigan College of Mines
three hours a week arc to be scheduled for class-room, three hours
a week for preparation and three hours a week for laboratory.
To be preceded by B 2 (Physics), W i (Mineralogy I.) and
F 4 (Volumetric Analysis).
The instruction in Ore Dressing will consist of recitations, lec-
tures, laboratory practice and trips to mills. The class-room work
includes :
1. Breaking, crushing and grinding of ores by breakers, rolls,
gravity and steam stamps, tube mills and other standard
machines.
2. Preparation of crushed ore for concentration by screens and
classifiers.
3. Concentration of ores by washing, jigs, sand and slime
tables.
4. Special processes of concentration, including magnetic,
electrostatic flotation and air separation.
5. Study of the milling methods of the various districts.
For laboratory work the class is divided into squads, which are
given different samples of ores, from various districts, of copper,
lead, zinc, etc. The work upon these ores includes crushing, sizing,
classifying, jigging, table treatment and flotation, with the necessary
sampling and assaying.
8 2. Mill Work 135 hours
Messrs. Cunningham and Sweet.
Forty-five hours a week, three weeks, first three weeks last half
of summer term. To be preceded by Q 2 (Hydraulics), S i (Prin-
ciples of Ore Dressing), G 4 (Principles of Hydro-metallurgy).
The instruction in mill work will consist of running ton lots
of gold ore by the amalgamation process with the concentration of
the sulphides, together with class-room discussions and one or
more trips to milling plants. This work includes:
1. Breaking, stamping and grinding of ores.
2. Amalgamation, including preparation and care of plates.
3. Concentration of sulphides by table and vanner.
4. Mill sampling
5. Account of stock.
i
Departments of Instruction 75
The Ore Dressing Building is a wooden structure 81x30 feet.
It contains a Blake breaker, a Comet breaker, a pair of rolls, a
three-stamp battery of 850- lb. stamps, two Hartz jigs, a Spitz-
kasten, a Frue vanner, a Standard concentrator and a Wilfley con-
centrating table.
The Ore Dressing laboratory equipment consists of a small
gyratory breaker, a jaw breaker, a pair of rolls, a grinder of the
coffee-mill type, a Braun pulverizer, a Vezin laboratory jig, a hand-
jig, two Richard's one-spigot classifiers, a small Wilfley table and a
small machine for flotation work.
W. MINERALOGY.
Messrs. Seaman and W. A. Seaman.
W 1. Mineralogy I ----- - 186 hours
Mr. W. a. Seaman.
Ten hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, three lectures and
seven laboratory hours, and six hours a week, eleven weeks winter
term, one lecture and five laboratory hours.
About one hundred of the most important rock-forming, ore
and gangue minerals are studied and the student required to recog-
nize them by such of their physical properties Ln can be determined
by means of a good lens and a knife, special attention being
paid to crystal habit and cleavage. The necessary crystallography is
given mostly throughout the course in conjunction with actual work
on the minerals, wooden and glass models being used whenever
necessary to illustrate difficult points.
Particular attention is also given to the composition, alteration,
occurrence and uses of the minerals.
A Text-book of Mineralogy, by J. D. Dana is used, together
with lecture and laboratory notes and references.
W 2. Mineralogy II - - - - 240 hours
Mr. W. a. Seaman.
Eight hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, three lectures and
y6 Michigan College &f Mines
five laboratory hours, and nine hours a week, sixteen weeks, winter
and first half of spring terms, two lectures and seven laboratory
hours.
To be preceded by F i (General Chemistry), W i (Mineralogy
I) and Y i (Principles of Geology).
About three hundred minerals are given in this course, includ-
ing those already studied in W i (Mineralogy I). This course is
given in much the same manner as the preceding one, considerable
crystallography, including a review of previous work, being given
throughout the course.
A Text-book of Mineralogy, by J. D. Dana is used with
constant reference to Dana's System of Mineralogy, — ^also other
references and Lecture and Laboratory Notes.
X. PETROGRAPHY.
Messrs. Hopper and W. A. Seaman.
X 1. Petrology ...... 43 hours
Mr. W. a. Seaman.
Four hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. One lecture and
three laboratory hours a week. To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy
I) and Yi (P.rinciples of Geology).
The object of this course is to give the student sufficient knowl-
edge of the classification, and practice in the determination of rocks
to enable him to derive the maximum benefit from his subsequent
work in geology.
X 2. Petrography - . • . 228 hours
Mr. Hopper.
Seven hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and nine hours a
week, sixteen weeks, winter term and first half of the spring term.
To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology), Y i
(Principles of Geology), and preceded by or accompanied with B 5
(Light).
V
DtpartmenU of Instruction . ft
The work is divided into two parts: Microscopic Mineralogy,
and Lithology.
A. Microscopic Mineralogy: Under this head are treated the
optical and physical properties of minerals, as revealed by the micro-
scope. Especial attention is directed to those characters by which
the minerals may be recognized as rock constituents. The alter-
ations of the minerals are studied with care, owing tQ the import-
ance of these in the subject of Economic Geology.
B. Lithology: The instruction in this branch of Petrography
comprises both the macroscopic and microscopic study of rocks.
For this work large and complete collections of rock specimens
with thin sections are arranged for the use of the student. Special
attention is called to the variations in rocks and to their local modi-
fications due to their special mode of occurrence in the field.
Y. GEOLOGY.
Messrs. Seaman, Hopper and W. A. Seaman.
Y 1. Principles of Geology .... 155 hours
Mr. Seaman.
Two hours a week, twenty-three weeks, fall and winter terms.
To be accompanied with W i (Mineralogy I).
An elementary text-book will be used in this course.
Y 2. Historical Geology .... 236 hours
Mr. S^man.
Nine hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term, and Hve hours a
week, sixteen weeks winter term and first half of the spring term.
To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy I), X i (Petrology) and Y i
(Principles of Geology).
The instruction in this study will consist of recitations and
laboratory work. The main object of the course is to familiar-
ize the student with the life history of the earth. They will also
78 , Michigan College of Mines
study the lithological character, order of super-position, periods of
deformation, and the area distribution of the formations which
compose the earth's crust.
The laboratory periods are devoted to a scudy of the fossils
found in the various geological periods. In this work the students
will be taught the characteristics by which fossils are recognized
and classified.
The text-books used are Chamberlain and Salisbury's Geology,
Vols. II. & III., and Text Book of Palaeontology, Zittel, Vol. I.
Y 3. Physical and Chemical Geology - - 96 hours
Mr. Seaman.
Three hours a week, twelve weeks, fall term. To be preceded
by W I (Mineralogy I.), X i (Petrology) and Y i (Principles of
Geology).
The instruction in Physical Geology is intended to be especially
adapted to the need of the explorer, the teacher, the engineer, the
petrographer, the geologist, the miner, the quarryman, and all others
who desire to understand the structural relations that rock masses
have to one another and to the valuable deposits which they may
contain. It treats of the origin and alterations of rocks, of general
earthquake and volcanic action, metamorphism, jointing, faulting,
cleavage, mountain building, eruptive rocks and crystalline schists;
the action of air, surface and underground waters and life; the in-
terior conditions of the earth, etc., especially in their relation to
the problems that the economic geologist, miner, and quarr3rman
have to meet. The student has brought before him constantly the
various problems that arise in practical work and the methods of
their solution.
This course enlarges and completes much that is briefly touched
upon in the Principles of Geology and in Petrography.
The text-book used is Chamberlain and Salisbury's Geology.
Vol. I.
^
Departments of Instruction 79
Y 4. Applied and Mining Q«ology» I - - 144 hours
Mr. Hopper.
Four hours a week, three hours of lecture and recitation and
one hour of laboratory work, eleven weeks, winter term, and five
hours a week, three hours of lecture and recitation and two hours
of laboratory work, live weeks, first half of spring term. To be pre-
ceded by W I (Mineralogy I.), X i (Petrology) and Y i (Prin-
ciples of Geology).
This is the first part of a general course in economic geology
and should be followed by Y 5 (Applied and Mining Geology II).
The course includes lectures and recitations upon the origin,
nature and distribution of the important non-metallic products, such
as coal, petroleum, natural gas, clay products, cements, building
stones, salt, phosphates, etc., and also the ores of iron.
The laboratory work in the non-metallics consists of studying
specimens, samples, their important properties and uses.
The laboratory work in iron consists of a detailed study of the
specimens, stratigraphy, structure, metamorphism and origin of the
Lake Superior districts, as well as the other important iron ore de-
posits of the United States.
Y 5. Applied and Mining Geology, II - • 144 houra
Mr. Hopper.
Bight hours a zveek, four hours of lecture and recitations and
four hours of laboratory work, twelve weeks, fall term. To be
preceded by Y 4 (Applied and Mining Geology 1).
This is the second part of a general course in economic geology,
and should be preceded by Y 4 (Applied and Mining Geology I).
The course includes lectures and recitations upon the origin,
nature and distribution of the copper, lead-zinc, silver-lead, gold-
silver ores, and some of the less important metals, with special
reference to those of the United States.
In the laboratory the various types of ore bodies are studied ; the
theory of ore deposition is applied to the well-known mining districts
and with the aid of maps, sections and specimens the complete geo-
80 Michigan Collegi of Mines
k^e history of each district is worked wiL Special attention is
paid to the relation of geology and mineralogy to mining and metal-
lurgy.
Y 6. Field Geology ----- 270 hours
Messrs. Seaman, W. A. Seaman and Hopper.
Fifty-four hours a week, five weeks, last half of the spring
term. To be preceded by W i (Mineralogy I.), X i (Petrology)
and Y i (Principles of Geology).
A few days of the course are spent at compass work, in which
the student is trained in the use of the dial and dip compasses and
aneroid barometer. This work consists of running section lines,
meandering roads and streams, and platting out-crops; in fact mak-
ing a complete map of the traverse. Specimens are collected and
located with reference to some monument established by the United
States linear survey. The student plats all of his work in the field,
keeping his latitude and departure by means of his compass course
and pacing.
Considerable time is spent in the study of the older granites,
gneisses and hornblende schists, etc, with their varied accompani-
ment of tuffs and basic and acid intrusives which comprise the
basement complex. Here the various acid and basic dike rocks are
studied in their relation to one another and to the older schists.
Vein phenomena are also studied at the various openings along the
gold range north of Ishpeming.
Most of the time is spent in studying the Huronian elastics that
rest unconformably upon the older basement complex. These rocks
in the Marquette iron-bearing district are found to be capable of
division into a lower, a middle and an upper series. These are
termed respectively, the Lower Marquette, Middle Marquette and
Upper Marquette series. These series are separated from each other
by unconformities. Large bodies of iron ore are associated with
the middle series. The bodies are studied with reference
to their origin, and maps and sections are made showing their
mode of occurrence, and their relations to the associated rocks.
Several days are also spent in making a cross- section of the
Keweenawan series.
DEGREES.
Each course is credited in terms of the total number of hours
estimated to be necessary for performing the work of the course.
No partially completed course may be accepted for credit either in
whole or in part. The College is in session for four terms each
year. It is therefore possible for a properly prepared student to
cover the ordinary twelve term or four years' engineering course
in three calendar years.
The degree of Engineer of Mines is offered under the follow-
ing conditions: The candidate must have been a resident student
of this institution for at least one full year of forty-five weeks.
He must have obtained a minimum credit of seventy-four hundred
hours. The list of credits on which application for a degree is based,
must be approved by the Faculty. To obtain the approval of the
Faculty, the list of credits must in general, include the elementary
or fundamental subjects given in each department of the college,
and, in addition must show advanced courses or strong sequences
in two departments.
A diploma fee of twenty-five dollars must be paid prior to the
close of the last Saturday of the summer term of the year in which
the candidate expects the degree.
Candidates who are accepted for the degree of Engineer of
Mines may, upon application, receive the degree of Bachelor of
Science. A diploma fee of fifteen dollars must be paid prior to
the close of the last Saturday of the summer term of the year in
which the candidate expects the degree.
All students who graduated from this institution prior to 1896
with the degree of Bachelor of Science, may receive the degree of
Engineer of Mines, on the presentation of evidence showing five
years' successful prictical work, submitting a satisfactory thesis
and paying the required fee.
CLASS DAY.
Degrees are conferred at the annual meeting of the Board of
Control, which occurs as soon as may be after the 31st of August
There is no Commencement function. In its stead there is what
is termed Class Day, coming in the middle of the spring tenn.
Its chief features are the address to the class and the class dinner.
The class address of 1904 was made by Dr. James Douglas, Presi-
dent of the Copper Queen Mining Company; that of 1905 by Mr.
Wm. G. Mather, President of the Cleveland Cliffs Iron Mining
Company; that of 1906 by Mr. James Gayley, First Vice-President
of the U. S. Steel Corporation; that of 1907 by Dr. Ira Remsen,
President of Johns Hopkins University; that of 1908 by Dr. Chas.
R. Van Hise, President of the University of Wisconsin; that of
1909 by Mr. Isham Randolph, Chief Engineer, Chicago Sanitary
IDistrict ; that of 1910 by Dr. A. A. Hamerschlag, Director Carnegie
Technical School, Pittsburgh; that of 191 1 by Mr. William L.
Saunders, President of the Ingersoll-Rand Co. ; that of 1912 by Mr.
Walter Renton Ingalls, Editor of the Engineering and Mining
Journal, New York; that of 1913 by Dr. J. A. Holmes, Director
of the United States Bureau of Mines; that of 1914 by Hon. J.
M. Longyear, President of the Arctic Coal Co. ; that of 1915 by Dr.
James Furnam Kemp, Professor of Geology, Columbia University;
that of 1916 by Mr. John Fillmore Hayford, Dean of the Engineer-
ing School of Northwestern University. The address of 1917
was given by Dr. Rollin D. Salisbury.
EMPLOYMENT.
With the advances in scientific discovery and new applications
of long known materials and the adaptation to old needs of newly
discovered materials in commercial processes, the field of oppor-
tunity offered by mining and metallurgy and their related industries
is constantly being extended.
As the problems presented for solution on a commercial scale,
particularly those relating to the profitable production of marketable
products from low grade ore deposits, and to the production of
metals, alloys and compounds with qualities which will meet given
commercial needs, grow more complex, the demand for technically
trained men to aid in their solution becomes more insistent. The
outlook for capable men entering upon these lines is very en-
couraging.
While it should be clearly understood that the Michigan
College of Mines can make no promise to secure positions for its
graduates, it may be said that the College authorities are from time
to time asked to recommend its graduates for positions in the field,
and these positions are gladly placed before those who are available
for them. This interest in its alumni is not confined to those who
are new, and the College desires to know of the whereabouts and
work of every alumnus. When the College is asked to recommend
a man for a position requiring experience it is often able to assist
an alumnus desiring advancement to obtain such a place. In select-
ing a man, his experience, character and general ability as shown
both in his work as a student and in his subsequent career are
considered, and no one is recommended unless he is deemed fit for
the position.
Prospective students and those responsible for them should
understand that the College cannot impart traits of character. The
best it can do is to help the student develop properly those
characteristics which he already possesses. His advancement in his
profession will depend quite as much upon his character and ability
as upon his technical training. Upon completion of his college
course, he will, if his work has been properly done, be ready to
84 Michigan College of Mines
begin his career in some part of the great mining and metallurgical
field.
The location of this institution and its methods of instruction
fit its graduates to be useful to their employers in some capacity at
the start, and so far, they have upon graduation experienced no
difficulty in obtaining positions which give them a chance to show
forth the material of which they are made. Subsequent advancement
depends upon the character and ability of the individual. His in-
dustry and the faithfulness with which he devotes himself to the
interests of his employer are two most important factors.
Physical . fitness and personal habits are hardly less important.
No person handicapped by physical defects or ill health or injurious
methods of living should enter this field, the requirements of which
are often strenuous. Any prospective student who is at all doubtful
on this point should seek the advice of a physician. Every student,
on registering, is required to report to the physical instructor for
complete examination.
For ambitious capable men who mean business and whose
tastes or aptitudes incline them toward some part of the broad field
of mining and metallurgical engineering the promise of the imme-
diate future is good. The record of the graduates of the College
is sufficient evidence of what may be accomplished by such men.
k
LIBRARY.
The Library is designed to supplement the class work in the
various departments of the College. Care has been taken to supply
it with the best reference -books as well as with the latest publi-
cations on the subjects taught, since it is of prime importance that
instructors and students shall have access to the results of the
most recent research in scientific and technical lines. The Library
is especially rich in files of periodicals relating to the various
branches of mining engineering and has on its shelves complete sets
of many of the important journals on mining and allied subjects.
There are now on the shelves 27,506 bound volumes, classified
according to the Dewey decimal system, slightly modified to meet
the needs of a technical library. A card catalogue of authors and
subjects is filed in the reading room. The Library receives as gifts
a number of United States documents and reports of various State
geological surveys and mining bureaus.
Besides the bound volumes on the shelves, the Library contains
about 27,700 pamphlets, classified and accessible for reference, and
about 1,600 maps.
There are on file many of the most important technical and
scientific periodicals, which are issued upon application for use in
the reading room.
The Library is open daily throughout the year, Sundays and
legal holidays, excepted. While it is intended primarily as an aid
to college work, the college authorities are pleased to extend its
privileges to such part of the general public as may wish to use it.
Mining engineers and those interested in scientific or technical
pursuits will find it a valuable aid in research work.
BUILDINGS.
The laboratories and the library of the college, together with
its lecture and recitation rooms, at present occupy nine buildings,
each building having class and laboratory rooms provided with
forced draft ventilation system.
Hubb«ll Hall is constructed of Portage Entry sandstone and
has extreme dimensions of 109 by 53 feet, with a wing 37- by 25
feet. It contains the laboratories and lecture rooms of the depart-
ments of Mineralogy and Geology, and of Mathematics and Physics.
The physical laboratories are located on the ground floor. They
are fitted with modem conveniences for laboratory instruction.
There is a massive pier for instruments requiring extreme stabiHty,
while slate shelves firmly attached to the thick basement walls
afford very stable support for galvanometers and other like instru-
ments. These rooms contain many features especially designed by
the instructors in charge to meet the peculiar needs of this depart-
ment. They are well lighted and well adapted to their purpose.
•On this floor in the tower is a constant temperature and dark
room surrounded by thick stone walls. It is used partly for work
in light and partly for electrical and other measurements where
a steady temperature is desired.
The Physical lecture room is located on the second floor of this
building and contains a convenient lecture table fitted with elec-
trical, gas and water supply.
The laboratories of the department of Geology and Mineralogy
together with the necessary offices occupy the entire first floor
and a part of the second floor, while the lecture and recitation rooms
for Mathematics occupy the entire third floor.
KoMiig Hall is 115 by 45 feet, with wings 36 by 17 feet and
53 by 36 feet in size. It is a brick and stone structure of three
stories in height.
It contains the laboratories for General Chemistry, Qualitative
Analysis, Quantitative Analysis, and for special work, together
with chemical lecture room and the necessary recitation and supply
rooms.
Buildings 87
Th« Mechanical Engineering Building, of brick and stone is
of the extreme dimensions loi by 64 feet. It contains the rooms
used by the department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.
ThCj Mechanical Drawing room, on the second floor of this building,
is an exceptionally well-lighted room and well adapted to its pur-
pose. In addition, the building contains the wood-working shop,
the machine shop, electrical laboratory, testings laboratory, together
with lecture and recitation rooms.
. A wing, 43 by 26 feet in size, has been constructed to accom-
modate a blacksmith shop.
The Ore Dressing Buildingi is a wooden structure with main
part 30 by 30 feet, two stories in height and an extension 51 by 30
feet. It occupies a slope on the eastern side of the college grounds
which gives the requisite fall for gravity processes.
There is also a reverberatory roasting furnace in a wooden
building 28 by 28 feet This furnace is operated in connection with
the Ore Dressing Mill.
The Mining Engineering Building is 134 feet by 53 feet, three
stories in height, and is built of brick and stone. In the center
of the building there is a tower which carries a large steel tank
at the top, thus providing a water supply for the Hydraulic Labora-
tory, which is located in this building. There are eight floors in
the tower which are used for experimental work in hydraulics, for
further description of which see course Q 3 (Hydraulics).
There are also in this building a mining engineering labora-
tory, a very large mapping and instrument room, a model room
and mining lecture room.
The Metallurgy Building is a three-story building of stone and
brick, extreme dimensions 82 by 134% feet. It is equipped with
furnaces and apparatus for laboratory work in assaying, in metal-
lurgy and in ore-dressing. There is also a collection of ores, metal-
lurgical products, refractories and fuels used in demonstrating the
lectures and for study.
College Club House and Gymnasium.— Generous friends of the
College of Mines, including the members of the Board of Control,
have joined with the staff and students in providing the College
with a handsome building to be used as a College Club House and
88i Michigan College of Mines
Gymnasium. It is commodious and admirably adapted to serve its
dual purpose.
The gymnasium is 45 by 90 feet in the clear and 24 feet from
floor to ceiling. A running gallery is suspended 11 feet from the
floor, 22 laps to the mile. The lighting, both for day and night
use, is exceptionally good. There are also the necessary locker
and bath rooms, with modern appliances provided. The gymnasium
may be transformed into an auditorium, a full complement of opera
seats being provided for such needs.
The gymnasium is provided with a carefully selected equip-
ment of modern apparatus of standard makes.
Two rooms, fully equipped, are set apart for boxing, wrestling,
fencing and special weight work.
There are ample club rooms, finished in attractive style, and
space is provided for the installation of bowling alleys. The build-
ing has been designed to serve also as a suitable place for such
social functions as are given by the students of the institution.
Altogether it is the center of the college life outside of classroom
and laboratory, and contributes very materially to the social life
of the students. Those who have so generously donated to the
fund for providing this recreation hall are deserving of the highest
praise for their substantial appreciation of the needs of the college.
The building was placed in commission during the winter term
of 1906, and rapidly justified the faith of those friends who labored
so disinterestedly to provide it
The instructor in physical training is the director of this
building, and all of its activities are in his immediate charge.
The Power Plant, located close to the lake shore, is housed
in a stone building 86 by 53 feet, which contains engine, boiler and
coal storage rooms. From this building concrete service tunnels
connect with alf buildings and distribute light, heat and power. The
electric equipment consists of two 70 K. W. direct-connected units
with high speed engines, and one 15 K. W. belted generator with
Corliss engine. Water tube boilers with stokers are used for heat
and power.
The Library and Museum Building is a fire-proof structure
granted by the Legislature of 1907, which now houses the library
and the geological and mineralogical museum collection. It con-
i
Buildings 89
tains al^ the Inisiness and executive offices of the college. It has a
brick exterior, with tile and concrete interior construction. The
main part is ijo by 49 feet and consists of basement and two
stories. This contains, on the first floor, a beautiful and well
lighted reading room, with convenient offices for librarian and as-
sistant, and the business and executive offices. A wing 59 by 43 feet,
contains the book stacks in three stories, the second of which com-
municates through the delivery space with the reading room. The
entire second floor is occupied by the geological and mineralogical
museum. Modem equipment has been installed throughout the
building.
TUITION, DEPOSIT AND OTHER EXPENSES.
The Michigan Legislature of 1897, tequired the Board of
Control to charge matriculation, tuition and laboratory fees. Since
the people of Michigan had, by taxation, paid for the college
buildings and equipment, it was thought by the Legislature that
those persons whose homes were outside the State ought justly to
pay higher matriculation and tuition fees than' the residents of
the State.
The law provides that the matriculation f<*^ "Shall be not
less than ten dollars for all persons who have been bonafide resi-
dents of this State for not less than one year immediately pre-
ceding their matriculation as students in said institution, and not
less than twenty-five for all others; and that tuition shall
be twenty-five dollars per year to resident students as above de-
fined." Tuition for all others is one hundred fifty dollars per year.
AH expenses for breakage or damage to apparatus will be
paid for by the student, as the laboratory fees do not cover these
items.
The matriculation fee must be paid on entrance to the college.
The full tuition fee for Michigan" students must be paid on entrance,
and applies to the unexpired portion of the school year in which it
is paid. Other students are required to pay the proportionate part
of the tuition fee at the commencement of each term, for that term,
as follows : Fall, winter and summer terms, $40.00 each term. Spring
term, $30.00.
An incidental fee of $2.50 per term, on account of the College
Club and Gymnasium, is required of all students, and is paid at
the beginning of the term to which it applies.
Laboratory fees are due when the course involving the labora-
tory work begins. They must be paid before the student can be
admitted to the laboratory.
No partial fee can be accepted, and any fee once paid cannot
be refunded except in the case of protracted illness.
A student suspended, dismissed or expelled from, or volun-
tarily withdrawing from a class, laboratory, or the college, for-
feits the fees already paid.
The scale of fees is as follows :
ev' V
Tuition, Deposit and Other Expenses.
91
ji
TITLE
j_±.
Resi-
dent
Non-
Resi-
dent
Matriculatipp fee . — ......... ,
Tuition Fee, annually ,
fall term , ', ,
winter term
spring term
summer term
M
U
«
tt
((
((
it
((
B
B
B
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
G
G
G
M
M
Diploma F^e, Engineer pf Mines
** " ^ Bachelor of Science
Gymnasium (tach ' term)
B I — Riysics . ..,,... 4 .. . . . . :
2 — Physicjs
3 — Electrical Measurements
4— Physical Measurements
l^-General Chemistry
2 — Blowpipe Analysis
3 — Qualitative Analysis
4 — Volumetric Analysis
5 — Quantitative Analysis .........
6 — Quantitative Analysis
7 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis
ir— Assaying
S—Ore Tests
7^-Furnace Work
2 — Shop Practice
3 — Design of Structural Joints
M 13 — Mechanical Engineering IV. . . .
M 15 — Mechanical Drawing
M 16 — Machine Drawing
i^— Suhreyfnflr V
3 — Hydraulics
A — ^Topographical Drawing
? — Office Engineering
3 — Mine Surveying Practice
I — Principles of Ore Dressing ....
2--Mill Work
I — Mineralo"v I
W 2 — Mineraloov II
X I — Petrology
2 — Petrography
2 — Historical Geology
4 — ^Applied Geology I ,
K — Apolied Geolofiry II
6 — Field Geology
Q
Q
Q
Q
R
S
S
W
X
Y
Y
Y
Y
$10 00
25 00
25 OQ
15 00
2
3
2
3
2
50
00
00
00
00
10 00
1 00
10 00
3 00
7 00
2 00
10 00
10 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
50
3 00
I 00
1 00
10 00
2 00
1 00
2 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
4 00
5
I
2
2
I
I
00
00
00
00
00
50
5 00
$25 00
40 00
40 00
30 00
40 00
25 00
15 00
50
00
00
00
00
2
3
2
3
2
10 00
1 00
10 00
3 00
7 00
2 00
10 00
10 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
50
3 00
I 00
I 00
10 00
"2 00
1 00
2 00
10 00
5 00
10 00
4 00
00
00
2 00
2 00
00
50
5
I
I
I
5 00
92 Michigan College of Mine^
In order partially to insure the State against damage and toss
to its college property, every student is required to deposit with
the treasurer before entering the college the sum of twenty-five
dollars ($25). This sum cannot be withdrawn by the student tmtil
he closes his connection with the institution, and tf any portion is
required as a refund for damages, the part withdrawn must be at
once replaced by the student
Charges for apparatus, chemicals, and other sullies from the
store rooms, as well as for repairs for damages to college property,
are deducted from coupons procurable from the secretary, but no
portion of the deposit of twenty-five dollars may be used lor the
purchase of these coupons. The coupons can be used only for the
purposes mentioned, and not for the payment of any fees. The
permanent deposit of twenty-five dollars, together with any balance
equivalent to the unused portion of a coupon^ is retttmed to the
student when he closes his connection with the institution.
There are no dormitories connected with the College. Arrange-
ments can be made to obtain board and room in private families
and in boarding houses, at prices varying from twenty-five dollars
per calendar month upward, averaging probably $3aoo per month.
The living expenses vary so much with the taste and habits of
the student, that estimates by the college are of little value, ex-
cept in a very general way. It is believed that the really necessary
college and living expenses to a Michigan student may be met in
normal times by $550.00 per year. The average student spends more.
The Director of the College Club and Gymnasium keeps a list of
available rooms and is ready at all limes to assist new students in
locating. Incoming students should apply directly to him.
REGULATIONS.
Choice of Subjects. — Upon entering the College the student will
present his choice of subjects for the year.
In selecting the subjects for any year, the student must ob-
serve the schedule for both terms and hours as given in tables
provided. He must also pay attention to the proper sequence of
subjects and avoid choosing courses for which he has not covered
the required preceding work. In exceptional cases a student may
be allowed to take a subject out of its order, but when the work is
so taken, no credit will be given for it until the work required to
precede it has been made up.
After the subjects have been chosen for the year, a student
can change, drop or take up any study only in the following man-
ner: He is to iiand to the secretary a written request, stating
the change de Fired and the reason therefore. This petition, before
it is given to the secretary, is to bear the written approval of the
heads of th ! departments whose work is affected by the proposed
change. If it is then approved by the president, the change may
be made, and the secretary will give the student a notice which
he is to show to the instructors interested before any change in
the attendance upon classes is made. The work already done in
the subject from which the change is made will not be counted,
and the student must complete the required work in the course
to which he is transferred, as if the latter subject had been originally
chosen.
If at any time a student is found to have work insufficient to
properly occupy his time, he may be required to take additional
subjects. If a student has taken up more work than he can prop-
erly perform, he may be required to drop some of the subjects.
The head of each department is the sole judge of the fitness
of every student applying for admission to his classes. He may
refuse to admit any student found deficient in preparation, or
dismiss him from his courses at any time that his conduct or work
becomes unsatisfactory. Dismissal from a given course carries
with it failure in that course. A student dismissed from two sub-
jects stands dismissed from the college.
The student who intends to complete his work at the college in
three years (see under Degrees) should take the following schedule
in his first year. On page 95 will be found a schedule which may
be taken in the second vear.
94
Michigan College of Mines
111
Q
111
X
o
CO
<
UJ
>•
H
(0
s
I
%/i
I
IBIOX
iCJOlVJOQBl
88B10
CO o>o<
o>
CO
O OOIO
CO co'^co ca
CO
IBJOJ.
00 C7>00 tH
iUO^BJOQBq
o oom lo
88BTO
IBIOX
CO co^co ^
CO oocatH
QtOlO
ZJOjBJoqBq
OIOOIO
•lOO
88BIO
IBJOX
XJOIBJOQBI
88B10
sjnoH
CO
•cocaca
THca
COO)
r>JO> loco
oio
oo
o^ oo
e*.o
coco
oa^ O3C0
coca
§§S!i§»g«ss§ssss
jaqmnN
8
ss
CO
Ei
(D
o>
{^
(D
fj
ca
1
B»
.8
3
3
1
1
IWoX
s
Z
...,„
■ moi
o t»a " 2 » »
3
ijoiBJoqn
o oc- o t. , «
8
BBBia
- -" " - » "
S
1
PWi
o. 013 » «« 0.
S
iaoiBJoqa-i
0^ 0., --
n
««10
" "- " — » 1 a
i
imoj.
-s =- - - s
fjoiejaqs^
=- —" °
s
...,a
-" "™ "
2
sjnoH
gSSSSgssagagggsj
i
1
3
S
3i
"i
j
i
s
1
i?
1 -
li
111
il
II
is
II
J
;
i
S
i
g
3S
s:
s
SS
ia
->3S
SS3
m
J
g6 Michigan College of Mines
The preceding schedules represent the maximum amount of
work that a strong student can carry.
A student with less than fifty-two hundred hours to his credit
will be allowed to schedule not to exceed sixty-five hours per week.
One who has more than fifty-two hundred hours to his credit will
be permitted to schedule not more than seventy hours per week.
In the third year there is possible a considerable latitude of
choice, according to the student's purpose, but the choice must be
made so as to conform^ to the requirements for degrees. (See under
Degrees).
Absences. — All absences bring a daily mark of zero, until the
work missed is made up. The hours scheduled by a student in
class and laboratory are so many specific en^gements with his
instructor. If a student finds that he cannot keep any one of them
he should report the fact in advance to the instructor concerned
whenever possible, and where this cannot be done, he should account
for his absence at the earliest possible opportunity, just as he
would in any other business relation of his life.
In any term, a student absenting himself without excuse for
more than ten per cent of the scheduled class hours, or more than
five per cent, of the scheduled laboratory hours of the term's work,
in any course, thereby dismisses himself from the College.
In the department of Technical Writing, an absence from a
conference is equivalent to an absence from a recitation.
Each tardiness counts a half absence.
Passing Grade. — A student must obtain a grade of 75 on the
scale of 100 to obtain credit for any course. In case of failure
to pass or complete a subject, the work can be made up only
when this subject is being regularly given.
Failure. — A student who fails or is conditioned in three of
the subjects in any year's work is thereby dismissed/ from the
College.
Laboratories. — The laboratories close the evening of the closing
day of each term, and re-open the first morning after the recesses.
PRIZES AND SCHOLARSNIPa.
The Lengyear Prizes.
Through the liberality of Hon. J. M. Longyear, of Marquette,
the following prizes have been offered, as stated in his letter, which
is here appended :
Marquette, Mich., November 9, 1887.
Charles B. Wright, Esq., Marquette.
Dear Sir: — I wish to offer three first prizes of seventy-five
dollars ($75) each, and three second prizes of fifty dollars ($50)
each, to be competed for by the members of the senior class of the
Michigan College of Mines. The competition to be by means of
papers on three subjects, written by members of the class,, and
submitted to the Board of Control for examination in such a man-
ner and at such a time as the Board may determinef " I desire
subjects selected with a view to producing papers which will be
of practical use in developing the mineral resources of the Stalte
of Michigan. I should like something which would be of service
to the average woodsman or explorer, and suggest the subjects
of Practical Field Geology and the use of the Dial and Dip Com-
pass in explorations, leaving the selection of the third subject to
the judgment of the Board. If this offer is accepted and there
are two or more papers on each subject submitted, I will pay
seventy-five dollars to each of the writers of the three papers which
may be awarded the iirst prizes, and fifty dollars to each of the
writers of the three papers which may be awarded the second
prizes.
I would suggest, however, that in case only two papers are sub-
mitted, the Board reserve the right of awarding only one prize,
in case such action should seem advisable. In case only one paper
should be submitted, I should like. the Board to exercise its judgment
in awarding a prize. It is my desire to publish the papers under
the writer's name, in pamphlet form, for distribution among miners,
explorers, land owners, and others.
Yours very truly,
J. M. Longyear.
98 Michigan College of Mines
In conformity with the foregoing letter, the Board of Control
have decided upon the following subjects and conditions:
Subjects.
1. Field Geology, its methods and their application.
2. The Dial and the Dip Compass and their uses.
3. The Diamond Drill and its uses.
The conditions under which the prizes are awarded are as
follows :
The papers are to be presented by August 15th, for each year.
A student may present a paper upon each of the three subjects,
which will entitle him to three prizes, if his papers are found worthy.
The dissertations must be prepared in the same manner as the
thesis, the regulations for which can be procured on application to
the secretary of the college.
The title-page is to have upon it an assumed name, and each
paper is to be accompanied with a sealed envelope bearing the same
name. This envelope must contain the writer's true, as well as
assumed name, and his address. It will not be opened until the
awards have been made.
No prizes will be awarded unless the papers are judged, by the
committee to whom they are referred, to be of a sufficiently high
standing to be entitled to a prize; hence, there may be awarded all,
part, or none of the prizes, as the case may be.
These prizes can now be competed for by. any student of the
college, whether special, graduate or regular, without restriction to
the graduating class, as was originally specified.
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship.
The Charles E. Wright Scholarship was founded by Mrs. Carrie
A. Wright, of Ann Arbor, in accordance with the conditions ex-
pressed in the letter which follows :
To the Honorable Board of Control
of the Michigan College of Mines.
Genixemen: — In memory of my husband, the late Charles E.
Wright, and as a token of the deep interest he had in the Michigan
College of Mines, I desire to give to said College the sum of one
thousand dollars.
Prizes and Scholarships 9P
If said gift shall be accepted, it is to be held under the follow-
ing conditions:
To-wit : It is to be invested as a permanent fund by the Board
of Control to form the nucleus of a scholarship to be known as the
Charles E. Wright Scholarship. The income is to be used for the
purpose of aiding indigent students by loans under the following
regulations : Loans from this income may be granted by the Board
of Control upon the recommendation of the Faculty to students who
have completed at least one year of study at the Michigan College
of Mines, who have for the entire time of their residence a good
record as to character and scholarship; who, further, intend to
devote themselves to the profession of mining engineering or geo-
logy, and who are deemed deserving and needy.
Upon receiving a loan from this Scholarship, the student shall
give his note for amount of the same. This note shall bear interest
at the rate or five per cent, per annum from the date of his grad-
uation or of leaving college until paid, and shall be due on or be-
fore five years from such date.
Amounts paid on such notes shall go to increase the money to
the credit of the Charles E. Wright Scholarship Fund.
(Signed) Carrie A. Wright.
The Norrie Scholarship.
This scholarship was founded, and will be awarded in accord-
ance with the conditions and requirements stated below :
Know all metu by these presents, That I, A. Lanfear Norrie, of
the city of New York, hereby grant, assign, and set over unto
the Michigan College of Mines, of Houghton, Michigan, and to
Peter White, D. H. Ball and J. M. Longyear of Marquette, Mich,
igan, as trustees, the sum of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) law-
ful money of the United States.
The conditions of this gift, and upon which this fund is to be
taken, are that the said trustees, shall invest the same upon bond
and mortgage in the village of Marquette, or in the city of De-
troit iti the state of Michigan, or in the city of Milwaukee in the
state of Wisconsin, or in the city of Chicago, in the state of Illr-
nois, upon unincumbered improved real estate.
100 Michigan College of Mines
That one-half of the income of said sum of $10,000 shall be
paid yearly by said trustees unto the Board of Control, for the
support of some student whose ikther has worked in or in some
way been connected with mining operationis in the Upper Pen-
insula of Michigan, who shall be designated by the Faculty of said
college; and the remainder of said income shall be accumulated
and invested as said principal shall be invested, and that this fund
with its accumulations shall be the basis of a larger fund, to be
obtained from other contributions, amounting to at least one hun-
dred thousand dollars ($100,000), to be used for the erection of a
Dormitory Building for the use of such students as shall be desig-
nated by said Faculty; which building, when erected, shall be under
the exclusive control of the corporation or Board of Control of the
said Michigan College of Mines.
This gift is to the said trustees and their successors, forever,
for the benefit of said college. In case of the death of either of
said trustees, the survivors or survivor shall appoint a successor
or successors.
When the erection of said building shall be commenced, after
the said fund of one hundred thousand dollars is obtained, the
sum hereby given, with all its accumulations, shall be paid over
to the said college for the purpose aforesaid.
Witness my hand, the 30th day of January, 1890.
A. Lanfear Norrie.
Witness, T. E. O. M. Stetson.
We, Peter White, D. H. Ball and J. M. Longyear, the per-
sons named in the above instrument, accept the trust herein granted
in all respects, and agree to comply with the conditions thereof.
Witness our hands the ist day of February, 1890.
Peter White,
D. H. Ball,
J. M. Longyear.
Th« Longyear Fund.
This is a fund of $2,500, given by the Honorable J. M. Long-
year, of Marquette, to be the property of the College of Mines,
to be used in aiding students of the college by loa -s in cases where
Prizes and Scholarships loi
the said students are unable to maintain their connection with the
college without such aid.
The conditions governing loans from this Fund are as follows:
Loans may be granted by the Board of Control upon the recommend-
ation of the Faculty of the College to students who have com-
pleted at least one term of study at the College of Mines, who have
for the entire time of their residence a good record as to character
and scholarship, who are deemed worthy and needy, and who shall
be recommended by two responsible persons not connected with the
college.
Upon receipt of a loan from this fund, the student shall give
his note for the amount of the same. This note shall bear interest at
the rate of five per cent, per annum for the first three years from
the date of his graduation or his leaving the college, and for the
following two years at the rate of seven per cent, per annum. It
will then be due.
This method of loaning is believed by the donor and the col-
lege to be of more benefit to the student than a gift outright,
since it gives him the opportunity to pay for his own education,
while offering him assistance when he most needs it. It is thought
that it would be better if all funds given to the college for the
aid of students were accompanied with a proviso that the pro-
ceeds should go as a loan to the student, rather than as a gift.
Certainly the manly student hesitates to receive aid which savors
of charity. It is a kindness if he can be aided in a way that
will save his self-respect.
Th« All it- Chalmers Company Scholarship.
The Allis-Chalmers Company, of Milwaukee and Chicago, the
great manufacturers of heavy mining machinery, offer to one or
two members of each graduating class a scholarship which includes
employment by them for a time under conditions which offer un-
usual opportunity for practice with mining machinery, and for
becoming familiar with the requirements of mines in this particular,
together with a reasonable compensation for the time employed.
This scholarship is open to graduates who have shown suffi-
cient proficiency in mechanical lines to warrant their receiving it,
102 MichigaH College of Mines
and who have applied to the Faculty for recommendation tnereto
as early as July 15th of the year in which their d^rees are
granted.
Michigan Loan Scholarship.
By virtue of the power conferred by Act No. 81, Public Acts
of 1897, the Board of Control have established twelve ^choliir-
sbips under the above title. These are open to Michigan students
under the following regulations.
TJie scholarships may be granted by the Faculty of the College
to students who are bona- fide residents of the State of Michigan,
who have completed at least three terms of study at the College of
Mines, who have during this entire Xmt a good record as to
character and work as students and who are deemed deserving and
needy.
Each scholarship is to be granted for the college year or the
unexpired portion thereof, but the same student may at the option
of the Faculty receive the grant more than once. ■. ,
Each scholarship shall remit to the recipient the tuition and
laboratory fees for the time for which he holds it, provided, how-
ever, the amount so remitted shall not exceed $75 in any one college
year.
If at any time the work or conduct of the holder of one ,of
these scholarships becomes unsatisfactory to the Faculty, he shall
be deemed to have forfeited the scholarship.
Upon receiving the grant of a scholarship, the recipient shall
give his note for the amount of the same. This note shall bear inter-
est at the rate of six per cent, per annum from the date of his leav-
ing the college until paid, and shall be due on or before five (5)
years from such date.
Amounts paid on such notes constitute a fund to be known
as the Loan Scholarship Fund, which fund shall be devoted to as-
sisting needy and worthy students by cash loans.
STUDENTS ENROLLED IN 1915-16.
Whosb Names Do Not Appear in the Register op Students
Published for That Year.
Cairns, Samuel Budd Houghton.
Lidberg, Ephraim Ishpeming.
McNair, Hugh Wilson Houghton.
Meyers, Martin George Houghton.
Seng, Chang Ke Ssechuen, China.
Wood, Luther Edmonds Buffalo, N. Y.
REGISTER OF STUDENTS.
1916-1917.
Abraham, William H.,
Adams, Gale Leslie,
Aldrich, Harry Starkey,
Allen, James M.,
Alt, Jacob William,
Anderson, Earl V.,
Baudin, Albert Norman, Jr.,
Bemis, Edwin,
Bilharz, Oscar William,
Borcherdt, Edward Rohr,
Bosch, Joseph M.,
Brassaw, Howard H.,
Brown, Harold Stanton,
Brown, Landon, N.,
Cairns, Samuel Budd,
Campredon, Philip A., (B.S.
New Mexico School of Mines,)
Chambers, Edward Read,
Chang, Tsolin Chian,
Chynoweth, Raymond Alan,
Cloyes, Sidney Byron,
Conant, Lawrence Franklin,
Davidson, Harold Corbin,
Dean, Robert Lewis,
Dick, Leslie Earl,
Dobson, Delos Irving,
Donnelly, Earl J.,
Duggan, Leo Francis,
Dunn, Daniel Earl,
Dunn, John A.,
Dyer, Allison C,
Fernau, Werner,
Foley, John Edward,
Froney, Merrill Wallace,
Greenwood, Chester,
Grey, Allen James,
Hancock,
Houghton.
Detroit.
Calumet.
Houghton.
Houghton.
Houghton.
Milwaukee, Wis.
Baxter Springs, Kan.
Davenport, la.
Lake Linden.
Houghton.
Detroit.
Springport.
Houghton,
Socorro, New Mex.
Houghton.
Changli, Chili, China,
Houghton.
Barlville, N. F.
Hubbell.
Plainfield, III.
Fairmont, Minn,
Calumet.
Detroit.
Ontonagon.
Hancock.
Toledo, O.
New York, N. Y.
Met calf, Ariz.
Flatonia, Tex.
Dollar Bay.
Houghton.
Vallejo, Cal.
Manton.
Register of Students
105
Griffin, Roy J.,
Haapanen, ^. Walter,
Harrington,' John Marcus,
Harry, Charles,
Hart, Victor Joseph,
Hine, Carlton Grant,
Hodgson, John F.,
Holland, Alfred Alphons,
Holmes, Lawrence Augustus,
Hotchkin, Harry,
Hoyt, Carroll Leslie (B.C.E.
University of Michigan),
Huisgen, Joseph Robert,
Idema, Robert Davis,
Kendall, Arthur,
Kneip, Leo H. iP.,
Koepel, Norbert F.j
Korotkin, William,
Lee, Lenn P.,
Li, Hui Kwang,
Lorain, Sinclair Holt,
McNair, Walter Archer,
McNaughton, Clark Hossack,
Manderfield, Bernard,
Matson, Robert Carl,
Mette, Herbert B.
Mitchell, Frederick Roy,
Mohl, John Donald,
Moir, Burdette,
Moon, Ralph Marks,
Muskatt, Hiram,
Odgers, Alvin Russell,
Ovens, James Mason,
Parrish, Harold L.,
Peters, Melville Fuller,
Peterson, Carl Wiiliam,
Pietsch, Peter Herald,
Poss, John Ripley,
Flint.
South Range.
Winona.
Houghton.
Hubbell.
Rochester.
Houghton.
Grand Rapids,
Menominee.
Chicago, III
Bast Jordan.
Lansing.
Grand Rapids.
Hancock.
Negaunee.
Beacon Hill.
Detroit.
Hong Kong, China.
Shanghai, China.
Philipsburg, Pa.
Houghton.
Argyle.
Baltic.
Hancock.
Hancock.
Marquette.
Cadillac.
Houghton.
Flint.
Ontonagon.
Ripley.
Bishee, Ariz.
Sault Ste. Marie.
Houghton.
L'Anse.
Chicago, III.
Detroit.
io6
Michigan College of Mines
Poull, Robert K.,
Prather, i Harold Palmer,
Remington, Clyde A.,
Roberts, Louis,
Rogers, Kenneth A.,
Ross, Wm. Murray,
Rundle, Rubert Lloyd,
Ruthstrom, Axel Arnold*
(B. M. E. University of Michigan)
Schemmel, Julius,
Schlotter, Lawrence C,
Schwarzenberg, Frank C,
Seng, Chung Ke,
ii^hattuck, Warner Austin,
Sherman, Dan Charles,
Shields, John Michael,
Stegeman, Manley,
Sternberg, Adolph Carl IIL,
Suverkrop, Lewis A.,
Teets, Charles Wallingford,
Thielman, Thomas,
Thompson, Norman Everett,
Trudell, Roy Francis,
Tu, Ching Fang,
Veale, William Clement,
Ward, William A.,
Weed, Stanley V.,
Wcgel, Arthur H. (A.B.,
Ripon College),
White, Eynon Samuel,
Whitney, Robert,
Williams, Harry M.,
Winterhalter, Henry,
Wood, Alton Fraser,
Wood, Luther Edmonds,
Woodlief, Harold,
Yen, Chuang,
Yuill, Stanley T.,
Lake Linden.
Cleveland, O.
FUnt
Houghton.
Menominee,
Sault Ste, Marie.
Hancock,
Hancock,
Bscanaba.
Alliance, O,
Muskegon.
Ssechuen, China.
Bisbee, Arts,
Calumet.
Grand Rapids.
Holland,
West Hartford, Coftn.
New York, N.^ Y.
Newton, III
Hubbell.
Laurium,
Houghton.
Kirin, China.
Osceola.
Warren, O.
Bellevue.
Houghton.
Plainfield, N. J,
Lexington, Mass,
Hancock.
Bedford, Ind.
Buffalo, N. Y, •
Buffalo, N. Y.
Buffalo, N. Y.
Shensi, China.
Vanderbilt.
SUMMARY OF STUDENTS.
BY STATES AND COUNTRIES.
Arizona .
California
China . .
Connecticut
Illinois ..-
Indiana . . .
Iowa .....
Kansas \ ...
Massachusetts
Michigan
Minnesota . .
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York .
Ohio .......
Pennsylvania
Texas ......
Wisconsin '■. .
Upper
Lower
.5 )
48 )
I
6
I
4
I
I
I
I
73
i
I
I
6
4
I
I
I
Totil -
Averagte age of students, tgiS^iy 22 years.
108
SUMMARY OF ENROLMENT DURING EXISTENCE
OF THE COLLEGE.
The number of new students who entered, the total enrolment
and the number of graduates sent out for each year of the existence
of the college, are as follows:
1886-
1887-
1888-
1889-
1890-
1891-
1892-
1893-
1894-
1895-
1896-
1897-
1898-
1899-
1900-
1901-
1902-
1903-
1904-
1905-
1906-
1907-
igcS-
1909-
1910-
1911-
1912-
1913-
1914-
i9if;-
887
888
889
89a
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
Q16
YEAR
MAPS.
To make clear the fact of the location of the College of Mines,
in the midst of active mining operations, two maps are shown.
The first gives a detailed exhibit of the Portage Lake Mining
District, which forms the immediate vicinity of the college. Most
of the active copper mines within the territory covered. by this map
are indicated on it.
The second is a general map of the mineral districts of the
Upper Peninsula. It shows the various iron and copper ranges
which are accessible from the college. No attempt has been made
to indicate the different mining districts of the Copper Range, nor
the sub-division of the Iron Ranges.
Index
Absences, 96.
Admission, Requirements for
19.
Admission on Certificate, 19.
Admission by Examination, 19.
Admission of College Gradu-
ates, 20.
Admission of Special Students,
21.
Admission of Undergraduates,
20.
Algebra, 23.
Allis-Chalmcrs Company
Scholarship, loi.
Analytic Geometry, 24.
Analytic Mechanics, 29.
Applied Electricity, 55.
Applied Geology, 79.
Applied Physical Chemistry,
34, Z^'
Assaying, 36.
Average Age of Students, 107.
Bachelor of Science Degree,
81.
Blacksmith Shop, 50, 87.
Blowpipe Analysis, 33.
Board and Room, 92.
Board of Control, 13.
Buildings, 86.
Commercial Correspondence,
46.
Calculus, 25.
Calendars, 6.
Chemistry, 30.
Chemistry Laboratories, 30.
Choice of Subjects, 93.
Civil Engineering, 56.
Class Day, 82.
Club House and C3rmnasium,
87.
Composition, 46.
Courses of Instruction, 23.
Degrees, 81.
Departments of Instruction, 23.
Deposit, 92.
Design of Structural Joints,
50, 51.
Draughting Room, Mechanical
55.
Draughting Room, Equipment,
55.
Drawing, 53.
Drawing Instruments, 54, 6^.
Electrical Engineering, 55.
Electrical Measurements, 27.
Emplojrment, 83.
Index
III
Engineering Design and Con-
struction, 65.
Engineer of Mines Degree, 81.
English, 46.
Entrance Requirements, 19.
Expenses, 90.
Extension Lectures, 12.
Faculty, 18.
Failure, 96.
Field Geology, 80.
Furnace Work, 41.
Geology, 7^
Geology, Applied and Mining,
79.
Geology, Historical, 77.
Geology, Physical and Chem-
ical 78.
Geology, Prfnciples of, 77.
Graduate Students, Admission
of, 20.
Graphical Statics, 65.
Gymnasium, 87.
Historical Geology, 77.
Hubbell Hall, 86.
Hydraulics, 59.
Hydraulic Laboratory, 60.
Koenig Hall, 86.
Library, 85, 88.
Light, 28.
Lithology, 77.
Loan Funds, 97.
Longyear Fund, 100.
Longyear Prizes, 97.
Machine Drawing, 54.
Maps, 109.
Mathematics, 23.
Mechanical Drawing, 53.
Mechanical Engineering, 47,
51, 53-
Mechanical Engineering Build-
ing, 87.
Mechanics, 28, 29.
Mechanics of Materials, 51.
Metallurgy, 36.
Metallurgy of Lead, Iron and
Zinc, 39.
Metallurgy Building, 87.
Metallurgical Design, 41.
Metallurgical Organization, 42.
Michigan Loan Scholarships,
102.
Mill Work, 74.
Mineralogical Museum, 88.
Mineralogy, 75.
Mine Accounts, 72.
Mine Management, 72.
Mine Rescue, 73.
Mine Sanitation, 73.
Mine Surveying and Mining,
68, 69.
Mine Ventilation, 7^.
Mining Engineering, 66, 70.
Mining Engineering Building,
87.
Mining Engineering Labora-
tory, 70.
TVNews
OpenLibrary